University of Dallas Bulletin, 1985-1986 by University of Dallas

Purpose

The University of Dallas is a center of higher education whose primary purpose is the pursuit of wisdom and the formation of students in the intel lectual and moral virtues. The Univer sity seeks to educate its students so that they may achieve excellence of mind and heart, develop a mature understanding of their faith, and be come leaders able to act responsibly for the good of their communities. The University is sponsored by the Roman Catholic Diocese of Dallas. It is dedicated to the revewal of the Western heritage of liberal education and to the recovery of the Christian intellectual tradition. Its curriculum is informed by principles of learning which acknowledge transcendent stan dards of truth and excellence, and which affirm human nature to be spir itual, rational and free. These princi ples require freedom of inquiry and call everyone to reflect upon his opin ions in light of reason and revelation. The University is therefore open to faculty and students of all denomina tions, and supports their academic and religious freedom. The educational mission of the UniIversity is carried out in the Constantin College of Liberal Arts and in the Braniff Graduate School. Through its community and continuing education activities, the University also seeks to share its intellectual and spiritual re sources with the community at large. The specific purpose of the Con stantin College of Liberal Arts is to provide undergraduate education through a substantial core curriculum and major study in the arts and sci ences proper to liberal learning. The core curriculum emphasizes the study of the great deeds and works of Western civilization, both ancient and modern. The programs of major study are built upon that core to provide

disciplined inquiry into fundamental aspects of being or of man's relation to God, nature, or his fellow man . The curriculum as a whole seeks to pro vide students with the knowledge of nature and the understanding of the human condition necessary for life and work in a changing and prob lematic world. The Braniff Graduate School is also conceived in the spirit of liberal edu cation and undertakes to prepare stu dents for careers in a variety of pro fessions. The Graduate School of Management offers a masters pro gram in several management fields. Its curriculum is designed to provide students with a comprehensive un derstanding of business theory and practice, a critical appreciation of the "free enterprise system, and a capaci ty for principled and moral leadership in their chosen fields . The other mas ters programs educate students for careers in art, education, public ser vice or Christian ministry. Through its doctoral programs in the Institute of Philosophic Studies, the Braniff Grad uate School aims to recall the aca demic disciplines to their first princi ples and to maintain graduate study upon its natural foundation in the love of beauty, truth, and the good. Consistent with these principles, the University seeks students of uncom mon seriousness, intelligence, and spir it who will require excellence of them selves and of their teachers. The University seeks a faculty of superior teachers and scholars who are ani mated by the love of wisdom and dedicated to the quest for truth and ecelience in themselves and in their students. In summary, the University of Dallas aspires to be a center of the highest learning - a community of inquiry, knowledge, faith and virtue .

Â· 4

From the President

On April 22, 1982, Or Robert F Sasseen was inaugurated as the fifth president of the University of Dal/as. He came to the University from San Jose State University where he had been, since 1972, Professor of Politi cal Science and Associate Academic Vice President and Dean of the Fac ulty He holds the M.A. and Ph.D. from the University of Chicago and the B.A. from the University of Notre Dame. A native of Rockville Center, New York, Or Sasseen began his teaching career at Marquette Univer sity and at the University of Santa Clara before joining the faculty of San Jose in 1965. The fol/owing speech was Or Sas seen's inaugural response. It was made in answer to the inaugural ad dress presented by Or Hobert W Burns, Academic Vice President, San Jose State University

"Liberal Education and the Rebirth of the University" Dr. Burns' thoughtful analysis sug gests that the university in America today is suffering a profound crisis, that the crisis originates in the ne glect of its essential purpose, and that the University of Dallas may be particularly well situated to help in the recovery of liberal education and, therefore, in the rebirth of the univer sity. Let us understand and accept the challenge he presents. Education was once viewed almost as a religion on which depended the virtue of citizens and the salvation of the Republic. Today, the university has come to be viewed as a welfare agency - an agency of questionable efficiency, more important perhaps than some service institutions, equal to oth ers but certainly less necessary than

those institutions concerned with health, safety, security, defense, transporta tion, energy or the production of food, clothing, shelter, wealth and the other necessities of life. Indeed, many uni versities accept such an understand ing of their nature and purpose. Faced with declining enrollments and dimin ishing public support, some are des perately searching for new markets and new programs - for new ways to justify their existence by proving their utility for satisfying the desires of indi viduals or the needs of society. A merely utilitarian understanding of the university, however, can only make matters worse. University spokes men often declare its utility for the production of the doctors, lawyers, teachers, nurses, managers, engi neers, scientists and other technicians now required for comfortable and se cure existence on this complex and precarious "Spaceship Earth." We proudly declare that we are in the business of developing human re sources, and are even indispensable for that purpose. But the university no longer has a monopoly on such post-secondary ed ucation, and experienced legislators are not convinced by its claims to superiority. Other institutions may well be better and more efficiently suited to produce the scientific truths or to train the various experts and techni cians needed today. Bell Laborato ries, for example, rival those of even the most prestigious universities, and their Nobel Laureates are no less cre ative. In 1969, IBM hired 3,427 per sons as faculty for its instructional programs which offered 18.5 million contact hours of instruction to the equivalent of 40,000 full-time students. That is more than any single universi ty in this area, or in most of the coun 5

try. If higher education consists in the post-secondary training of individuals in useful disciplines, fields and ser vices, then in 1978 colleges and uni versities enrolled 12.4 million of the 58.4 million persons pursuing such studies beyond high school. Higher education is a big business, and the university is only twenty-one percent of it. 1 It is no wonder that the university in America is suffering an identity crisis, nor that thoughtful persons are not persuaded by its claims to be indis pensable for the development of the human resources needed in these technological times. Such a crisis is inevitable whenever "higher educa tion" comes to be an equivocal term denoting any kind of post high school study or training. Nor is it easy to believe the univer sity's more traditional claim that it is necessary for the development of good and virtuous citizens . The campus troubles of the sixties served to un dermine that belief, and the universi ty's current curriculum justifies con tinuing disbelief. Anyone who tries to reform the chaos of courses known as general education, quickly becomes aware that there is no substantive ag reement about what constitutes an educated person -little agreement, therefore, about what courses must be required of all students for the baccalaureat degree. We do speak of the need to improve basic skills -reading, writing, computation-and to develop problem-solving abilities in our students, so they may think critically and act creatively. We seem to believe, however, that such ability can be developed through almost any program of instruction. We seem to have abandoned the idea that there

1Harold Hodgkinson, "Factors Affecting Socie ty and Education," address given at CASE Conference, South Carolina, March, 1982.

is a body of knowledge and under standing common to all educated per sons . It is as though the primary aim of education were not to know some thing, but to sharpen mental pro cesses. We seem to view students as problem-solving, communicating ma chines, not as persons whose specif ic humanity can be fully developed only through the mature understand ing of nature, history and human ex perience which is primarily available to us through the great works of hu man art, thought and culture. Once upon a more simple time, we used to believe that the essential, hence the unifying, identity-creating purpose of the university was the pur suit of truth and the education of students - not the pursuit of any old truth, in any old way, in any old sub ject, but the truth about the highest and most important things; not any old training, in any old subject of interest or utility, but the education of students to become virtuous citizens and good men and women. Such education -liberal education as it is . called - presupposes an agreement about virtue, goodness, the distinguish ing qualities of an educated human being and the curriculum necessary to develop them. There is no such agreement today. It is virtually impos sible to reach one in a climate of opinion which holds that values are subjective, truth is relative, man is historical, being is nothingness, good ness is in the eye of the beholder and that, therefore, freedom is self-creation and justice is the interest of the stronger. Such a climate of opinion must inevitably destroy the universi ty's most fundamental purpose, and hence destory also the ultimate foun dation of public trust and support. It is a climate of opinion apt for produc ing tyrants, not citizens - or else per sons who, doing their own pleasant thing, are good for nothing, not even themselves.

There is no substantive agreement today about what constitutes an edu cated person. Without it, liberal edu cation must inevitably become im poverished and be treated as merely one academic program among many. Without it, the university must inevita bly lose its bearings, become one more social service among many - to be treated accordingly. Without an animating, unifying belief about the qualities constituting the excellence of human being, and so of an edu cated person, the university must in evitably suffer a crisis of identity. It is difficult to avoid such a crisis when one is losing one's soul. At this point, the generous sugges tion that a university like ours could help in the resolution of that crisis may appear less problematic than it did at the outset. At the University of Dallas we believe liberal education to be our primary mission and declare the education of leaders to be our chief pedogogical task. Our General Bulletin "quite unabashedly" asserts that our "curriculum ... is based on the supposition that truth and virtue exist and are the proper objects of search in an education ." Finally, if liberal education presup poses a unifying understanding of hu man excellence, then as a Catholic University, we have a rich heritage and a profound understanding of man and the human condition to guide us in the education of students who rank among the best in the land. It would appear that we need only be true to ourselves to meet the challenge Dr. Burns has described. To restore liber al education and the university, we may need only to accept the call of Pope John Paul II "to set out without eq uivocation [our] Cathol ic nature, " and of the American bishops, "to manifest with unmistakable clarity, [our] Catholic identity and mission." That mission should be for us to actuate most fully the nature of the university as a cen

ter of truly higher learning, and to provide genuinely liberal education for students capable of leadership in their communities, their churches and our country. The Catholic intellectual tradition should provide the light nec essary for that task, and for the re birth of the university in America. There are some, however, who fear that religious belief is ultimately in compatible with the quest for truth and the proper freedom of the Acad emy. They reject, for that reason, the idea that virtue and goodness are proper ends of university education . Their fear has some foundation, at least, in human experience and re flection. We are all aware that a con cern for justice and human goodness can turn education into indoctrina tion. Orthodoxy is suspicious of inqui ry. Sectarianism destroys truth in the individual soul as well as freedom in the Academy and in society. But we must also be aware that without liber al education there can only be train ing or indoctrination. That awareness should persuade us of the necessary centrality of liberal education and illu mine the dangers to be avoided in our effort to be a Catholic university worthy of both names. The Catholic tradition has long maintained that there is no essential conflict between faith and reason, be tween revelation and reality. It has long maintained that grace does not destroy nature, but presupposes and perfects it. It has consistently main tained that truth is one - because "in the beginning was the Word and through the Word were made all things which were made." Our belief that the Word became flesh and rose from the dead may seem to defy, but should challenge and open reason to ever more profound dimensions of reality. That is why, from the perspective of faith, the CUltivation of the mind and heart remains the highest natural per fection of the human being, consis 7

tent with and perhaps even required by a faith in search of understanding. That is why, from the perspective of reason, the faith is a thorny spur to deeper understanding of the reality it seeks to comprehend . In reason as in faith, the Word is the beginning and the end. Let us, therefore, accept with confi dence the challenge to assist in the rebirth of truly higher education through the recovery of genuinely liberal edu cation. That challenge applies most directly to the faculty and students in the Institute of Philosophic Studies and in the Constantin College of Lib eral Arts. But it applies as well to our professional programs in the Braniff Graduate School and in the Graduate School of Management. If, for exam ple, management consists in the di rection of human beings in the pro duction of goods and services for the common good, then - as Dr. Burns put it- surely it is a profession "which in fact require(s) higher learning, ... draw(s) from and depend(s) upon the liberal arts and sciences ." The curric ulum of a professional school of man agement must be informed by them, for the world of business no less than the world of science, religion or poli tics needs well-educated persons who are well prepared to accept leader ship positions and to discharge their

responsibilities with understanding, judgement and justice. Liberal edu cation cannot be a specialty of only one part of the University. It· must somehow inform each part and char acterize the University as a whole. We must seek excellence in all our programs- undergraduate as well as graduate - not merely in convention al terms, but in the light of the Univer sity's highest end. We will not misunderstand the na ture of the challenge if we remember Plato's striking image of the human condition. We begin, each of us, pris oners in a cave who mistake the shad ows of images for the sun-drenched reality originating them. We are, each of us in varying degrees, captive of the opinions which dominate our time and which inevitably color the opin ions received from the caves of other times. Escape from the cave is possi ble, but exceedingly difficult-and rare. Yet we are called upon to help our students turn round from the shad owy images dominant in the cave of our time, so they may assist in mak ing our cavelife less dark-more just, more human, more beautiful and true. We may succeed in such a noble and problematic endeavor if we allow our untiring efforts to be informed by the Light which penetrates the cave from beyond and the soul from within.

History

The original charter of the Universi ty of Dallas dates from 1910 when the Vincentian Fathers took that name for the Holy Trinity College they had founded five years earlier. This char ter became dormant in 1929 and was placed in the Chancery Office of the Catholic Diocese of Dallas. In 1954, the Sisters of Saint Mary of Namur requested and obtained the charter for the purpose of operating a new institution in Dallas which would absorb the junior college of Our Lady of Vic tory operated by the Sisters in Fort Worth. The charter was revived in 1955 and efforts were undertaken to fund the new enterprise. However, the projected scope of the institution was sufficient to cause the Mother Superi or of these Sisters to withdraw spon sorship. The Sisters, together with laymen who were directing the drive for funds, Eugene Constantin, Jr. and Edward R. Maher, Sr., induced Bish op Thomas K. Gorman to have the Diocese take over sponsorship with ownership by a board of trustees. Bishop Gorman, as chancellor of the new university, announced that it would be a Catholic co-educational institution welcoming students of all faiths and colors, and offering work on the undergraduate level with a graduate school to be added as soon as possible. The new University of Dallas opened its doors to 96 students in Septem ber, 1956, on a thousand acre tract of rolling hills located northwest of the city of Dallas.

The first president, F. Kenneth Brasted, served until 1959, the sec ond, Robert Morris, from 1960 to 1962, and the third, Donald A. Cowan, from 1962 until 1977. In 1976, the Board of Trustees appointed Bryan F. Smith Chancellor to assist Dr. Cowan until his retirement and then to oversee the University until the search for a new President was concluded. On July 1, 1978, Dr. John R. Sommerfeldt took office as the new president of the University of Dallas. Dr. Sommer feldt resigned his executive responsi bilities in 1980 to return to full-time teaching and research . During the search for his successor, Dr. Svetozar Pejovich served as acting president. In July, 1981 Dr. Robert F. Sasseen became the fifth president of the Uni versity of Dallas. Members of the Cistercian Order and the Sisters of Saint Mary of Namur together with three Franciscan fathers and a number of laymen composed the original faculty of the University of Dallas. The Franciscan fathers de parted after three years. The Domini can fathers joined the faculty in 1958 and established the Albert the Great Priory. The School Sisters of Notre Dame came in 1962 and established the Motherhouse for the Southern Prov ince on the University of Dallas cam pus . The Cistercian fathers now have a permanent abbey and an excellent preparatory school for boys adjacent to the main campus. In time, the fac ulty has become largely lay, of many faiths, and counting numerous distin

guished scholars among its members. Accreditation by the Southern As sociation of Colleges and Schools came in 1963 on the first date the University was eligible for this recog nition. This accreditation was reaffirmed in 1973 and again in 1984. The 'first class was graduated in May, 1960 and immediately demonstrated the quality of the University of Dallas ap proach. Significant honors were won by that first group, including the Uni versity's first Fulbright and Woodrow Wilson awards for graduate study. The ensuing years have witnessed a steady growth in student body and physical plant. Enrollment is approxi mately 3000. Additions to the physi cal plant now bring to 28 the number of buildings on the campus. Growth of the area has made Dallas and Fort Worth into two separate dioceses. His Excellency Thomas Tschoepe is now Bishop of the Diocese of Dallas and Grand Chancellor of the University. A gift of seven and one half million dollars 'from the Blakely-Braniff Foun dation established the Braniff Gradu

ate School in 1966 and allowed the construction of the Braniff Graduate Center, the Braniff Tower and Mall. The Constantin Foundation similarly endowed the undergraduate college with gifts in 1967 and 1969. In re sponse to these gifts the Board named the undergraduate college the Con stantin College of Liberal Arts . The Rome Program began in 1970 and a legacy from the estate of Mrs. John B. O'Hara established the Summer Science Institute in 1973. Holy Trinity Seminary was founded in 1965 and occupied its present hand some facilities adjacent to the main campus in 1967. Its theology pro gram is part of the Braniff Graduate School. The Graduate School of Man agement was opened in 1966 and is now one of the largest such programs in the Southwest. In 1973, the Insti tute of Philosophic Studies, the doc toral granting program of the Braniff Graduate School and an outgrowth of the Wilmoore Kendall Politics and lit erature Program, was initiated .

Campus

From the campus of the University, one of the highest points in the area, the skyline of Dallas dominates the view. The University of Dallas is located in Irving, Texas (pop . 120,000), on the northwest boundary of the City of Dallas. In the center of the burgeoning Metroplex, the campus is ten miles from the huge Dallas-Forth Worth Re gional Airport, fifteen minutes from downtown Dallas and forty minutes from Fort Worth by interstate highways. L. B. Houston nature preserve, along the Elm Fork of the Trinity River, forms part of the eastern boundary of the campus . The major portion of the campus is situated around the Braniff Mall, a landscaped and lighted gathering place for the University commuity. Sym bol and landmark for the University is the one hundred-eighty-eight foot Braniff Tower which serves as a me morial to Mr. and Mrs. Tom Braniff. The campus has eight student dor mitories, apartment housing for up per division and graduate students, a

university center with post office and bookstore, gymnasium, swimming pool, and athletic fields. Texas Stadium, home of the Dallas Cowboys, is four blocks from the University. John W. Carpenter Hall houses classrooms, science and language laboratories, and administrative and faculty offices. Lynch Hall, named for Joseph Pat rick Lynch, Bishop of the diocese from 1911-1954, is a multipurpose, amphi theatre-style lecture hall and is the home of the Student Government Mov ie Series and other extracurricular con certs and lectures. The Haggerty Art Center, a gift of Mr. and Mrs. P E. Haggerty, is equipped with studios for instructional purposes and provides office space for the fac ulty of the Art Department. The de sign of the building allows ample gal lery space for exhibits. The William A. Blakley Library, dedicated to a principal benefactor of the University, is connected to the Braniff Memorial Library. Together they house the University's reference, pe 11

riodicals, reserve, and circulating li brary collections. These include more than 150,000 catalogued volumes in book form , over 70,000 volumes in microforms, and over 800 current ti tles of periodicals. Among the Library holdings are the special collections: political science, philosophy, theology, LEL (Library of English Literature), and LAC (Library of American Civilization). The Library's collections of materials for general reading, serious study, and research reflect the University's interest and emphasis on academic excellence. The Library has facilities for read ing and printing microforms, and self service photocopying equipment, along with individual study carrels. All li brary materials, except rare books and some special books, are found on open shelves. Reference and in formation service is offered to the University Community. In addition to the resources of the University of Dallas Library, students and faculty have access to other li brary materials through the coopera tive programs of the Association for Higher Education of the North Texas area. A daily courier service makes these materials readily available . This sevice , along with the Library com puter terminals connected to the Online Computer Library Center, Inc., pro vides unlimited library resources to graduate students and faculty. The Gorman Lecture Center, named for the founding Bishop of the Univer sity, Thomas K. Gorman, contains instructional areas appropriate for lec tures and scientific demonstrations and the University's television studio . Its large central foyer is used for exhib its, social events, and certain academic functions. The Margaret Jonsson Theater and Courtyard includes a handsome 80-seat theater, workshop , and beau tifully landscaped area for outside re ceptions and theater. Utilizing an older campus building, the renovations and 12

extensions were made possible by a gift from Mr. and Mrs . Erik Jonsson. The Braniff Graduate Building, a gift from the Blakely-Braniff Founda tion in memory of the founder of Braniff International Airways, contains class rooms, seminar rooms , offices for the graduate faculty and administration , and provides temporary space for the collections of the graduate library. Por tions of the Braniff Graduate Building and the Gorman Lecture Center are devoted to the operation of TAGER facilities on the University of Dallas campus . Through this television sys tem, the Green Network, courses are offered to and received from partici pating institutions. The J. M. Haggar, Sr., University Center, made possible through the Haggar Foundation and other be quests, is a handsome facility which includes the University dining room, Rathskeller snackbar, bookstore , post office , game room , lounges, Student Government, Information Services, Planning and Development, Admis sions Offices, Visiting Professor Suite , Board Room , and meeting and re ception rooms. This award-winning facility is located on the Braniff Mall. The Braniff Memorial Tower, at the south end of the campus mall opposite the Braniff Graduate Build ing, rises one hundred-eighty-eight feet above the campus. The Tower is a memorial to Tom and Bess Braniff. It serves as a landmark and as a symbol of the University. The Braniff Tower houses four bronze bells, The Cowan Bells. A gift of the King Foun dation, the bells are named in honor of Donald A. Cowan, president of the University from 1962 until 1977, and Louise S. Cowan , former professor of English, who designed the Universi ty's literary tradition sequence . The Patrick E. Haggerty Science Center, a 60,000 square feet "state of the art" teaching and research facility, commemorates an outstanding indus trialist and scientist and one of the

University's most dedicated trustees . The Chapel of the Incarnation is an exquisitely designed and crafted five hundred-seat church. In addition to the main worship space, the chapel includes the St . Thomas Aquinas Eucharistic Chapel. The Helen Corbitt Memorial Suite. Helen Lucy Corbitt willed half of her estate to the University. This endow ment has been reserved by the Uni versity to establish and maintain a special apartment on the campus for distinguished visiting professors . The apartment is decorated with Miss Corbitt's furniture, books, awards, and other memorabilia. Her lovely portrait graces the living room of the suite . Each year is held the Helen Corbitt Lectures on Excellence, a memorial series made available through a sep arate fund established by the Univer sity. O'Connell Hall, Theresa Hall, Ma donna Hall, and Catherine Hall com prise the East Quadrangle. They house three hundred students. Each hall has a lounge, television room , kitchen facilities , and a laundry room. O'Connell Hall is named in honor of the late Sister Mary Margaret O'Connell of the Sisters of St. Mary of Namur who served as Registrar of the Uni versity from its opening until her death in June, 1973. Anselm Hall, Augustine Hall, Greg ory Hall and Jerome Hall are the residence halls in the West Quad rangle. They house three hundred students. Each building has a lounge , a television area, a kitchen , and a laundry room . The University Apartments locat ed along Soledad Drive opened in the Fall of 1980. These small clusters house upper division and graduate students in one (two-student occu pancy) and two (four-student occu pancy) bedroom apartments. Students have the option of preparing their own food or participating in Universi ty food service plan .

The apartment complex is a winner of the 1981 Texas Society of Archi tects Honor Award in recognition of outstanding architectural design and achievement. The Ed Maher Athletic Center, named in honor of one of the Univer sity's principal founders and most de voted trustees, includes an excellent modern gymnasium and an outdoor swimming pool . The Graduate School of Manage ment Administration Building houses the admissions and student records departments of GSM along with class rooms and faculty offices. It is locat ed on the outer campus just off High way 114 at the Cistercian Road exit . Holy Trinity Seminary, the home of students preparing for the dioce san priesthood, provides accommo dations for seminary students who attend classes at the University. It has complete religious , dining , and athletic facilities . Notre Dame of Dallas, consisting of a house of studies, an educational building , and a novitiate , is the larg est of the religious houses on cam pus . It is the motherhouse for the South Central Province of the School Sisters of Notre Dame . Its four build ings provide living accommodations for postulants , novices , junior sisters, and members of the Order who are professors at the University. It also houses the widely recognized Notre Dame special school at which many UD students assist. The Priory of St. Albert the Great is the residence of the Dominican Fathers who hold faculty positions at the University. The Cistercian Abbey of Our Lady of Dallas provides accommodations for forty monks of the Cistercian Or der who came to the United States from Hungary to pursue their apostolic academic vocation . The Cistercians operate an excellent preparatory school , and several members of the Order are professors at the University. 13

Campus Life

The student at the University of Dallas finds that the close community relationships of the campus, the in tense creative and intellectual experi ences of the classroom, and the gen eral commitment of purpose provided by a religious atmosphere come to gether to give him a sense of free dom and integration. A special characteristic of the Uni versity of Dallas is th'e close relation ship between students and faculty. A faculty-student ratio of 1 to 14 per mits the personal attention of fine pro fessors who consider teaching a ma jor concern. More than seventy percent of the faculty hold the doctorate. Academic and social life are close ly linked at the University. The stimu lation of the classroom often moti vates extracurricular activities, as well as many events such as the lecture and fine film series, and the frequent art exhibitions in the Haggar Univer sity Center. Many activities are organized and sponsored by the Student Govern ment Association and include such traditions as Charity Week, the Chry santhemum 8all, Ground Hog Day, the Spring Formal, and the Spring Olympics. Working closely with the Office of Student Life, the Student Government plans a full calendar of dances, weekend movies, and off campus excursions . The Foreign Lan guage Clubs sponsor yearly events such as "Octoberfest", foreign lan guage plays and parties. For resident students, activities in the resident halls are organized through the Housing Office, Resident Hall Advisors, and Dormitory Councils . The General Studies Program, which

offers one-credit activity courses grad ed on a P/F basis, encourages other activities such as University Chorus, and Gallery Practicum, various volun teer programs and participation in Jour nalism activities.

Religious Services Mass is offered at noon and five daily and at several times during the weekend in the Chapel of the Incar nation. In addition to the regular schedule of Masses other religious events such as the Mass of the Holy Spirit, Advent Masses and Easter Week services mark the liturgical and academic sea sons. The University community is also welcome at liturgies at Holy Trinity Seminary, the Cistercian Abbey, Do minican Priory, and the School Sisters of Notre Dame. Catholic students are invited to be come active members of the Univer sity Parish which is overseen by a Parish Council composed of faculty and students. Arrangements are made for stu dents of other faiths to attend appro priate services in the city of Irving. A non-denominational scripture study group provides another focus for non Catholic and Catholic students.

Lecture Series and Films The Student Government commit tees in the areas of Lectures, Films, and Fine Arts provide an on-going lecture series in cooperation with the academic departments of the cam pus. Movies are shown every Friday and Sunday evening. 15

The Management Lecture Series sponsored by the Graduate School of Management brings outstanding lead ers in the management and econom ic professions to the campus to com plement the real-world emphasis of the graduate course work and labo ratory experience . Required for grad uate management students, these lec tures are open to undergraduates. The Eugene McDermott Lecture ship provides a major endowment to support visiting lecturers and to en courage their stay on the campus for some time as visiting professors . Past visiting professors include the distin guished historian Jacques Barzun, Hans-Georg Gadamer and Paul Riceour, noted philosophers, Malcolm Muggeridge, journalist and cultural crit ic, Norberg-Schulz and Edward Ba con, internationally known architects, and Eric Heller, important literary crit ic, Seymour Slive, internationally known art historian and former director of the Fogg, Harvey Mansfield, distin guished political philosopher.

The Arts University Theater, directed by the Drama Department, provides two ma jor productions a year for the enjoy ment of the university community. All students are invited to tryout for both these productions and senior studios. About twenty art exhibits are pre sented each year through the Haggar University Gallery Program and the Art Department. Each year the uni versity community is exposed to a wide range of art so as to visually educate with the breadth and depth of human imagination . Musical events are a regular part of campus life. The Monday Means Music Series schedules bi-monthly in dividual and group presentations by both off-campus and on-campus mu sicians . University Chorus, Chapel Choir, Parish Music Ministry, Lyric The ater, voice lessons and piano lessons 16

add to the activity. Informal student groups perform at the Sunday Coffee Houses and various talent shows .

Community Education The Office of Community Edu cation develops non-credit, special courses in response to community interest, often in conjunction with such community institutions as the Dallas Museum of Arts, Dallas Public Library, and the Cultural Affairs Council of Irving . It also coordinates efforts to share with the commun ity lecture se ries , plays, musical events, special symposia, and art exhibits . The Com munity Education bulletin is published twice yearly and serves both as a university calendar of public events and a catalogue of non-credit offerings.

Athletic Programs The university offers a variety of sports activities designed to nurture the physical well-being of its commu nity. While no formal physical educa tion courses are offered, numerous opportunities are offered for partici pation in both competitive and recrea tional athletic activity. Intercollegiate sports include bas ketball, tennis, cross-country, golf, and soccer. Teams compete in the Na tional Association of Intercollegiate Ath letics (NAIS), District 8. Intramural sports are popular among University of Dallas students who form their own teams to partici pate in flag football, soccer, volley ball, inner-tube water polo, floor hock ey, and basketball. Intramural clubs add to this activity. The Health and Fitness Club offers exercise classes; the Sailing Club sails every weekend (weather permitting) on area lakes in Soling, Sunfish and Resolute boats owned by the University. Camping, hiking, and skiing trips are organized by the Outdoor Recreation Club. A chapter of the Fellowship of Christian

Athletes is open to all intercollegiate and intramural participants. The Edward R. Maher Athletic Cen ter includes a 11,000 sq. ft. gym, a fully-equipped workout room and lock er facilities that also service the 75x42 foot swimming pool which is open ten months of the year. The eight screened, Laykold ten nis courts are open from 8:30 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. Tennis lessons are avail able through the pro shop. Baseball, football and soccer playing fields are located near the other facilities and about the campus. Fifteen miles of mapped jogging trails cover the Uni versity's nearly 1000 acres.

Student Publications University News, a bi-weekly stu dent publication serves the students, faculty, staff, and administration of the University. The newspaper staff is com posed of students of all majors who have an interest in journalism. Stu dents gain skills in many areas, in cluding: writing, editing, photography, layout, and advertising. Although staff members are not required to take Journalism Practicum, students may earn 1 credit (pass/fail) by enrolling in the course . The Crusader, UD's yearbook, is published early each fall. It is staffed by students who plan, compose, and layout the volume. Photographs are shot, developed and printed by stu dents. Special sections of the Jour nalism Practicum focus on the year book; participants may earn 1 credit. UD's literary magazine, Touchstone, is published each spring. Students submit poems, short stories, essays and black and white art work to a staff of student editors who review the work and select the pieces that will appear in the magazine. All stu dents are encouraged to submit their work. A special section of the Jour nalism Practicum is arranged for those students who edit the magazine.

Housing Much of campus life begins with the resident community. The Universi ty regards on-campus residency as an important element in the academic, spiritual, and cultural development of the student. Not only is residency beneficial for the student individually, but each student contributes in turn to the community as a whole. Except for local students living with their par ents, students considering the Uni versity should expect to live on cam pus during their collegiate careers. Students live in air-conditioned dor mitories in single, double or triple rooms. All dormitory contracts include food service. The University also offers apartment accommodations designed to house upper division and graduate students. These one (two student occupancy) and two (four student occupancy) bed room units received the 1981 Texas SOCiety of Architecture Honor Award . Apartment residents have the op tion of preparing their own food or participating in the University food service plan. Head Residents and Resident Ad visors assist in managing residence facilities and often serve to advise and counsel underclassmen. Senior men and women, married students, veterans, and students liv ing with their parents are permitted to live off campus. Although many universities and col leges embrace a more liberal open house or visitation policy, the Univer sity of Dallas allows only limited open house privileges. It does not include "closed-door" visitation. Further information on housing fa cilities is available from the Housing Department. These facilities, the cam pus environment, and activities are described in the Student Handbook which is compiled by the Office of Student Life in cooperation with the Student Government. All students

should be familiar with the contents of the handbook.

Counseling Personnel of the Office of Student Life function as counselors and refer ral agents for the students in all areas related to University life. A profes sional psychologist is on call to assist with student problems of a more seri ous nature. The Director of Religious Life and his associates are available to dis cuss with students problems of a reli gious or personal nature. Also, coun seling is provided through faculty advisers who are concerned with scho lastic, vocational, and social interests of the students. The Associate Dean of the College oversees all undergraduate academic counseling in conjunction with fresh men advisors and Department Chair men. During the New Student Orienta tion period, various placement tests are administered to all beginning freshmen. Personal interviews assist the student in choosing suitable courses of study. Most programs for new stu dents are developed prior to registra tion. In the Spring of the junior year all junior degree plans are reviewed through personal interview. In addi tion to providing an audit of what the student still needs to complete the requirements for degree, the inter views assist the student with course selection and research direction ap propriate to plans following gradua tion. Senior interviews in the early Fall also provide guidance concerning graduate school and careers in addi tion to providing a useful evaluative tool for the institution. Mid-term grades are reported to both student and advisor. While they do not become a permanent part of the record they provide a warning of potential academic problems.

Discipline The Administration reserves the right to request a student to withdraw for failure to meet standards of scholar sHip, character, or health, or for refus al to conform to the letter and spirit of University regulations. At the end of each academic year a review board consisting of members of the admin istration and faculty will meet to con sider the advisability of readmitting to the University of Dallas students who have had serious academic or non academic difficulties during the year. Academic regulations concerning continuance at the University are in cluded in this Bulletin. Regulations governing activities outside of the classroom, that is, student life mat ters, are listed in the Student Hand book, which is available in the Office of Student Life . Both documents are published yearly. It is the responsibili ty of the student to secure both of these documents and to be aware of the various regulations.

Job Placement The Office of Financial Aid handles information on part-time positions available for student employment both during the regular year and in the summer. The Education Department arranges job interviews and maintains current employment information for stu dent teachers. The Office of Student Life has information on resume plan ning, interview techniques, and job possibilities. It schedules interviews with corporations that recruit on cam pus, arranges career seminars, and so forth. The Registrar's office main tains a resource library about gradu ate study and sponsors meetings each year concerning such post-baccalaur eate opportunities.

Student Health Services

Hospitalization Insurance

The health of the resident students is under the care of the University Medical Director. A registered nurse has regular daily hours on the cam足 pus during the Fall and Spring Se足 mesters . Her services are available to all students . Complete medical care is available twenty-four hours a day at Samuel I Clinic and at St Paul Hospital.

A voluntary group health insurance plan is available to full-time University of Dallas students. The University re足 quires all students living in University housing to hold the health plan or some other plan equivalent to it. All international students must take spe足 cial University health insurance . .

Trustees, Administration, and Staff

Board of Trustees

The Most Reverend Thomas Tschoepe, Grand Chancellor

and Chairman of the Board

L, 0, Brightbill, III

R, V. Carleton

Ben H, Carpenter

0, D, Cruse

Robert J, Finegan, Teasurer

Walter L. Fleming

The Reverend Monsignor John T. Gulczynski

Edmond R, Haggar

Mrs , Patrick E, Haggerty

Albert Hrubetz

The Reverend Monsignor Milam J, Joseph

Lester A. Levy

Paul A. Lockhart, Jr" Secretary

Louis J , Maher

The Reverend Brindley J, Mills

Joseph 0, Neuhoff, Jr

Robert H, Power

The Reverend Monsignor Robert Rehkemper

Robert F Sasseen

Charles P. Schulze

Bryan F Smith

Mrs, Jere Thompson

Thomas C, Unis

Emeritus Trustees J , Erik Jonsson

Marvin R, Springer

Mrs, Eugene McDermott

Administration Robert F. Sasseen, President

John E. Paynter, Provost and Dean of the College

James N. Bellinghausen, Vice President for Administration

Gilbert G. Hardy, O. Cist., Associate Provost and Graduate Dean

Saul Gellerman, Dean, Graduate School of Management

Sybil Novinski, Registrar and Associate Dean of the College

Nettie L. Baker, Director of the Library

Michael Healy, Dean of Students

Alston Legare Van Ness, Director of Development

Joseph C. Rice, Director, University Relations

Tracey Humphreys, Controller

Emeritus Administration Donald A. Cowan, President Emeritus

Bryan F. Smith, Chancellor Emeritus

Staff

Administration , Graduate School of Management Admissions, Undergraduate Admissions, Graduate Alumni Bookstore Communications Community Education and Special Events Computer Services Consulting Physician Financial Aid Foreign Student Advisor Housing Institutional Research Music Nurse Records, Undergraduate and Graduate Records, Graduate School of Management Rome Campus Director Rome Coordinator Student Activities University Press University Services Religious Life

C. P. Hurn William Henley Connie Smith Estelle Jewell Jackie Bozeman B. J. Triebel Sandra Connell Sandra Gibbs L. C. Johnston Betty McDonnell Holly Turner Ted Karakekes Paul Carney Marilyn Walker Claire Manning Barbara Lunce Julie Allan James M. Fougerousse Denise Schuler Meg Wynn Office of the Provost Wayne Bounds Rev. Donald Fischer

Faculty 1985Âˇ86 Distinguished Visiting Professors of Humanities Fall 1985, Richard J. Schoeck Spring 1986, Otto A. Bird

John E. Alvis, Associate Professor of English B.A., University of Dallas M.A., University of Dallas Ph.D ., University of Dallas Robert Ames, Visiting Assistant Professor of Management B.A., University of Wichita M.A., University of Iowa Ph.D., University of Iowa Wayne H. Ambler, Assistant Professor of Politics B.A., Cornell University M.A., University of Toronto M.A., Boston College Ph.D" Boston College

Heri Bert Bartscht, Professor of Art MeisterschOler, Academy of Fine Arts, Munich Waltraud Bartscht, Associate Professor of Foreign Language and Literature M.A., Southern Methodist University Bernard Frank Batto, Associate Professor of Theology B.A" Maryknoll College Ph.D ., Johns Hopkins University Donald Bennett, Tenchical Director of Drama B.A., Rutgers University M,F.A., Rutgers University

Bernard A. Asner, Jr., Associate Professor of Mathematics B.S., University of Oklahoma M.A., University of Alabama Ph.D " Northwestern University

Kelli Ann Bennett-Howie, Adjunct Instructor of Drama B.A., University of Dallas M.F.A., Southern Methodist University

Nettie L. Baker, Director of the Library B.S., Southern University M,L.S. Texas Woman's University

Bill Bernard, Visiting Instructor of Mathematics B.A., University of Florida M,A" University of Florida J.D., Harvard Law School

David L. Balas, O. Cist., Professor of Theology Ph.B" Athenaeum Anselmianum, Rome S.T.B., Athenaeum Anselmianum, Rome S.T.L., Athenaeum Anselmianum, Rome Ph.L., Athenaeum Anselmianum, Rome S.T.D., Athenaeum Anselmianum, Rome

Samuel H. Bostaph, Assistant Professor of Economics B.A., Texas Christian University M.S" Southern Illinois University Ph.D., Southern Illinois University Melvin E. Bradford, Professor of English B.A., University of Oklahoma M.A., University of Oklahoma Ph.D ., Vanderbilt University

Thomas Cain, O.P. Associate Professor Emeritus of Philosophy S.T.Lr., College of the Immaculate Conception, Washington Ph .L., University of Santo Tomas, Manila S.T.L. , University of Santo Tomas , Manila S.T.Prae., University of Santo Tomas, Manila Ph.D., University of Santo Tomas, Manila Thomas Killian Carroll, Adjunct Professor of Theology B.A. , University College, Dublin B.D., Lateran University, Rome S.T.L., Lateran University, Rome S.T.D., Angelicum University, Rome H.D.E., St. Patrick's College, Maynooth B.S.L., Athenaeum Anselmianum , Rome Lie .S.L., Athenaeum Anselmianum, Rome D.S.Lit. , Athenaeum Anselmianum, Rome Hazel Cazorla, Associate Professor of Foreign Languages and Literatures B.A. (Hons .), Oxford University M.A., Oxford University Scott D. Churchill, Assistant Professor of Psychology B.S., Bucknell University M.A. , Duquesne University Ph.D., Duquesne University Cherie A. Clodfelter, Professor of Education B.S., Oklahoma State University M.S., Texas Woman's University Ph.D., Texas Woman's University Heldrun R. Coleman, Lecturer in Foreign Languages and Literatures B.A., Southern Methodist University M.A., Southern Methodist University

Charles A. Coppin, Associate Professor of Mathematics B.S ., Southwestern University M.A., University of Texas Ph.D., University of Texas John F. Crosby, Associate Professor of Philosophy

B.A., Georgetown University

Ph .D., University of Salzburg

Placid Csizmazia, O. Cist., Associate Professor of Foreign

Language and Literature

M.A. , Royal University of Budapest Ph.D., Royal University of Budapest Bernard Cunningham, Assistant Professor of Management B.S ., Iowa State University

M.B.A., Southern Methodist

University Ph.D., University of Texas at Dallas Eugene C. Curtsinger, Jr., Associate Professor of English B.A. , University of Notre Dame Ph .D., University of Notre Dame David O. Davies, Visiting Instructor in English B.A., University of Rochester M.A., University of Rochester Ph.D. candidate, State University of New York at Buffalo John B. Davis, Assistant Professor of Economics B.A., University of Illinois, Urbana M.A. , University of Illinois, Urbana M.S., University of Illinois, Urbana Ph .D., Philosophy, University of Illinois, Urbana M.A., Michigan State University Ph .D. Economics, Michigan State University Leo Paul DeAlvarez, Associate Professor of Politics B.A., University of California Ph.D ., University of Notre Dame

Molly C. Dean, Adjunct Instructor of Drama B.S ., Texas Wesleyan College M.FA., Southern Methodist University Mary Ann Diebel, Adjunct Instructor in History B.A., University of Texas at Austin M.A., University of Texas at Austin Ph .D. candidate, University of Texas at Austin Raymond D. DILorenzo, Associate Professor of English B.A., John Carroll University M.A., Ohio State University M.S.L., Pontifical Institute of Mediaeval Studies Ph.D., University of Toronto Frank J. Doe, Associate Professor of Biology B.S., Spring Hill College Ph.D., Brandeis University Robert Scott Dupree, Associate Professor of English B.A., University of Dallas M.A., Yale University Ph.D., Yale University Robert Dunikoski Assistant Professor of Management B.S., Arizona State University M.P.A., Cleveland State University D.B.A., Texas Tech University Charles W. Eaker, Associate Professor of Chemistry B.S., Michigan State University Ph .D., University of Chicago Richard M. Ebeling, Assistant Professor of Economics B.A., California State University, Sacramento M.A., Rutgers University Ph.D. candidate, National University of Ireland at Cork

Charles Elmer, Adjunct Professor of Theology S.T.L., Gregorian University M.A., Texas AM University S.lD., Angelicum Zohreh Emani, Visiting Assistant Professor of Economics B.A., University of Illinois, Urbana M.A., Michigan State University Ph.D. Michigan State University Kent Emery, Jr., Assistant Professor of English B.A. , University of Virginia M.A., University of Toronto Ph .D., UNiversity of Toronto Bruce D. Evans, Associate Professor of Management B.S., Kent State University M.B.A., University of Michigan C.P.C .U. Joseph Faulds, Adjunct Instructor of English B.S., North Texas State University M.A., North Texas State University Ph.D., candidate, University of Dallas David E. Fellhauer, Adjunct Professor of Theology B.A., Pontifical College Josephinum M.C .L., University of Ottawa J.C.L., St. Paul University, Canada Ph.D ., University of Ottawa J.D.C., St. Paul University, Canada

Bruce Foltz, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Philosophy B.A., California State University M.A., Pennsylvania State University Ph.D. candidate, Pennsylvania State University

Philip Foubert, Assistant Professor of Theology B.A., Seattle University M .A., University of Notre Dame Ph.D. candidate, University of Notre Dame James M. Fougerousse, Adjunct Professor of Foreign Language and Literature B.A., University of Dallas Ph.D ., Leopold-Franzens University, Innsbruck Judith Ann French, Associate Professor of Drama B.A. , University of Dallas M.A., Marquette University Marcia R. Funnell, Visiting Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.S ., Michigan State University M.A., Michigan State University Ph.D., Georgia State University Saul Gellerman, Professor of Management B.A., University of Missouri M.A., University of Missouri Ph .D., University of Pennsylvania Lionel Goldstein, Visiting Assistant Professor of Management B.A., Southern Methodist University M.S., University of Dallas George Golumbeski, Instructor in Biology B.A., University of Virginia Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison Augusta Gooch, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Education B.A., Hunter College M.A., University of Dallas Ph.D., University of Dallas

David Gordon, Associate Professor of Management B.S.E.E., University of Texas at Arlington M.S.E.A. , Southern Methodist University D.Eng., University of Oklahoma Eileen Gregory, Associate Professor of English B.A., University of Dallas Ph.D., University of South Carolina Jack Gregg, Visiting Assistant Professor of Management B.E.E.E., Vanderbilt University M.B.A. University of Dallas Ph.D., Golden Gate University

Claudette Hagle, Librarian

B.S., Louisiana Technological

University M.A., University of Iowa M.S., Oklahoma State University Dan R. Hammett, Assistant Professor of Art B.A ., Northeastern State College B.FA., University of Kansas M.FA., Alfred University Gilbert -G. Hardy, O.Cist., Associate Professor of Philosophy Ph .L., University of St. Thomas, Rome S.T.L., Pazmany University of Budapest S.T.D., Pazmany University of Budapest Ph.D., University of Paris, Sorbonne William H. Hendrickson, Associate Professor of Chemistry B.S., Louisiana Technological University Ph .D. , Louisiana State University

Maria Dolores Hernandez, a.s.u., Adjunct Professor of Foreign Languages and Literatures B.A., LaRochelle College M.A., Lavall University Ph.D., University of Dijon Lucille G. Herrera, Lecturer in Foreign Language and Literature B.A., Southern Methodist University M.A., Southern Methodist University Raymond F. Hopkins, Assistant Professor of Management B.B .A., University of Texas at Arlington M.P.A., University of Texas at Arlington Ph.D., Oklahoma State University Paula Ann Hughes, Associate Professor of Management B.S., Texas Woman's University M.B.A., North Texas State University Ph.D., North Texas State University William H. Hutt, Distinguished Visiting Professor of Economics M.A., University of London Doctor of Social Science (h.c .), Francisco Marroquin University, Guatemala

Robert L. Keane, S.J., Assistant Professor of Theology A.B ., Boston College M.A., Middlebury College and the Sorbonne M.Div., The Weston School of Theology D.Min., Southern Methodist University Diane Kearney, Jr. Adjunct Instructor of Drama B.A., University of Dallas M.FA., candidate, Tulane University Patrick Kelly, Associate Professor of Drama B.A., University of Notre Dame M.FA., Southern Methodist University Roch Kereszty, a.Cist., Adjunct Professor of Theology S.T.L., Athenaeum Anselmianum , Rome S.T.D ., Athenaeum Anselmianum, Rome Robert W. Kugelmann, Assistant Professor of Psychology B.S., Manhattan College M.A., University of Dallas Ph.D., University of Dallas John B. Kusewitt, Jr., Assistant Professor of Management B.S., U.S. Military Academy M.B.A., University of Alabama Ph .D. , University of Texas at Arlington

Robert C. Jeffrey, Jr., Adjunct Professor of Politics B.A. , Indiana University M.A., University of Dallas Ph.D., candidate, University of Dallas

Mark Lavatelli, Assistant Professor of Art B.A., Cornell University M.A., University of Illinois, Urbana M.FA., University of New Mexico

Thomas W. Jodziewicz, Assistant Professor of History A.B., Providence College M.A., Tufts University Ph.D ., College of William and Mary

Joseph Lawrence, Assistant Professor of Philosophy B.A., Washington University M.A., Columbia University M. Phi!., Columbia University Ph.D., TObingen University

James Lehrberger, O.Cist., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Philosophy B.A., University of San Francisco M.A., University of Dallas Ph .D., University of Dallas Clodovia Lockett, S.S.N.D., Professor of Biology B.S. , St . Louis University M.S., De Paul University Ph .D., St. Louis University John Loscerbo, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Philosophy B.A ., University of Dallas M.A., Duquesne University Ph .D., University of Louvain Daniel Luby, Adjunct Assistant Professor in Theology B.A., University of Notre Dame M.A., University of Dallas S.T.L., University of Thomas Aquinas , Rome S.T.D., University of Thomas Aquinas Robert G. Lynch, Associate Professor of Management B.S., Ohio State University M.B.A., Ohio State University John Stephen Maddux, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages and Literatures B.A., University of Dallas M.A., University of Chicago Ph.D ., University of Chicago

Daniel Marsh, Visiting Assistant Professor of Management B.A., Rice University M .A., Southern Methodist University George McClure, Visiting Assistant Professor of History B.A., Brown University Ph .D., University of Michigan Hazel T. McDermott, Assistant Professor of Education B .A., Indiana University M.Ed. , Texas Woman's University Ed .D., Texas Woman's University Benedict Monostori, O.Cist., Associate Professor of Physics M.S ., Royal University of Budapest Ph.L., Athenaeum Anselmianum, Rome Ph .D., Fordham University Anthony Morello, OCD, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Theology S.T.L. Teresianum, Rome Ronald P. Muller, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Philosophy B.A., Tulane University M.A., Tulane University Ph .D., University of Dallas

Robert E. Maguire, O. Cist Adjunct Professor of English B.A., University of San Francisco M.A. , University of Dallas Ph .D., University of Dallas

Adolfo Murguia, Associate Professor of Philosophy D.U.E., Sorbonne Licencie es Philosophie et Lettres, Sorbonne Ph.D., University of Buenos Aires Philosophy Doctor, Universitat Tubingen

John Marini, Visiting Assistant Professor of Politics B.A ., San Jose State University M.A. , Claremont Graduate School Ph.D ., Claremont Graduate School

Moses Nagy, O.Cist., Professor of Foreign Language and Literature M.A., Marquette University Ph .D., Laval University, Quebec

Enrique Nardoni, Professor of Theology B.A., Catholic University of Buenos Aires S.T.L., Catholic University of Buenos Aires S.S.B., Pontifical Biblical Institute S.S.L., Pontifical Biblical Institute S.S.D ., Pontifical Biblical Institute Anna Marie Norbert-Schulz, Lecturer of Foreign Language Laurea, University of Rome M.A., Harvard University D.Phi!., University of Rome Thorvald Christian NorbergÂ Schulz, Visiting Professor of Art Dip!. Arch., Federal Tehcnical University, Zurich Dr. Techn., Trondheim , University, Norway Lyle Novinski, Professor of Art B.S ., Wisconsin State College M.A., University of Wisconsin M.FA., University of Wisconsin Richard P. Olenick, Assistant Professor of Physics B.S., Illinois Institute of Technology M.S ., Purdue University Ph.D ., Purdue University John Edward Paynter, Associate Professor of Politics B.A., Knox College M.A., University of Chicago Ph.D., University of Chicago Peter C. Phan, Associate Professor of Theology B.A., University of London B.D., University of London S.T.B., Salesian Pontifical University, Rome S.T.L., Salesian Pontifical University, Rome S.T.D., Salesian Pontifical University, Rome

C. Lawrence Pichard, Jr., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Theology B.A., University of Dallas M.Div., University of Dallas M.A., Catholic University of America David George Pope, Assistant Professor of Biology B.Sc.Gen . (Hons .), University of London Ph.D., University of London Pau I Prueitt, Visiting Instructor of Mathematics B.S ., University of Texas at Arlington M.S., Southern Methodist University A .B.D., North Texas State University Thomas B. Pruit, Adjunct Assistant Professor of English B.A., University of the South M.A., University of Dallas Ph .D., University of Dallas Warren M. Pulich, Associate Professor of Biology B.S ., University of Arizona M.S., Southern Methodist University Christopher Rabay, O.Cist., Associate Professor of Theology S.T.L., St. Thomas Aquinas Institute, Budapest Narayan Ramasubramanian, Visiting Associate Professor of Management B.S., Madras University, India M.S., McMaster University, Canada Ph.D., Kurukshetra University, India Joseph P. Rodgers, Jr., Associate Professor of Management B.S., Loyola University, Chicago M.B.A., North Texas State University Ph.D., North Texas State University 29

Robert D. Romanyshyn, Professor of Psychology B.S., Manhattan College M.A., Duquesne University Ph .D., Duquesne University

John R. Sommerfeldt, Professor of History A.B., University of Michigan A.M ., University of Michigan Ph .D., University of Michigan

Robert F. Sasseen, Professor of Politics B.A., University of Notre Dame M .A., University of Chicago Ph.D., University of Chicago

Katherine Sorensen, Assistant Professor of English Literature B.A. , Smith College Ph.D ., Yale University

Mark Joseph Seitz, Adjunct Lecturer in Theology B.A., University of Dallas M.Div, University of Dallas M.A. , University of Dallas M.A., St . John's University, Collegeville, Minn.

Blair Y. Stephenson, Visiting Assistant Professor of Management B.S ., U.S. Air Force Academy M.P.A. , University of Oklahoma M.B .A., University of Oklahoma Ph .D., University of Oklahoma

Dennis L. Sepper, Assistant Professor of Philosophy B.A., Harvard University M .A., University of Chicago Ph .D., University of Chicago

Linda Stinson, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Theology B.A., Middle Tennessee State University M.A. , University of Dallas Ph.D ., University of Dallas

Zary Shafa, Librarian B.S., Tehran University M.A., Oklahoma City University M.L.S., Texas Woman's University Ph.D. , Texas Woman's University Bill Shoemaker, B.F. Visiting Assistant Professor of Management B.S ., Little Rock University M.B.A., Golden Gate University Marina Simmons, Lecturer in Italian "Dr. in Foreign Languages" degree from Universita L. Bocconi M.A., North Texas State University James P. Smith, B.F. Visiting Associate Professor of Chemistry B.S ., North Texas State University M.B.A., Texas Tech University Ph.D., Southern Methodist University

Juergen Strunck, Associate Professor of Art M.A., University of Dallas M.F.A., University of Dallas David R. Sweet, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language and Literature B.A. , Harvard College M.A ., University of California (Berkeley) Ph .D. , University of California (Berkeley) Charlotte Sullivan Visiting Assistant Professor of Art B.A., University of California - Berkeley M.A. , University of California - Berkeley Ph .D, University of California - Berkeley Francis R. Swietek, Associate Professor of History B.A., St. John's University M.A., University of Illinois Ph.D ., University of Illinois

Barbara Sylvester, Adjunct Instructor in Education B.S. in Education, University of Nebraska M.Ed., North Texas State University James O. Teller, Emeritus Professor of Education B.S., Ohio State University M.A., Ohio State University Ph.D., Ohio State University Ben Thomas, Assistant Professor of Mathematics A.B. , Harvard University Ph .D., University of North Carolina Tommy Thompson Adjunct Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.S., Southeastern Louisiana University M.A., University of Texas at Austin Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin Glen E. Thurow, Associate Professor of Politics B.A., Williams College M.A., Harvard University Ph.D., Harvard University Arvel D. Toten, Visiting Instructor of Physics B.S., North Texas State University M.S., North Texas State University Ph.D. candidate, North Texas State University Jack C. Towne, Professor of Chemistry B.S., University of California, Los Angeles M.S., University of Wisconsin Ph .D., University of Wisconsin Marilyn Walker, Lecturer in Drama and Music B.A., Tulane University June R. Welch, Associate Professor of History B.A., Texas Christian University B.A., University of Texas at Arlington M.A., Texas Technological College J.D., George Washington University

Grace Starry West, Associate Professor of Foreign Languages and Literatures B.A., Scripps College C. Phil., University of California, Los Angeles Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles Thomas G. West, Associate Professor of Politics A.B., Cornell University M.A., Claremont Graduate School Ph.D ., Claremont Graduate School Lely K. White, Librarian B.A., University of Indonesia M.A., University of Indonesia M.L.S., Texas Woman's University Alexandra Wilhelmsen, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages and History B.A., University of Dallas M.A., Rice University Ph . et Litt. D., University of Navarra Frederick D. Wilhelmsen, Professor of Philosophy and Politics A.B., University of San Francisco M.A., University of Notre Dame Ph . et Lit. D., University of Madrid Robert Wood, Associate Professor of Philosophy B.A., Marquette University M.A., Marquette University Ph.D., Marquette University Larry Jo Worley, Librarian B.S., Texas Woman's University M.L.S., Texas Woman's University Rudolph Zimanyi, O.Cist., Associate Professor of Foreign Language and Literature M.A., Canisus College M.A., Marquette University Ph.D., Northwestern University

CONSTANTIN COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS

History The Undergraduate College bears the name of one of its founders and principal benefactors. The later Mr. Eugene Constantin, Jr., was chairman of the first funds drive and served the University as a trustee from its begin ning. Ruth and Eugene Constantin, ,..Ir., established an undergraduate en dowment fund in memory of their son and took as their principal interest the welfare of the undergraduate col lege. Fittingly the Board of Trustees in 1970 named the college in their honor.

The Curriculum Quite unabashedly, the ·curriculum at the University of Dallas is based on the supposition that truth and vir tue exist and are the proper objects of search in an education. The curriculum further supposes that this search is best pursued through an acquisition of philosophical and theological principles on the part of a student and has for its analogical field a vast body of great literature- per haps more extensive than is likely to be encountered elsewhere - supple mented by a survey of the sweep of

history and an introduction to the po litical and economic principles of so ciety. An understanding of these sub jects, along with an introduction to the quantitative and scientific world view and a mastery of a language, is expected to form a comprehensive and coherent experience which, in effect, governs the intellect of a stu dent in a manner which develops in dependence of thought in its most effective mode. Every student builds his own intellectual structure on the core curriculum and is bolstered by the fact that this experience is shared with the entire community of his fel low students. He then goes on to pursue his chosen major discipline, reaching - according to this theory of education - a level of maturity and competency in the discipline that he could not have attained in the absence of a broad and general foundation. Discovering and transmitting the wis dom of the Western tradition is an undertaking inseparable from the task of preserving language. The Univer sity acknowledges an obligation at once professional, civic, and spiritual to encourage in its students a re spect for language, and to train young men and women to write and speak with directness, precision, vigor and color.

Major Programs The University offers major programs leading to a Bachelor of Arts in Art, Biology, Biochemistry (B.S.), Econom ics, Chemistry, Classics, Drama, Edu cation, English, Foreign Languages, History, Mathematics, Philosophy, Pol itics, Physics, Psychology, and Theol ogy. During the second semester of his sophomore year, each student must apply to the chairman of a depart ment for acceptance into the major prog ram of that department. It is possible for a student to pur sue a Bachelor of Science program in Biochemistry, Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Physics by com pleting all the B.A. requirements in the selected field and taking at least twelve additional hours in that field and offering twelve additional hours for the degree. This degree normally requires a full-time summer during which time the student pursues inde pendent advanced research. In the Braniff Graduate School the University offers degrees in Art, Ameri can Studies, Divinity, Management, Education, English, Humanities, Poli tics, Literature, Philosophy, Psycholo gy, and Theology.

Constantin Scholars Program Uniquely qualified students may have the opportunity to shape a par ticular inter-disciplinary curriculum un der the direction of a personal com mittee. For more information on this major please see "Constantin Schol ars Program" in Departments and Courses of Instruction section of this bulletin.

Professional and Preprofessional Training Those students who are to become lawyers, doctors, dentists, priests, or teachers, or who are to go on to 34

graduate study in any field, should be among the University's most ca pable graduates, fulfilling to a high degree its stated aims. Consequent ly, the pre-professional curricula at the University are broad, thorough, and liberal, designed to qualify the student for entrance into graduate or professional schools as well as to give him the finest possible basis for his professional study and career. Ear ly in his sophomore year the student should discuss with his advisors the entrance requirements of the particu lar graduate or professional school he wishes to enter.

Architectu re Although the University of Dallas has no school of architecture, it is possible to complete the first two years of an architecture curriculum at the University because of its unusually fine departments of Art, Physics, and Mathematics. Those planning later pro fessional studies in arcrlitecture are counseled to choose, as early as pos sible, the schools of arcrlitecture to which they intend to transfer and to study the catalogue requirements of those schools in consultation with the Chairman of the Art Department. Architecture is a very broad field. Many universities are now confining this study to the graduate level; an undergraduate major in Art, with work in mathematics and science as indi cated by the kind of architecture en visioned, is an excellent preparation.

Business Management The programs in management of fered by the Graduate School of Man agement presuppose a sound under graduate background . The graduate years concentrate upon modern techniques, including the use of computers. A "through pro gram" combining an undergraduate major with the Business Management program can be completed within five

years from the date of initial enroll ment. Upon completion the student will have earned both the B.A. and the M.B.A. degrees. Pre-Law

The Pre-Law Club and its advisor give assistance to students interest ed in preparing for the legal profes sion. Suggestions are made as to pertinent electives, for example, the accounting course offered by the Grad uate School of Management which may be taken by the student in the senior year. Medicine and Dentistry

The University recommends that the student who plans a career in medi cine or dentistry earn the Bachelor of Arts degree before beginning profes sional study. The student may elect an undergraduate major in any de partment, taking as electives the courses needed to satisfy entrance requirements of particular schools. The student should confer regularly with the premedical advisors in the de partments of Biology and Chemistry concerning his course of studies at the University of Dallas. Medicine

According to the admission require ments listed in the Journal of Ameri can Medical Colleges, medical schools prefer students who have had: (1) A broad general education; (2) At least three years of college; (3) A major in any field according to student interest; (4) Basic science requirements, al though not science that dupli cates medical course work. About sixty percent of the medical schools require a bachelor's degree or at the very least that the student

be an exceptional student. The ad mission committees of medical schools strongly favor individuals with a liber al arts background, preferably with a Bachelor of Arts degree. Generally speaking, the preferred premedical curriculum includes: English

12 credits

Biology or Zoology

12 credits

Physics

8 credits

Inorganic Chemistry

8 credits

Organic Chemistry

8 credits

Calculus

6 credits

Dentistry

Preprofessional training in dentistry should take at least three years. Gen erally speaking, the predentistry cur riculum should include: English

6 credits

Inorganic Chemistry

8 credits

Organic Chemistry

6 credits

Biology or Zoology

12 credits

Physics

8 credits

Engineering

The University does not offer an undergraduate degree in Engineer ing. However, its Physics program pro vides a sound and, in most cases, preferred background for further study specifically in Engineering. The com bination of undergraduate degree and post-baccalaureate specialization year amounts to about the same time span as the usual engineering program and provides a broader education along with time to involve oneself in a disci pline. Upon consultation with the De partment of Physics, students may arrange electives in applied engineer ing through the TAGER television network. Engineering Areas of chemical, en vironmental and biochemical- bio medical engineering may also be

served by undergraduate degree pro grams in biology, biochemistry or chemistry. A preengineering program may be arranged for the student who plans eventual transfer to standard engineering curricula. Allied Health Sciences

The University encourages students interested in the allied health science professions to complete a B.A. in Bi ology or Chemistry or a B.S. in Bio chemistry before entering a school of Allied Health Sciences. The advan tages of the degree background are numerous. In order to cope with new developments in the profession, in cluding increasingly complex equip ment, a strong background in mathe matics and physics included in the Biology or Chrmistry major at UD be comes essential. A deg ree also pro

vides the option of entering graduate schools of biology or chemistry or going on to medical school should there be a change of interest. Teacher Education

The teacher education program is an important function of the Universi ty. The program develops out of the questions of what it means to learn and what it means to teach. An em phasis is placed upon a sound aca demic preparation through the liberal arts tradition. The major areas of learn ing are rigorously studied . A counsel ing service is provided to assist stu dents in planning individual programs leading to either the elementary or secondary state certificate. The aca demic departments work closely with the Education Department particularly in the area of secondary certification .

Admissions

The University is open to applicants without regard to ethnic or national origin, creed , or sex. Applicants for admission must furnish evidence of good character, good health, and suf ficient preparation and ability to do the work contemplated. Inasmuch as the University of Dallas is not a state-supported institution, enmllment is not limited to residents of Texas nor is any distinction made on this basis in entrance requirements or tuition and fees.

I. The Freshman Class The Freshman class of the Univer sity of Dallas has traditionally been of the highest quality. This has been demonstrated by the consistently high performances of the freshmen on the Admissions Test of the College En trance Examination Board and the American College Testing Program. These results have placed the stu dent body in the top range of all student bodies in the country. The University of Dallas seeks high school students who have pursued a curric ulum of college preparatory courses including English, Social Studies, Math ematics, Science, and a foreign lan guage. Applicants pursuing a disci pline in the sciences should have four years of mathematics. Depth in foreign language is advised. Although the University is flexible in its admission standards, the appli cants to the University should be in the upper half of his graduating class and should present satisfactory scores

from the College Entrance Examina tion Board or the American College Testing Program. The Admissions Com mittee treats each applicant as an individual and is especially watchful for areas of individual accomplish ment and talent. A. Early Decision

Students who wish to avoid the many complications associated with apply ing for admission during their senior year may wish to investigate the ad vantages of early decision. This plan allows the applicant to complete the admissions process during the sum mer months. Applicants for early de cision should submit the following cre dentials to the Office of Admissions as soon after the completion of the junior year as possible. 1. A completed University of Dallas ':A.pplicatioll for Admission" form . 2. An application fee of $20 .00. 3. A high school transcript show ing at least six semesters' work and rank in the top fifteen per cent of the junior class. 4. One academic letter of recom mendation . 5. Junior year scores (April or May) of either the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Ex amination Board or of the Amer ican College Testing Program, ranking the applicant in the up per fifteen percent of college bound students .

Aplicants who are accepted will be notified by mail, beginning Oct. 15. Acceptance of a student under the · Early Decision Plan assures the ap plicant of a place in the freshman class and dormitory accommodations provided his academic performance in his senior year is consistent with his previous six semesters' work.

B. Regular Admissions Policy Applicants will be notified of the decision of the Admissions Commit tee within thirty days of receipt of the following documents: 1. A completed University of Dallas 'f\pplication for Admission" form. 2. An application fee of $20.00. 3. A high school transcript show ing at least seven semesters' work and rank in the senior class. 4. One academic letter of recom mendation. 5. Scores of either the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College En trance Examination Board or of the American College Testing Program. Within thirty days of the announce ment of acceptance, students must submit the Confirmation of Accep tance Form and the $100 General Deposit as described under "Fees and Expenses." In addition, a completed University of Dallas medical form executed and forwarded by the applicant's physi cian, along with the immunization rec ords as required by state law, must be submitted before registration . A personal interview with an ad missions counselor or other repre sentative of the University, though not absolutely required, can be helpful. Similarly, a visit to the campus by a prospective student is most desirable. Applicants who wish to visit classes at the University, and, when vacan cies exist, to remain overnight as dor

mitory guests of the University, should contact the Admissions Office two or three weeks in advance of the planned visit.

II. Transfer Students The University welcomes transfer students and is pleased to counsel with them in anticipation of their even tual transfer in order to plan for the best transferability possible. A student seeking admission to the University of Dallas from another col lege or university is expected to have at least a 2.5 average (on a 4 point scale) in order to be considered for admission and must submit the fol lowing: 1. A completed University of Dallas 'f\pplication for Admission" form. 2. A $20.00 application fee. 3. Official transcripts of the entire college record and a statement of honorable dismissal. These transcripts must be sent directly from the Registrar of each col lege the student previously at tended . 4. A high school transcript, if less than 30 transferrable college hours have been completed. 5. ACT or SAT scores, if less than 30 college hours have been completed . 6. One letter of recommendation. A student suspended from any oth er college or university may not enter the University of Dallas during the term of his suspension. Final evaluation of transcripts will not be made until after the transfer student has earned at least 12 cred its at the University of Dallas with an average grade of C or better. Grades earned at other institutions will not be averaged with grades earned at the University of Dallas except where the student is being considered for grad uation with honors.

Transferred credit must be applica ble to a current curriculum at the University of Dallas. Credits transferred from a junior col lege shall not exceed the number of credits a student would earn during his first two years at the University of Dallas. Credits earned in correspondence and extension courses are not ac ceptable in transfer except on ap proval of the Academic Dean. A student wishing to transfer from an unaccredited college must meet the admission requirements specified for high school students as well as for transfer students. To receive credit for work complet ed in a nonaccredited college or uni versity, a student must first complete 30 semester credits with a C average at the University of Dallas. The stu dent may receive credit in courses applicable to a degree program at the University of Dallas by successful (C or better) work in more advanced courses of the same nature.

III. Special Students An applicant over 21 who does not intend to be a candidate for a degree at the University of Dallas must sub mit a high school transcript and col lege transcripts, where appropriate, a completed University of Dallas Ap plication for Admission form, and a $15.00 application fee. A student admitted as a special student who later decides to become a candidate for a degree must pro vide the Admissions Office with an official transcript of all high school and college work previously attempted and scores of the scholastic aptitude test of either the College Entrance Examination Board or the American College Testing Program. A degree candidate from another institution who wishes to take one or two courses at the University of Dallas must present to the Registrar a letter

of permission from the institution where he is a candidate stating that he is in good standing and that his courses at the University of Dallas have been approved for transfer.

IV. International Students International students follow all of the application procedures outlined under "REGULAR ADMISSIONS POL ICY," on the preceding page and the following additions: 1. A request for application materi als form (this form is to be com pleted before a student receives or submits any application ma terials). 2. Fulfill the language requirement by scoring at least 550 on the "Test of English as a Foreign Language" or completion of the highest level of an acceptable English language program. TOEFL scores or a certificate from a language program should be submitted with application ma terials (this requirement does not apply to students from English speaking lands). 3. A document certified by a bank or government official stating a student's ability to meet all ex penses. Since non-citizens are not eligible for any form of financial aid they must be prepared to accept full financial responsibility for their studies and resi dence while at the University. An 1-20 will be issued to an interna tional student after he has been ac cepted for admission and confirmed his acceptance with the required $100.00 enrollment deposit. The University is required to inform the Immigration and Naturalization Ser vice when an undergraduate F-1 or J-1 student: a. Carries less than 12 hours in any semester.

b. attends class to a lesser extent than normally required . c . terminates attendance before completion of the semester. The above behavior may result in a student's summary return to his na tive country. Questions about these requirements should be referred to the International Student Advisor. The University requires all interna tional students to carry special Uni versity health insurance . International students enrolling in the Graduate School of Management should refer to the GSM Catalog for more specific requirements. This cat alog may be obtained by contacting the Office of Admissions, Graduate School of Management, University of Dallas, Irving, TX 75061.

V. Veterans The University of Dallas is approved for the education of veterans under all applicable public laws relating to veterans' training . These laws provide for educational funding for veterans . They also re quire st~ict reporting by the University on enrollment and progress towards the degree. Veterans who do not com ply with the standards must be re ported to the Veterans Administration.

There are two standard examina tion systems which the University uti lizes in placement. It also makes use of the high school record, entrance and achievement scores, and of vari ous departmental measures in judg ing the levels of capabilities of the student.

A. Advanced Placement Upon approval of the Office of the Academic Dean and the department concerned, the University may grant both placement and credit toward the undergraduate degree through the Ad vanced Placement Examinations of the College Entrance Examination Board in the following manner. The AP credit awarded is generally equiv alent to six credits at the University of Dallas. A score of 4 or better on the partic ular AP examination will secure the student immediate placement out of and credit for the comparable course or courses at the University of Dallas. A score of 3 or better will secure immediate placement and may se cure retroactive credit toward the de gree upon completion of another course in that area of study with a grade of B or better. The additional course must be completed by the end of the sophomore year in order to secure credit through the AP ex amination .

VI. Academic Placement The University holds that some sys tem of granting placement to quali fied students is both necessary and just. It is not the desire of the Univer sity to require students to repeat ma terial in which they are already com petent. However, the University does not believe in acceleration for its own sake; it believes that time is often essential to both the broad and thor ough understanding integral to the education of the whole man.

B. College Level Examination Program The University considers the Col lege Level Examination Program and appropriate method by which the non traditional student might certify ac complishments in certain academic areas. Any granting of credit through CLEP is done on an individual basis. Scores presented must be in the 60 or above range.

Fees and Expenses 1985-1986

The fees listed below are for the academic year 1985-1986. Fees for 1986-1987 may be higher due to factors operating within the economy which affect universities as well as the country as a whole. Hence to the 1985-86 charges the stu dent should add at least a six percent increase for 1986-87.

Application Fee This one-time nonrefund able fee is required of all students desiring admission whether on a part-time, full time or auditor basis.

$20.00

General Deposit All full-time undergradu ate students are required to make a General Deposit of $100 upon notification that they have been ac cepted for admission to the University of Dallas. This deposit is due not later than 30 days after notice of acceptance has been received. If not received witin 30 days the Universi ty may at its discretion can cel the acceptance of the applicant. The deposit is refundable until May 1 upon request. Students accept ed after April 1 must sub mit this $100 General De posit within 30 days of their notification by the Admis sions Committee of accep tance. There is no refund policy for deposits paid af ter May 1. After work has been ter minated at the University the General Deposit is re fundable upon written re quest within one year. If all accounts and obligations with the University are sat-

$100.00

isfied, refund will be made within approximately 30 days after receipt of the refund request. Students who are admitted but fail to matriculate will forfeit the General Deposit. Tuition $2275 .00 Tuition per semester for full-time students (Under graduate 12-18 hours). The rate for credit hours in excess of the above is $138.00 per hour. If two or more members of one fam ily are enrolled as regular full-time students simultan eously, a 10% reduction is g ranted to each. Part-Time Tuition, per credit hour Auditors, per course Mature men and women may be allowed to visit courses in the University during the regular sessions with the permission of the instructors and the Aca demic Dean. No credit is allowed for audited courses, no laboratory privileges are included, and if college credit is desired, the course must be repeated as a reg ular course at the regular tuition rate.

$186.00 $186.00

Room and Board per semester The following lists charges for the basic categories of dormitory rooms and apartment housing . The Housing Office will determine specific charges for special facilities and variations in space occupancy. Single Room, if available (19 meal plan) $1665.00 (14 meal plan) $1625.00 Double Room (19 meal plan) $1390.00 (14 meal plan) $1350.00 Triple Room, if available (19 meal plan) $1350.00 (14 meal plan) $1310 .00 (These fees do not include tax on the board portion .) University Apartment Housing, per Semester One bedroom (two student occu pancy), per student rate $955 .00 Two bedroom (four student occu pancy), per student rate $745.00

These fees do not include electrici ty. Texas Power and Light meters and bills each apartment individually. Food service contract may be elected if apartment resident so chooses. Two bedroom (three-student occu pancy), per student rate $900.00

The General Student Fee, $200.00 per Semester This fee applies to all full-time un dergraduates and to any campus resi dent students. It is applied to such things as building use, student ser vices, campus activities and publica tions, and so forth. The part-time (un der twelve credits) student of any classification is charged a building use fee of $4 .00 per credit hour.

Braniff Graduate School Fees See Braniff Graduate School listing.

Occasional Fees and Penalties The following fees will vary from student to student. They are non-re fundable . Returned check fee, each service. 20.00 Parking Registration, 20.00 per year. Graduation Fee. 50.00 Mail Box Service No rental fee will be charged of regular resident students. Off cam pus students may rent a box, if avail able, for $10.00 per semester. Refund Policy If a student enters the University in the Failor Spring semester and, for good reasons, is unable to attend any classes, all tuition and fees ecept $25.00, will be refunded. If a student confronts the same situation during a summer session all tuition and fees except $10.00 will be refunded. The nonrefundable monies cover some of the registration costs. Withdrawals during the Fall and Spring Semesters To cancel a registration or to with draw from the University at any time other than the close of the semester, the student is required to secure written permission from the Academic Dean and to present such authorization to the Business Office. No refunds are made without an honorable dismissal from the Dean. Discontinuation of class attendance or notification to an instructor of with drawal does not consitute an official withdrawal and refunds will not be made on the basis of such action. In such instances, the student will be responsible for the payment of his account in full. A student who withdraws from the University during the Failor Spring semesters, with written permission from the Academic Dean, is allowed a re fund of tuition and refundable fees as follows:

Withdrawal During: Fi rst Week Second Week Third Week Fourth Week

Portion Refunded: 80% 60% 40% 20%

No refunds are made after the fourth week. All monies due the University by the student at the time of withdrawal become due and payable immediate ly. To obtain a refund of tuition and refundable fees, a student must also turn in his student identity card . No refunds are made on room rent. The unused portion of board payments are refundable. No refunds are made on occasional fees. Resident students must secure clearance from the Dean of Students before refund is made. The date used to calculate refunds will be that on which the student pre sents his withdrawal notice to the Busi ness Office. Certain exceptions to the above-stated policies may be ap proved by the Business Office in spe cific instances (e.g., when a student is drafted or incurs serious injury or illness, etc.). Such matters should be referred to the Business Office of the University.

Payment of Accounts Checks for tuition, fees, room, and board should be made payable to the University of Dallas and should be given or mailed to the University Business Office. The full amount is due and payable at the time of regis tration (for students who have not pre-registered) or verification (for con tinuing students who have pre-regis tered) . The University has available sever al different types of monthly payment plans which may be of assistance in arranging payment of fees. Informa tion on these is sent regularly to all students. It is also available from the Business Office .

Student Aid

IbeAllaccompaniedfor byfinancial aid a Financial Aid requests

must

Form processed by the College Schol arship Service or a Family Financial Statement processed by the Ameri can College Testing Program. The proper forms may be obtained from high school counselors or principals, the University of Dallas, or directly through the College Scholarship Ser vice, Box 176, Princeton, New Jersey, 08540, or the Financial Aid Services Department, American College Testing Program, Box 168, Iowa City, Iowa, 52240. In addition the student must submit a University application for aid form. Requests for financial assistance are considered only after the student has been accepted for enrollment. However, the Director of Financial aid is pleased to counsel with the par ents and students from the time of their interest in the University of Dallas about the various forms of federal, state, and university aid which may be available to them.

Minority students are encouraged to apply early. First consideration for financial aid funds is given to them if they apply by April 1.

I. Scholarships and Awards Scholarships

The University offers numerous full and/or partial scholarships in recog nition of superior academic achieve ment and in light of exceptional prom ise or potential. Particular recognition of scholastic and leadership achievement is made through the University's National Com petitive Examination, the Texas Schol ars Program, and Transfer Scholar ships. A number of memorial scholarships are also available. These bear restric tions requested by benefactors-such as major field of study, home loca tion, and so forth . 45

Almost all scholarship awards re quire that the freshman student main tain a 2.5 grade point and carry 15 credits per semester. Sophomores, Ju niors, and Seniors must maintain a 3.0 average of 15 credits in order to qualify for scholarship renewal. Exact details of such regulations are pro vided by the Financial Aid Office.

tance of high school counselors and principals. The competition has be come one of the most prestigious in the country; several thousand students compete for these full and partial tui tion scholarships each year. In addi tion to the tuition awards, all students in the competition are eligible for fur ther types of aid awarded through regular need channels after accep tance by the University.

Grants Grants from the University are made to those students who, while not dis playing superior academic perfor mance, have nevertheless distin guished themselves in curricular and extracurricular undertakings. Grants are also awarded on the basis of financial need. Grants applicable to room and board charges for campus housing are the usual type awarded .

Special Scholarships

2. Texas Scholars Program Texas students may compete for ten full tuition renewable scholarships reserved for them through a special endowment. Many partial scholarship awards are also made through this competition. Texas Scholars competitors are recommended to the University by their high schools on the basis of high school records, scores, and out standing leadership qualities as indi cated by participation in extracurricu lar activities, job experiences, and particular talents . An important part of the selection process is an inter view by the Texas Scholars Board made up of administrative and facul ty personnel including the President of the University and selected com munity leaders. High schools through out the State are informed about the program early each Fall.

1. National Competitive Scholars Program Since its founding the University has sponsored a general competition for tuition scholarships in recognition of academic accomplishment, poten tial, and leadership . The four-year renewable scholarships are awarded on the basis of the results of a spe cial University examination, the high school record and scores, letters of recommendation, and extracurricular involvement. The examination is giv en at high schools throughout the country through the generous assis

3. Transfer Scholarship: The University of Dallas welcomes transfer students. Its need-based fi nancial aid program of scholarships, grants, loans, and work applies as equally to them as it does to incom ing freshmen . In addition, transfer stu dents with outstanding records may compete for no-need scholarships through the Transfer Scholarship Ex amination. Arrangements to take the examination may be made through the Admissions Office .

Family Discount The University of Dallas has a long tradition of enrolling two or more mem bers of the same family at the same time in the Constantin College of Lib eral Arts. When this is the case, a ten percent reduction in tuition is granted to each student.

Memorial Scholarships

Alumni Scholarship:

The Bishop Thomas K. Gorman Foundation Scholarships:

A partial award made possible by alumni gifts. The purpose of the award is to reduce the load commitment of outstanding advanced students.

Maintained by the interest earned on a special fund begun by civic leaders in 1956 as a tribute to Bishop Gorman on the occasion of his Silver Jubilee and the opening of the Uni versity of Dallas. Outstanding schol arship, leadership, and need for as sistance are factors considered in the awarding of these scholarships. Val ue: one four-year tuition scholarship. The Diocesan Council of Catholic Women Scholarships: Maintained by funds set aside an nually by the University of Dallas and the contributions of Diocesan Coun cils of Catholic Women . These schol arships are awarded by the Universi ty as selected from the nominees presented by the respective dioce san councils on the basis of outstand ing scholarship, leadership, and fi nancial need. They are renewable on the basis of high academic achieve ment and continued need. Interested students should contact the following councils directly: Little Rock, Arkan sas; Alexandria, Louisiana; Natchez Jackson, Mississippi,' Tulsa, Oklaho ma; Oklahoma City, Oklahoma. The Texas Council of Church Related College Scholarships: Maintained by special funds set aside annually by the University of Dallas and issued through the certifi cate systems of the Texas Council of Church-Related Colleges. Awarded on the basis of high school records, the results of the College Entrance Ex amination Board, the National Merit Scholarship Tests, and other standard ized tests. These scholarships are gen erally renewable during sophomore, junior, and senior years for high aca demic achievement, leadership, and need.

Aileen Bass Scholarship: An endowment, the income from which makes available partial scholar ships. Lawrence A. Beyer Scholarsh ip: One half-tuition scholarship estab lished primarily for students from Moulton, Texas and Lavaca County. The Alice Smith Boggs Works Memorial Scholarship: Awarded by the members of the first Master of Humanities Class on the basis of scholastic achievement and financial need. Herman H. Buhrer Scholarships: Partial tuition awards for advanced students are made available through the income from a special endowment. The E. Constantin, Jr., Scholarship: Awarded by the Scholarship Com mittee on the basis of scholastic achievement and need. The Carl B. and Florence E. King Foundation Scholarship: Awarded on the basis of scholastic achievement and financial need . The Edward R. Maher Scholarships: A special endowment honoring this founding trustee will make it possible to award several full tuition scholar ships annually. 47

Curry-Woodall-Hawkins Scholarship and Charles E. and Roberta Lindsay Scholarship: Established by a bequest from the late Roberta C. Lindsay, these schol arships are awarded yearly to "assist deserving and ambitious Negro grad uates from Texas high schools in at tending the University of Dallas."

Sister Mary Margaret O'Connell Scholarships: Established by the alumni and oth er friends of the University in memory of the beloved sister of St. Mary of Namur who served as Registrar of the University from its opening until her death in 1973.

The John B. O'Hara Chemical Sciences Institute Providing an intensive experience in chemical sciences, the Institute awards eight credits in General Chem istry. It involves the student in class room and laboratory work, seminars , and various extracurricular activities of the University of Dallas summer session . Students eligible for the pro gram are those who will be freshmen at the University in the Fall. Those selected for the Institute normally re ceive a scholarship covering room, board, and tuition . Applications should be made before May 1. University students of junior stand ing should contact their departmental chairman regarding the research pro gram in the O'Hara Summer Institute.

King Scholar Loan Program Through the far sighted ness of the Carl B. and Florence E. King Founda tion, the University has available schol arships to encourage math and sci ence students to pursue elementary and secondary teaching . Should the students not teach , the scholarships become low interest loans. Further details on the program are available

in the Admissions and Financial Aid offices.

Elizabeth A. Penn Scholarship: Partial tuition scholarships for ad vanced women students .

Hope Pierce Tartt Scholarship: Three thousand dollars per year to be awarded to an entering freshman from East Texas who graduated in at least the top 25 of his or her graduat ing class and has earned at least 1000 on the SAT.

Theater Scholarships The University of Dallas offers par tial and full tuition awards to students who show promise as actors . All in coming freshmen who meet UD ad missions criteria may compete for these awards. Though it is anticipat ed that many theater scholarship stu dents will major in Drama, a declared major in Drama is not a requirement of the scholarship . The winners will be selected from applicants who have been accepted for admission and come to the Uni versity for a workshop conducted by the Drama Department faculty and guest artists. The application dead line is February 1.

Julia Weinzappel Scholarship: A partial award reserved for an out standing senior.

The Reverend John Vincious Scholarships: An endowment established by this former priest of the Diocese of Dallas provides several scholarships per year of varying amounts.

The Aileen Welch Scholarships: A bequest from the estate of Aileen Welch provides monies for one par tial scholarship per year.

II. Federal and State Aid Programs Satisfactory Progress Undergraduate Students: Full-Time 12 hours or more

Full-time undergraduate students at the University of Dallas participating in federal or state financial aid pro grams must be making satisfactory progress toward a baccalaureate de gree in order to continue eligibility for these programs. Minimum require ments to continue eligibility for these programs are defined below. These

requirements are the same as the minimum levels for academic contin uance. Should the academic stan dards for continuance change, the financial aid eligibility standards will be changed in the same manner. An undergraduate student who has previously not recieved aid must be making satisfactory progress before he can be considered for federal or state funds. The student may be con sidered for financial aid after com pleting one semester with a grade point average of 2.0 on a 12 hour course load. Entering transfer under graduate students are not bound by this regulation .

The student's grade will be reviewed at the end of the academic year, dur ing the summer, to ascertain if the student is making satisfactory prog ress. If not , the student will be placed on 'financial aid probation the follow ing fall semester. During the proba tionary semester the student will re ceive assistance . If the student does not make the required hours and grade point average according to the sched ule during the probationary semester, he/she will lose federal and state funds for one year. At the end of that year, the student may reapply for federal and state funds if he/she is making satisfactory progress.

Part-Time Students: Undergraduate -less than 12 hours; half-time six hours An undergraduate part-time student must have a 2.0 grade point average at the end of the second semester of part-time work. If the student falls be low the required grade point aver age, he/she will be allowed one se mester probation. During this proba tionary semester he/she will receive financial aid. After four semesters of part-time work, the student must es tablish a date for completion of de gree program. A student will be ineli gible for federal or state aid after eight years of part-time work.

Appeals Process A student may appeal to the Finan cial Aid Committee for continuation of financial aid under the following con ditions: 1) cannot complete degree plan ac cording to schedule because of serious illness (chronic, long-term, hospitalization, etc .) 2) student caught between policy changes may be eligible for aid during transition phase-in period 3) degree plan change-individual schedule will have to be con sidered 50

4) upon recommendation of the Deans

A. Pell Grants Federal grants available to those stu dents with proven need who have not completed requirements for the Bach elors Degree. You may apply through the Financial Aid Form (CSS) or Fami ly Financial Statement (ACT).

B. Supplemental Educational Op portunities Grants (SEOG) A program of direct awards spon sored by the federal govenment makes available to a limited number of un dergraduate students, with exception al financial need, direct grants to at tend the college of their choice. To be eligible , the student must show academic or creative promise . Eligible students may receive sup plemental Educational Opportunity Grants for a maximum of four years . Students must reapply for grants each year. Grants range from $200.00 to $1,500.00 a year, and can be no more than one-half of the total assistance given to the student.

C. Tuition Equalization Grants Offered to Texas residents enrolled as full time students in any approved private Texas college or university, based on financial need. These grants are part of a State program designed to provide freedom of choice in high er education by equalizing tuition costs. Recipients may not be enrolled in theological degree programs or re ceive athletic scholarships. Out of state students may participate in TEG if they have won a competitive scholar ship and funds are available.

D. Guaranteed Loan Program Established under the Higher Edu cation Act of 1965, the Guaranteed Loan Program provides federal inter est subsidy for loans to students from

private lending institutions. The feder al government guarantees the loan. Repayment begins when the student ceases to be at least a half-time stu dent. Students may qualify on need basis for federal interest benefits. (Fed eral government pays the interest while student is attending school and dur ing grace period). These loa'ns are made to students, not to parents.

E. Knights of Columbus Loan Program Members or sons or daughters of members of the Knights of Columbus may borrow a maximum of $1500 a year (nine months or any portion of that period) for a total of five years. The program may also be used for graduate school studies. The loans are restricted to United States citizens. Applications may be obtained from the Student Loan Committee, Knights of Columbus, P.O. Box 1670, New Haven, Conn. 09507.

F. The National Direct Student Loan Program To be eligible for a loan a student must be in financial need, able to maintain good academic standing and satisfactory progress toward a de gree, and have been accepted for enrollment as at least a half-time student. An undergraduate or graduate may borrow for college expenses a sum not to exceed $2,500 the first two years. Loan ceilings are $10,000 for graduate or professional students in cluding undergraduate loans, $5,000 for any other student. Interest is charged at the rate of 5 percent per year on the unpaid balance begin ning with the date on which payment of the loan is to begin. Repayment of a loan begins six months after the borrower ceases to pursue a full-time course of study at an institution of higher education. Cancellation provi

sions are limited to combat veterans, and teachers of handicapped and mentally retarded, or teachers em ployed in low-income areas.

G. The Texas Opportunity Plan To qualify for a Texas Opportunity Plan, an applicant must (1) be a resi dent of Texas, (2) be accepted for enrollment, (3) establish that he has insufficient resources to finance his college education, (4) be recommend ed by reputable persons in his home community, and (5) be approved by the Director of Financial Aid. The applicant must maintain good academic standing and satisfactory progress toward a degree and must be carrying at least one-half the nor mal course load for a full-time student. The amount of the loan to a stu dent cannot exceed the difference between the financial resources avail able to him and the amount neces sary to pay his reasonable expenses as a student. Loans made to a student in an academic year may not exceed $2,500.00. The aggregate amount loaned shall not exceed $15,000 to a graduate or professional student or $10,000.00 to any other student. Stu dents with proven financial need are not charged interest while the stu dent remains in school; repayment begins six months after the student ceases to pursue at least a half-time course of study.

III. Work Scholarship and Work Study Program Opportunities for employment are available to students in areas such as the library, bookstore, cafeteria, maintenance and other University areas. Any specialized ability such as typing skill or laboratory experi ence is considered in the placement of student workers. Only students with proven financial need may work un der the Work Study Program. 51

University Requirements for the

Bachelor of Arts Degree

1. Philosophy

12 credits

All students must offer twelve cred its in philosophy. Normally, the pro gram in philosophy is Philosophy 1301, 2311, 3323, and an elective, preferably a course which relates to the major field.

2. English

12 credits

The Literary Tradition: English 1301, 1302, 2311, and 2312 are required.

3. Mathematics/Art History or Drama History 9 credits Student may choose to present 3 credits of mathematics and 6 cred its of art history or drama history or 6 credits of mathematics and 3 credits of art or drama history for the undergraduate degree. Students electing the 3 credits of mathematics option will proba bly choose Math 1301, 1302, or 1305 to satisfy the requirement. Courses in college algebra, trigo nometry, or analytic geometry will not satisfy this requirement. Pre calculus alone will not satisfy the requirement. Students in this cat egory should take the full year sequence in the history of art and architecture (Art 1311 and 1312) or the history of theatre (Drama 1311 and 1312). When neces sary occasional substitutions may be approved. Science students and others who choose to offer 6 credits of mathematics may present any ac ceptable combination of mathe matics depending upon interest

and major field requirements. The selection of two courses from 1301, 1302 or 1305 sequence will be the choice of many students.

4. Physical or Natural Science

6 credits

The student may offer any labo ratory science in fulfillment of this requirement. Students who are not majoring in science or in mathe matics should select two courses from the Basic Ideas of Science sequence (Science 2310, 2311, 2312, 2313). They are encour aged to elect higher level courses if qualified.

5. Foreign Language

3-12 credits

The foreign language requirement may be met by passing one up per division course in the lan guage if the student is exception ally well-qualified. Students with at least two high school units in a foreign language will be expected to build upon this preparation by taking courses numbered 2311 and 2312 in the same language. Of course, the student may begin at Intermediate II and add to it an advanced course in order to sat isfy the requirements. Students unable to qualify for 2311, must enroll in the beginning language courses and proceed through the course numbered 2311 and 2312. Credits received for beginning courses may not be offered in fulfillment of the 120 credits re quired for graduation except in the case of a second language. 53

6. American Civilization

the University of Dallas.

6 credits

History 1311 and 1312 are usual ly taken by students in the fresh man year.

7. Western Civilization

6 credits

History 2301 and 2302 in fulfill ment of this requirement, are usu ally taken in the sophomore year.

8 Politics

3 credits

A one-semester course in Ameri can Government, Politics 1311 is ordinarily taken by the student in the 'freshman year.

9. Economics

3 credits

Economics 1311 , a one semester course , is ordinarily taken in ei ther the freshman or sophomore year.

10. Theology

6 credits

All students must offer six credits in religious studies for the under graduate degree. Ordinarily, this requirement will be satisfied by a course in scripture (Theology 1310) and a course in Western theologi cal tradition (Theology 2311).

11. Major Program The student must satisfy the re quirements of his major program as established by the department in which he elects to major. Grades below C - in advanced courses in the major department do not count toward fulfillment of the major requirement.

12. Advanced Credits The student must earn thirty-eight credits in courses number 3000 or above, of which thirty must be earned at the University of Dallas. The last twelve advanced credits in the major must be earned at 54

13. Total Credits The student must earn a mInI mum of 120 credits, exclusive of beginning language courses. Stu dents who wish to pursue a dou ble major, that is, apply for two undergraduate degrees, must sat isfy the requirements of both ma jor and must present at least 150 credits .

14. Grade Point Average To obtain a degree, the student must offer an overall grade point average of C (2.000). Not more than 30 credits passed with a grade of D are acceptable for graduation.

15. Residence Requirements The final year of study must be spent at the University of Dallas .

16. Comprehensive Examination In his senior year, the student must pass a comprehensive ex amination in his major field.

17. Graduate Record Examination Although not required, the Uni versity urges the student to take the Graduate Record Examina tion or other professional exami nations at the appropriate times.

18. Graduation Fee The student must pay a fee of $50.00 to help defray the cost of graduation exercises, which in cludes the rental of academic re galia, and the printing of diplo mas, invitation, and programs . A portion of the initial General De posit may be credited against this fee . All other accounts must be settled satisfactorily prior to grad uation.

Academic Policies and Procedures Credits The credit given for each course is listed with the description of the course. Normally, one credit represents a mini mum of fifteen hours in lecture or seminar periods. Art studio periods and science laboratory periods rep resent a minimum of thirty laboratory or studio hours per credit but may exceed this number in particular dis ciplines.

Course Numbers The four-digit numbering system may be interpreted as follows: the first num ber indicates the level of the course; the second digit is the number of credits available; the third and fourth digits are chosen by the department offering the course. The first (level) digit follows this pattern: 1 and 2 indicate freshman and sophomore year courses, 3 and 4 are advanced courses, 5 shows that the course is for seniors or graduate students, and courses numbered 6 and above are graduate-level courses. A "V" in place of the second (credit) digit indicates a course in which credits may be arranged at the beginning of each semester for a group of students or an individual student on a variable system at the time of registration by permission of the instructor.

Classification of Students A student who has earned less than thirty credits is classified as a fresh man; from thirty to fifty-nine credits, a sophomore. To be classified as a ju nior, a student must have earned six ty credits and have accumulated a minimum total of one hundred twenty grade points. A senior is one who

has earned ninety credits and is ca pable of finishing in one year all re quirements for a degree. A special student is one who is not enrolled as a candidate for a degree. Special students who wish to become candidates for degrees must fulfill the requirements of the University and secure the approval of the Admissions Committee. A full-time undergraduate student is one enrolled for a minimum of twelve semester hours.

Grades and Quality Points Quality Points 4.0 3.7 A3.3 B+ 3.0 B Above Average 2.7 B2.3 C+ 2.0 C Average 1.7 C1.3 0+ 1.0 Passing

Grades A Superior

O- F Failure

0.7

Other grades are:

W Withdrew 'from course, with per mission of the Academic Dean, before the mid-seme~ter grad ing period. WP Withdrew, with permission of the Academic Dean, after the mid semester period (and before the last two weeks of class) while earning a passing grade. WF Withdrew, after the mid-semester period (and before the last two weeks of class), while earning a failing grade. It is included in the computation of grade averages. FA Failure due to absences. This 55

grade is assigned by the Aca demic Committee because of the student's failure to comply with absence regulations. It is a fail ing grade and is included in the grade averages . MW Indicates withdrawal for medical reasons as certified by a per sonal physician or the University Health Service. Incomplete. It is assigned by the instructor when a student has failed to satisfy minor require ments of the course or has an excused absence from a final examination. I grades in under graduate courses, which are not removed within the first four weeks of the following semester, will be changed to F. UW Unofficial withdrawal. Assigned by the Office of the Registrar, when there is no record of with drawal from a course or courses or evidence of presence in or completion of the course or courses. The UW grade may be considered as an F grade upon review of application for read mission . AD Audit. Non-credit participation in a regularly scheduled course. No final grade assigned or credit awarded. The decision to audit a course must be made by the end of the drop/add period of the particular semester. Grade to be assigned at a later T date. X Assigned when a student miss es the final examination.

Withdrawal Withdrawal from courses or from the University must be with written permission of the Dean of the Col lege. Students are not permitted to withdraw from courses during the last two weeks before the final examina tion period. 56

Academic Discipline The University has no policy for academic probation. Students are giv en every opportunity to adjust to the demands of a college curriculum . How ever, a student may be dismissed for academic reasons if his cumulative grade-point ratio indicates an inabili ty to achieve minimum degree re quirements. The following guidelines relate to dismissal. They apply to the student carrying at least 12 hours per semester.

At End of Semester 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th (to graduate)

If Below, Dismiss

o 1

1.2 1.3 1.4 1.66 1.86 2.0

The grade of I is averaged as an F grade until it is removed. A student requesting a grade of I must be able to maintain the minimum cumulative GPA which includes the I grade . A student carrying fewer than 12 semester credits per semester must maintain a 2.0 average. Part-time stu dents who do not have a 2.0 grade point average at the end of the sec ond semester will be allowed one semester probation.

Student Reports Midsemester grades of 0 and F are reported to all students and advi sors and to the parents of students who are dependent according to sec tion 152 of the Internal Revenue Code. They are not part of the permanent record. Reports of final grades are also made.

Grade-Point Average The grade-point average is found by dividing the total number of quali

ty points earned by the total number of credit hours attempted. In order to receive a degree, a student must at tain an over-all average of C (2.000 quality points). Not more than 30 credit hours passed with a grade of Dare acceptable for graduation. The Uni versity counts the first grade earned in a course, that is, the first grade stands even if the course is repeated and a better (or lesser) grade is received.

tion applies. If a grade change is warranted, the professor will report same to the Registrar. No grade change will be accepted after thirty days unless authorized by the appropriate dean. Delayed re quests for a change in grade which would make the student eligible for academic honors, or for graduation, or which would prevent dismissal for academic deficiencies, will not be accepted.

Honor Roll

Absences

A student earning 14 or more cred its in a semester and achieving a grade-point average of 3-3.49 is placed on the Honor Roll.

Absences in excess of three in any one course, or three successive ab sences in a course, may be reported to the Dean by the instructor. The Committee on Academic Dis cipline may drop a student from any course for excessive absences, re gardless of their cause, and assign a grade of FA. No official of the University nor any faculty member may exempt a stu dent from a class, laboratory, or ex amination period. Each student is held accountable to the individual instruc tor for his absences or free "cuts." Etiquette suggests that the student explain rlis absences to the instructor.

Dean's List A student earning 14 or more cred its in a semester and achieving a grade-point average of 3.5 or higher merits the distinction of being placed on the Dean's List which is published at the end of each semester.

Examinations At the end of the semester, there is a two-hour written examination in each course. This final examination covers the work of the entire semester. No students are exempted from the final examination. Unexcused absence 'from a final examination may constitute a failure. Permission to make up an exami nation missed because of extenuat ing circumstances may be granted by the Dean. In all cases in which a special examination is required, a fee of $5.00 will be charged.

Buckley Amendment Section 438 of the General Educa tion Provisions Act (the Buckley Amendment) sets up requirements de signed to protect the privacy of rec ords for students and for parents of

Grade Changes When a student believes that a fi nal grade has been miscalculated, he should ask the professor to review the matter. This request must be made within thirty days of the end of the semester to which the grade in ques

dependent students. Once a year the University informs the student about the right of access to his official file and limitations thereon. It also informs the student of those things which shall be considered a matter of "directory information" according to the law, i.e., which can be released without per mission. These may include the fol lowing: the student's name, address, telephone listing, date and place of birth, major field of study, participa tion in officially recognized activities and sports, weight and height of mem bers of athletic teams, dates of atten dance, degrees and awards received, and the most recent previous educa tional agency or institution attended by the student. Transcript Policies (Undergraduate and Graduate)

1. No transcript or other evidence of attendance is issued to or for a student who is in debt to the Uni versity until such indebtedness has been paid in full. 2. Transcripts are issued only at the request of the student or appropri ate institutions and officials . 3. All official transcripts are photo static copies of the student's per manent record in the office of the Registrar. The first transcript is is sued free of charge . For each one thereafter, a fee of $1 is assessed . 4. Transcripts which have been pre sented for admission or evaluation of credit become a part of the student's permanent record and are not reissued . Transcripts from other institutions, if needed, must be obtained directly from the origi nal issuing institution. 5. Transfer work from other institu tions will not be recorded on his University of Dallas record unless the student is a degree candidate on this campus.

Leave of Absence

It sometimes become necessary for a student to leave school for a se mester or two. In order to facilitate his or her return to the University the student should apply for a leave of absence indicating the probable se mester of return . This notation will assist the University in providing the student with a more automatic rein statement of matriculated status, fi nancial aid, and housing reservations. Leave of Absence forms are avail able in the Registrar's Office.

Academic Honesty

The University is a community ded icated to learning and research, both of which include the transmission of knowledge . In striving to learn, we are often dependent on what others have achieved and thus become in debted to them . Courtesy, gratitude and justice require that we make pub lic our reliance on and use of the ideas and writings of others. Plagiarism, an attempt to claim as our own ideas or writings that origi nate with others, is a serious offense against the academic community. Plagiarism is not mitigated by a para ph rase or even by an extensive re writing of another's work. Whenever ideas or words are borrowed, the stu dent must give credit by citing the source. The same principle of hones ty applies to the use of modern technologies like the computer: sources of information must be accu rately credited. A student who submits plagiarized work is subject to disciplinary action. An instructor who discovers that pla giarized work has been submitted in fulfillment of course requirements shall

immediately inform the student, al lowing him or her the chance to ex plain the circumstances. If, after con ferring with the student, the instructor still considers the student's work to be plagiarized, then the instructor will compile the materials of the case, including the piece of work that may have been plagiarized, any sources from which the student plagiarized and a report of the instructor's conversa tion with the student. He will submit these materials to the appropriate academic dean. If the student acknowledges in writ ing that he or she plagiarized, the case does not go to an academic disciplinary committee. Instead, the instructor assigns a grade on the work and a grade in the course, up to and including failure in the course. The appropriate academic dean reviews the case and decides on a penalty beyond the grade, according to the procedure described below. If the student does not acknowl edge the plagiarism, the appropriate academic dean will submit the case, with all relevant materials, to the academic disciplinary committee of the student's school. That disciplin ary committee will conduct its own investigation and will hold a hearing at which the student, without counsel, will be invited to present his or her case and to respond to the commit tee's questions. The committee will decide solely on whether the student did plagiarize, and will base its deci sion only on the evidence, not on mitig.ating or extenuating circum stances. If the committee finds that plagiarism did occur, it will convey its findings to the instructor and to the appropriate academic dean. The instructor will assign a grade to the material in ques tion and a grade for the course, up to and including failure in the course, and shall report these grades to the

appropriate academic dean. The Dean shall hold a show-cause hearing with the student on why he or she should not be dismissed from the University, and shall decide on any penalties beyond the grades, up to and includ ing dismissal from the University. If the appropriate academic disci plinary committee decides that the work is not plagiarized, the committee will inform the instructor of its deci sion. The instructor shall then com pute a grade for the piece of work and the course without regard to plagiarism, but solely on the basis of his judgment of the quality of the student's work. The case against the student is then dropped. Adequate procedures for dealing with instances of plagiarism in off campus programs will be determined by the appropriate academic dean in consultation with the director of that program. When an instance of plagiarism is discovered in a thesis or dissertation, work toward the degree shall be ter minated. If the degree has already been granted at the time the plagiarism becomes evident, regardless of the length of time ensuing, the degree shall be revoked.

Cheating The integrity of examinations is es sential to the academic process. A student who cheats on examinations or other work submitted in fulfillment of course requirements is subject to disciplinary action. When cheating is discovered during the examination it self, the instructor or proctor is to take up the examination and dismiss the student from the examination for a later appearance before the instruc tor. The review of all cheating cases and the imposition of penalties will follow the procedure explained under "plagiarism."

Commencement Ceremonies and Awards Graduation The University of Dallas observes the custom of a single graduation ceremony at the closing of the spring semester. However, for the benefit of graduates who complete all require ments at other times during the aca demic year, diplomas are awarded in August and December. However, the formal ceremonies in August and De cember are confined to Graduate School of Management students. Stu dents should consult the Registrar for final filing dates and other particulars concerning graduation .

A transfer student, to be eligible for honors at graduation, must have earned sixty credits at the University of Dallas. His average, however, is computed on the basis of his four year program. At commencement exercises each year, Faculty Medals are awarded to the two undergraduates with the highest over-all averages. The Cardinal Spellman Award, maintained by interest on a special fund given by His Eminence, the late Francis Cardinal Spellman, is pre sented each year to assist an out standing senior in his further studies.

Awarding of Degrees All degrees are granted by the Board of Trustees of the University upon recommendation of the Board by the Respective faculites through the Provost and the President of the University.

Ann Heller Maberry Award This award has been given annual ly since the 1969-1970 school year to an outstanding woman student of the University of Dallas . This award is funded by the pro ceeds from a gift made by Mrs. and Mrs. Fred Lange in memory of the daughter of Mr. and Mrs. Frank HeIl er, patrons of the University of Dallas.

Graduation Honors The baccalaureate degree with dis tinction, awarded to students who have maintained a high degree of scholas tic excellence, is of three grades: Cum Laude, which requires a grade-point average of 3.400; Magna Cum Laude, a grade-point average of 3.700; and Summa Cum Laude, a grade-point average of 3.900.

The Teller Award Established by the alumni and fac ulty of the Department of Education, this award is named for Dr. James D. Teller, professor emeritus. It is awarded to the outstanding senior education major based upon scholastic achieve ment, leadership ability, and potential as a teacher.

The Rome Program Director of Rome Campus, 1985-86, James M. Fougerousse; Associate Director, Shembri.

In the fall of 1970, The University instituted an exciting innovation in its sophomore curriculum, The Rome Program. Under this arrangement all sophomores are encouraged to spend one semester on the University's Rome Campus. The road to Rome from Dallas doubt less needs no justification. We are all of us still, in a sense, as T. S. Eliot has said , citizens of the Roman em pire, for Rome brought together the Judaeo-Christian revelation and the classical wisdom to form that Europe which was the progenitor of Ameri can ideals . Thus, to be a student in the Western World - to seek one's true heritage in the liberal arts - is to follow the path to Rome. The curriculum of the Rome Pro gram is arranged so that this experi ence can be an integral part of the undergraduate education at the Uni versity of Dallas regardless of major. Courses in the foreign study pro gram are taught primarily by Univer sity of Dallas professors. They are selected from those core curriculum requirements which are closely con cerned with the development of West ern Civilization and which are most suitable to the particular experience. Costs

Cost of participating in the program is approximately the same as that for a resident student on the main cam pus except for the group flight charges. The student will, of course, need ex tra funds for spending money and

travel about Europe. Most financial aids in effect on the main campus apply to the Rome experience. Counseling

The University makes every effort to assist the student to plan for the foreign study semester by counseling the proper selection of courses prior to the semester abroad and through orientation programs held throughout the freshman year. The Campus

The Rome Campus is located at the Hotel La Villa on the outskirts of Rome. The University is the primary occupant of this facility which includes a lounge, classrooms, dormitory ac commodations , chapel. Mail to the Rome Campus should be directed to: University of Dallas Rome Program, Via del Pescaccio 103, Zona Aurelia Raccordo Anulare, 00166 Roma, Italia. Travel in Europe

Obviously, not all that is to be gained by a semester abroad is found in the classroom . In fact the classes are scheduled so as to encourage con stant tours. Long weekends permit travel to other parts of Italy as well as to neighboring countries. The Rome semester includes one official trip to Greece in which every student participates. The schedule also permits a ten day break for general European travel and several other spe cial trips .

Eligibility In order to attend the Rome pro gram the student must have sopho more standing, have spent at least one full-time semester on the main campus prior to participation and have achieved a two point cumulative grade point average. Students who have poor academic standing or who are on disciplinary probation may not be eli gible during the semester of their pro bation. Students with incompletes may not participate in the Rome program .

Discipline Students going to Rome are ex pected to behave in .a .m~ture, r~ sponsible fashion. All dls~lpllnary polI cies in effect on the IrVlng Campus

are also in effect on the Rome Cam pus . In addition, the Director of th~ Rome Program may institute such polI cies as are necessary for the effec tive operation of the Rome campus. Should disciplinary problems arise that result in the need to dismiss the student from the Rome campus grades of WP or WF will be assigned to the uncompleted courses (depending on the judgment of each instructor co~ cerning the student 's performance In course work). The student will not be permitted to continue studies on ~he Irving campus until the succeeding semester. No refunds for tuition, fees, room and board , or travel expenses will be made (unless the student or the University is eligible to receive a refund from a third party in connec tion with travel expenses) .

Departments and Courses of Instruction

Department of Art Chairman and Professor Novinski; Professor H. Bartscht; Associate Professor Strunck; Assis tant Professors Hammett and Lavatelli; Visiting Professor, Norbert-Schultz

The Art Department strongly em phasizes the balanced liberal arts cur riculum of the University. It holds that this background, including studies in art history and criticism, provides es sential direction and stimulation for the UD art major. In addition, the Department views the study of the visual arts, particular ly at the undergraduate level, as an interdisciplinary pursuit. Within the ma jor there are five areas which a stu dent may pursue with some intensity and from which he is encouraged to elect courses to inform and extend his own direction. These are ceramics, commercial or general design, paint ing, printmaking, sculpture. The stu dent may also qualify for the all-level certificate in the teaching of art. The major program, whatever the media, is a careful balance between free dom and direction and develops in the following manner.

The freshman takes the History of Art and Architecture and basic draw ing along with other University aca demic requirements. In the sopho more year more fundamental work in design and figure drawing is required along with the first major studio. Dur ing one semester of the sophomore year, the art major usually participates in the University's Rome experience, preferably in the Fall. By the junior year, the art major is intensely involved in a major studio and elective studio work while also taking one course per semester in advanced art history. The unusual ar chitecture of the Haggerty Art Center, encourages this involvement and com munication. The long open hours of the Art Center, the possibility for inde pendent study courses, the require ment of the senior exhibition, the pres ence of graduate students, the stimu lation provided by on-campus and

Dallas-Fort Worth area exhibits and collections, visiting artists and lecturers - all these construct the real envi ronment needed for growth in the arts. In the senior year the art major prepares for the major exhi~ition a~d comprehensive through senior studio and seminar. Reviews and critiques are a regular part of this year. Whatever the area or media, the department seeks to give the student basic principles-not merely standard solutions - so that he has the train ing, jUdgment, and flexibility to per form competently in the field or go on to successful graduate work.

Basic Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts Degree in Artall studio areas 44 credits including 12 in art histo ry (6 advanced), 30 in studio cours~s with 15 credits being in one studio area (12 advanced beginning studio, two intermediate studios, and two se nior studios); 6 credits of electives are required in other studio experi ences outside the core studio require ments of Drawing I and II, Human Figure, and Design . In addition, two semesters of participation in senior seminar are required (1 credit per semester). It is recommended that the art ma jor take Esthetics for his Philosophy elective and that he seek electives in other departments appropriate to his discipline and other interests. Review Structure

In the mid Spring of the junior year the work of the art major is reviewed by the entire art faculty. The work is again reviewed in the late Fall of the senior year and the decision is made whether or not the student may be allowed to prepare for the senior exhibition . 66

Comprehensive Examination

In the final semester of undergrad uate study the art major must pass a written examination on the history and philosophy of art . Senior Exhibition

In the final semester of study the studio art major must present an ex hibit containing representative work done in studio courses during the senior year. The exhibit is to be se lected, designed and constructed by the student and will be judged by the faculty of the department. A slide rec ord of the exhibit must be filed with the department, and the department may select on piece to be held on loan for one year. The student who emphasizes art history must complete a major paper on some modern artist and must give a public presentation of the topic.

Core Program - Studio Year I Art 1311, Art and Arch History I Art 1203, Basic Drawing I English 1301 History 1311 Language 1301 (or 2311) Philosophy 1301

3 2 3 3 3 3 17

Art 1312, Art and Arch History" Art 1204, Basic Drawing II Art 2319, Design English 1302 History 1312, Politics 1311 Language 1302 (or 2312)

3 2 3 3 3 ~

Year II

(during Sophomore Year)

English 2311-2312 History 2301-2302 Philosophy 2311 Theology 1310 Language 2311, 2312 (or elec.) History 1312, Politics 1311 Human Figure Beginning Studio

6 6 3 3 6 3 3 3

Area of Printmaking

Area of Painting

Studio guidance in contemporary approaches to printmaking as a mode of artistic expression and a guided development of the student's ability toward a personal expression in the media.

Studio guidance in contemporary approaches to painting as a mode of artistic expression and a guided develÂ opment of the student's ability toward a personal expression in the media.

Year III

Art 3323, Inter. Printmaking Art 5359, Advanced Drawing Philosophy 3323 Science Advanced Art History

Art 3334, Inter. Painting Art 3323, Printmaking Philosophy 3323 Science Advanced Art History

Art 3324, Inter. Printmaking Art, Painting Theology 2311 Science Advanced Art History

Art 3335 Inter. Painting Printmaking or Sculpture Theology 2311 Science Advanced Art History

Art 4349, Senior Printmaking Art 4151, Senior Seminar Art, Elective Math Elective Economics 1311

Year IV

Art 4349, Senior Painting Art 4151, Senior Seminar Art 5359, Senior Drawing Math

Elective Economics 1311

Art 4350, Senior Printmaking Art 4152, Senior Seminar Art Elective Philosophy Elective Electives

Year IV

Art 4350, Senior Painting Art 4152, Senior Seminar Art Elective Philosophy Elective Electives

Area of.Ceramics

Area of Sculpture

A basic program of creative and technical experience in ceramic pro足 cesses, material, and equipment for students who wish to prepare as artist足 potters and ceramicists.

Training through direct experience in the use of classic sculpture materials - clay, stone , plaster, wood, and metal- for three dimensional expres足 sion; experimentation with various con足 temporary materials.

Year III

Art 3339, Intermediate Ceramics 3

Art 3343, Intermediate Sculpture 3

Philosophy 3323

Advanced Art History

Science

~ 15

Art 2316, Painting

Art 3340, Intermediate Ceramics 3

Theology 2311

Advanced Art History

~ Science

Art 4350, Senior Ceramics Art 4152, Senior Seminar Art Elective Philosophy Elective Electives

Art 3344, Intermediate Sculpture Painting or Printmaking Theology 2311 Science Advanced Art History

Year IV

Art 4349, Senior Ceramics

Art 4152, Senior Seminar

Art Elective

Math

Elective

Economics 1311

Art 3343, Intermediate Sculpture Art 3339, Ceramics Philosophy 3323 Science Advanced Art History

~ 16

Art 4349, Senior Sculpture Art 4151, Senior Seminar Art Elective Math Elective Economics 1311

Art 4350, Senior Sculpture Art Elective Art 4152 , Senior Seminar Philosophy Elective Electives

Year II (during Sophomore Year)

Area of Art and History A combination of studio and art history; courses focusing the senior level work on art history and criticism culrninate in major papers. Involve ment in all aspects of preparation and presentation of exhibitions pro vides cohesion to the program as directly drawing upon experience gained through both the studio and art history courses.

Basic Requirements 24 credits in Art History, 18 of which are advanced hours; 2 one-credit semi nars in Art History; 2 credits in Gal lery Practicum; 10 credits in studio work (drawing, design, printing, sculp ture) and 6 credits in advanced art elective (studio or art history). It is recommended that French or Ger man be selected as the foreign lan guage. Electives in other departments such as esthetics in Philosophy and methodology in History are recom mended strongly.

Senior Thesis The student who elects the art his tory emphasis will present a major paper to the department, in both oral and written form, in the final semester.

Year I

Art 1311, Art History I Art 1203, Basic Drawing I English 1301 History 1311 Language 1301 (or 2311) Philosophy 1301

3 2 3 3 3 3 17

Art 1312, Art History II Art 1204, Basic Drawing II English 1302 History 1312 Language 1302 (or 2312) Politics 1311

3 2 3 3 3 ~ 17

English 2311-2312 History 2301-2302 Philosophy 2311 Theology 1310 Language 2311, 2312 (or elec .) Design Foundations Beginning Studio Art Gallery Practicum

6 6 3 3 6 3 3 1

Year III Advanced Art History Advanced Art History Philosophy 3323 Science Advanced Art Elective Art Gallery Practicum

3 3 3 3 3 1 16

Advanced Art History Advanced Art History Theology 2311 Science Elective (Methodology) Art Gallery Practicum

3 3 3 3 3 1 16

Year IV Senior Studio/Art History Senior Seminar Mathematics Economics 1311 Electives

3 1 3 3 ~

16 Senior Studio/Art History Senior Seminar Advanced Art Elective Philosophy Elective (esthetics) Electives

3 1 3 3 ~

Area of Design The Department of Art has tradi tionally offered an area of concentra tion in design. The area is currently under review with revision planned to be completed for 1986-1987.

Pre-Architecture Whenever possible the pre-archi tecture student should take addition al work in Mathematics, Science, and Art (particularly in Sculpture, Art Met al , and Ceramics which will introduce him to ~arious materials and impor tant design subtleties) . The following recommends a valu able sequence for those who will trans fer. The second semester of the soph omore ye~r includes the probable Rome offenngs. Students who wish to con:plete .an undergraduate major at UD In design or science before going on to graduate work in architecture may wish to rearrange the following sequence of the first two years.

Programs Leading to Teaching Certification in Art for the State of Texas Along with the Art major a student may qualify to teach in grades 6-12 or work towards an all level certifica tion . Other students may wish to use the Art major, or the appropriate num ber and kinds of Art credits, to pre pare to teach in grades 1-8 or 8-12. Some combinations may require sum mer study in order to complete the program in four years . Because of the variety of options and the need for careful sequencing of both Art and Education courses the student should consult both departments as to specific requirements.

Year I Art 1203, Basic Drawing I Art 1311, Art and Arch History Mathematics 1404 English 1301 Physics 2411

3 4 3 4 16

Art 1204, Basic Drawing II Art 2312, Art and Arch History Mathematics 1311 English 1302 Physics 2412

3 3 3 4 15

Year II Art Elective Art 2319 or 2320 , Design History 1311 English 2311 Philosophy or Econmics

Philosophy 2311 English 2312 History 2301 , 2302 Art History or elective

3 3 3 3 ~ 15

3 3 6 ~ 15

Courses in Art 1115. Art Gallery Practicum For students interested in learning about exhibition installation, man agement, and curatorship. Students assist with design of exhibits and printed material , installation, re search , and serve as docents . Fall and Spring. May be repeated. 1203. Basic Drawing I Drawing as a means to gain visual awareness; the use of lines and values to develop form through var ious drawing media. Fall. 1204. Basic Drawing II A continuation of Art 1203. Com position , color. Spring . 2313. The Human Figure. Anatomy of the human figure with studio experience in presenting the human body in drawing , construc tion in plasticine , gouache paint ing . Fall and Spring . 2315. Printmaking I An introduction to the basic proce dures of intaglio and relief printing . Fall and Spring . 2316. Painting I Fall and Spring. 2317. Ceramics I Fall and Spring . 2318. Sculpture I Construction of full round figures and reliefs. Fall and Spring . 2319. Design Foundations A studio exploration of the theory and processes common to good design. Emphasis is on two-dimen sional problems . Spring . 2320. 3D Design Emphasis on three dimensional de sign considerations , that is, the ob ject, the building and so forth , in space. Offered alternate years . 3323. Intermediate Printmaking I A continuation of the work of Graph ics 2315 and emphasis on color printing in all printing processes . Fall and Spring .

3324. Intermediate Printmaking II Work in various print processes ac cord ing to student's aesthetic needs. Fall and Spring. 3325. Design for the Theater Offered when required for interdis ciplinary use with the Drama De partment. 3327. Art for the Elementary School Teacher Fall. 3328. Art for the Secondary School Teacher Spring . 3334. Painting II Fall and Spring. 3335. Painting III A continuation of Art 3324. Fall and Spring. 3336. Light, Time, and Motion Concepts of still and motion pho tography. 3337. Intermediate Commercial Design Layout and graphic reproduction. 3338. Intermediate Commercial Design Advertising Design. 3339. Intermediate Ceramics II Fall . 3340. Intermediate Ceramics III Technical ceramics ; Prerequisite Art 2317 or 2318 . Fall. 3341. Independent Theoretical and 3342. Studio Research 3343. Sculpture II Three dimension work in wood, cast stone, and metal. Fall and Spring. 3344. Sculpture III A continuation of Art 3343. Fall and Spring. 3345. Art Metal Experiences in fabricating , casting , forg ing, copper, silver, and gold . Spring .

4349- Senior Studio 4350. Concluding major studios in the chosen studio area. Required of all majors. The art history student will focus on special research topics for these two courses. Fall and Spring . 4151- Senior Seminar 4152. A two-semester seminar required of all senior majors. Visiting galler ies and collections; discussions and critical reviews thereof. Review of historical background and critiques of student work in preparation for defense of exhibition and compre hensives also integral. Two hours per week. Fall and Spring. 5359. Advanced Drawing Fall and Spring.

Courses in Art History 1311. History of Art and Architecture I Western Art and architecture from Egypt to the Baroque . Fall. 1312. History of Art and Architecture II Western art and architecture from the Baroque to the present. Spring. 2311. Art and Architecture of Rome Painting, sculpture, architecture and city of Rome and related areas from Etruscan period through the Ba roque. On site and classroom study. 5354. History of American Art From the colonial period to the pres ent. Alternate years .

5355. Twentieth Century Art The arts of the 20th century as influenced by the movements of the closing decades of the 19th century. 5356. Art of the Italian Renaissance 1400-1600 The history of Renaissance art in Italy, from Giotto to Mannerism. 5365. The Gothic Image Emphasizing the visual expressions, e.g., the great cathedrals , of the 11 th through 13th centuries. 5367. Northern Renaissance 1400-1550 Late Gothic and Renaissance art in Europe outside of Italy, with em phasis on Flemish and German painting . 5368. Baroque to Impressionism The history of European art of the Baroque, Rococo, Neo-Classical , Romantic, Realist, and Impressionist periods . 5359. Advanced Drawing Fall and Spring . . 5357. Special Studies in Art History Focuses on a special topic period of artist according to the discretion of the professor.

Graduate Work in Art: See Braniff Graduate School listing.

Department of Biology Chairman and Associate Professor Doe; Pro fessor Lockett; Associate Professor Pulich; As sistant Professors Golumbeski and Pope

Biology is the exploration of the entire world of the living, and the material universe as it relates to living processes. During his studies the stu dent gains an understanding of the nature and behavior of the living world and integrates this knowledge with the aid of chemistry, physics, and mathematics. Truths and concepts are presented in such a way as to chal lenge the students to take an active part in the learning process. The curriculum is designed to pre pare students for graduate work, for teaching, for pursuing research ca reers, as well as for satisfying en trance requirements to schools in the health-related fields. A program leading to the Bachelor of Science in Biochemistry has been developed jointly between the De partments of Biology and Chemistry.

Major in Biology The completion of a minimum of 30

semester hours in the Department in

cluding Biology 1311, 1412, 3425,

3429, 3431, and three courses from

the following: Biology 3423, 3427,

3326, 3333, 4338, 3340. Also, Chem

istry 1303, 1304, 1103, 1104, 3321,

3121,3331,3131; Physics 2411,2412;

Mathematics 1404, 1311.

Biology majors must earn a mini mum of 60 credits in biology, chemis try, physics, and mathematics courses. The student may also pursue the

Bachelor of Science prog ram in biol

ogy. In this major the student includes

all courses indicated above plus 12

additional credits in Biology. 72 cred

its in science and math are required.

Major in Biochemistry

Year II (during Sophomore Year)

This Bachelor of Science degree

program builds upon University core

requirements and a joint program be tween the departments of Biology and

Chemistry. Basically, it requires 12

credits in addition to those normally

stipulated for the B.A. in Biology or

Chemistry, i.e., 72 credits of Chemis try, Biology, Math, Physics rather than

60. For a listing of specific require ments see the Chemistry department listing.

Basic Program for the Bachelor of Arts Degree Year I

Biology 1311 Chemistry 1303-1103 Mathematics 1404 English 1301 Philosophy 13011

Language 2311

Biology 1412 Chemistry 1304-1104 English 1302 Economics 13111

Language 2312 Mathematics 1311

~ 17

Biology Electives English 2312 Theology 13101

Philosophy 1301 Art/Drama English 2311 History 2301-2302 Philosophy 2311 Theology 2311 Politics 1311

Year III

Biology 3431 Chemistry 3321-3121 Philosophy 3323 Language 13011

Economics 1311 Physics 2411 Biology 3425 Biology elective Language 1302/Elective Physics 2412

Year IV

Biology Elective Chemistry 3331-3131 Language 2311/Politics 1311 Philosophy Elective History 1311

Biology 3429 Language 2312/ArtiDrama History 1312 Electives

~ 16

Courses in Biology 1311. General Biology I A survey of the animal and plant kingdoms, and of the structure, func tion and organization of cells, tis sues and organs . Two lectures, one laboratory weekly. Fall. 1412. General Biology II An examination of organisms em phasizing the biochemical , genetic and developmental levels . Three lectu res, one laboratory period weekly. Spring . 3423. Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy Structures and relations of and be tween the classes of vertebrates . Two lectures, two laboratory peri ods weekly. Prerequisite : Biology 1412. Fall. 3425. Genetics A review of classical genetics; mo lecular genetics of bacteria, viruses and fungi. Three lectures weekly, one laboratory period weekly. Spring. Prerequisite: Biology 1412. 3326. Ecology Ecological concepts and principles as they affect the evolution, behav ior, and pattern of biotic distribu tion . Two lectures, one laboratory period each week. Several week end field trips required . Prerequi site: One semester of Biology. Spring . 3427. Microbiology The study of microorganisms and the part they play in everyday life. The fundamental principles of mi crobiology are considered against a background of broad biological concepts . Three lectures, one lab oratory period weekly. Fall. Prereq uisite: Biology 1412. 3429. Developmental Biology A study of the development or rep resentative vertebrate species and the molecular and cellular mecha nisms underlying their development. Prerequisites: Bio . 1412, Chem 3321. Jr or Sr standing. Two lec tures, two laboratory periods per week. Spring.

3330. Avian Ecology An understanding of the principles of Avian Biology. A greater appre ciation of the great diversity of na ture and its interrelationships will be developed . Three lectures week ly. Fall. 3431. Physiology The analysis of the physical and chemical phenomena governing and functions of cells, tissues, organs and organ systems of vertebrates . Three lectures, one laboratory week ly. Fall. Prerequisite : Biology 1412. 3333. Plant Physiology A study of the interaction between plant and environment at the or ganismal and cellular level. Two lectures, one laboratory period weekly. Prerequisite: Bio. 1412 . Spring . 3335- Biochemistry 3336. I & II A sequential year course. Study of the chemical basis of living sys tems: thermodynamic principles and energy conservation in the living organism; enzyme properties, ki netics, and mechanisms of action: the chemistry and mebatolism of biopolymers and their monomeric units (carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, and nucleic acids) as well as of the vitamins and hormones; molec ular basis of biosynthesis, genet ics, and control mechanisms. Three lectures. Prerequisite: Chem. 3322. Fall and Spring . 3135- Biochemistry Laboratory 3136. Laboratory I & II A sequential year course in con junction with Bio. 3335 and 3336. Principles and laboratory exercises in manometric, photometric, radio metric, chromatographic, electro phoretic and differential centrifugal methods of analysis as applied to study of metabolism and enzyme properties . One three-hour labora tory period weekly. Prerequisites: Chem . 3322 and 3122; concurrent enrollment in Bio. 3335 and 3336. Fall and Spring.

3340. Experimental Techniques Students are introduced to the use of radioisotopes , gel electrophore sis and gel filtration in biology. Fall 4255. Neurophysiology Discussions on recent advances in the understanding of the mammali an nervous system . Two lectures . Spring . 4338. Cellular and Molecular Biology An examination of cellular organ elles and their biogenesis; macro molecular synthesis and regulatory mechanisms. An intensive study of recent literature will be requ ired . Three lectures. Prerequisites : Biol ogy 1412, 3425 , Chemistry 3321 . Fall. 4V41- Special 4V42. Topics Selected topics of current interest in the area of competence of an instructor or a need and request by students . Fall and Spring . 4V44. Research Research designed to broaden and deepen the student's knowledge in some phase of biology. Prereq uisites: Junior or Senior standing . Fall and Spring.

Courses in Science The science departments of the Uni versity cooperate in offering four Ba sic Ideas of Science courses . These three credit laboratory science courses stress the interaction of theory and experiment . The function of the mod el in synthesizing a body of fact is developed , together with the extent and limitation of its application . His torical development is employed in order to indicate the relation of the sciences to the temporal mode of thought, but primary emphasis is placed on contemporary ideas . These courses will not satisfy re quirements for science majors but are open to non-science students who may elect two of the following courses in order to satisfy the University sci ence requirement.

2310. Basic Ideas of Astronomy 2311. Basic Ideas of Physical Science 2312. Basic Ideas of Biological Science 2313. Basic Ideas of Chemical Science

Department of Chemistry Chairman and Professor Towne; Associate Pro fessor Eaker; Assistant Professor Hendrickson; Visiting Associate Professor of Chemistry, Smith.

The Chemical Sciences are a di verse group of studies which range from the very practical aspects found in our daily lives to the highly theoret ical treatment of chemical systems by the methods of Quantum Mechan ics. The formulation of fragances: syn thesis of polymers, drugs, and dyes: analyses of ores, foods , and pesti cides : study of air pollution and envi ronmental hazards: and the calcula tions of energy values of molecular orbitals are some examples of the scope of Chemistry. Chemistry deals with the study of matter, its properties and transformations, and with the fac tors underlying changes of these sub stances . It is a central science - be cause its principles underlie not only the practical but also nearly every study wherever matter is concerned. The study of Chemistry has intrinsic value for Chemists, Bio-chemists; a vast array of Biomedical Specialists - and to those interested in the fun damental nature of matter. The Chemistry curriculum is de signed to offer its majors a broad knowledge of both theoretical con cepts and practical skills and infor mation. The Chemistry program is nec essarily rigorous and critical, but at the same time offers a maximum of individual student participation. The curriculum stresses participation. The curriculum stresses laboratory manip ulative skills: a "hands-on" approach

by the student to the use of modern analytical instrumentation; student ex perimental design and research; stu dent seminar and literature student seminar and literature survey; com puter utilization in Chemistry by the student for data analysis and compu tation. Two degree programs are offered by the Chemistry Department in or der to meet the diversity of career objectives of its majors. The Bachelor of Arts deg ree pro gram is recommended for those stu dents interested in secondary educa tion science teaching and for those interested in a career in the health care related professions (medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine, etc.) and the paramedical laboratory special ties . It is important that the student consult closely with his department advisor about his program, particu larly in the selection of proper elec tives to satisfy entrance requirements of the various professional schools . The prospective secondary school teacher will also consult with the De partment of Education. The Bachelor of Science degree is recommended for those majors who seek employment as a professional chemist or for those who intend to study Chemistry in graduate school. This program will involve some sum mer work in order to fulfill the require ments in four years.

A program leading to the Bachelor of Science in Biochemistry has been jointly developed between the De partments of Chemistry and Biology. The Biochemistry program builds

upon University of Dallas core re

quirements and a joint program be

tween the departments of Chemistry

and Biology. Basically, it requires 12

credits in addition to that normally

stipulated for the B.A. in chemistry or

biology, i.e ., 72 credits of chemistry,

biology, math, physics rather than 60 .

The program cannot be completed within the regular four year academic sequence unless the student has ad vanced placement in some areas and spends a summer in research or study. New students to the University, who participate in the summer chemistry institute, can accelerate their program by completing the general chemistry requirement before their first regular semester through participation in the John B. O'Hara Summer Science Institute.

The John B. O'Hara Chemical Sciences institutes Providing an intensive experience in chemical sciences, the Institute awards eight credits in General Chem istry. It involves the student in class room and laboratory work, seminars, and various extracurricular activities of the University of Dallas summer session. Students eligible for the pro gram are those who will be freshmen at the University in the Fall. Those selected for the Institute normally re ceive a scholarship covering room, board, and tuition. Applications should be made before May 1. University students of junior stand ing should contact their departmental chairman regarding the research pro gram in the O'Hara Summer Institute.

Basic Program for the Bachelor of Arts Degree Year I

Chemistry 1303 3

Chemistry 1103 1

Mathematics 1404 4

English 1301 3

Biology 1311 Language 2311/Philosophy 1301 ~

Chemistry 1304 3

Chemistry 1104 1

English 1302 3

Mathematics 1311 Biology 1412 4

Language 2312/Economics 1311 ~

Year II (during Sophomore Year) Philosophy 1301/Politics 1311 Chemistry 2211-2212 English 2312 Theology 1310 Art/Drama

English 2311 History 2301-2302 Philosophy 2311 Theology 2311

Year III

Chemistry 3321 and 3121 Language 2311 (or elec.) Physics 2411 Chemistry 2320 Economics 1311 or elective

Chemistry 3322 and 3122 Language 3212 (or elec.) Philosophy 3323 Politics 1311 or elective Physics 2412

Year IV

II. B.S. degree: 48 credits in Chem

Chemistry 3331 and 3131 Elective Philosophy Elective Elective History 1311

Chemistry 3332 and 3132 Chemistry 4454 History 1312 Elective Chemistry 4153

istry including 36 hours as indi

cated above plus Chemistry 3335,

3135,3336, 3136, (or Chem. 4331

4332) and four credits of student

research. Two semesters of semi

nar are required. Also Physics

2411, 2412, Math 1404, 1311,

Biology 1311, 1412. Selection of

further electives in Math and Phys

ics should be arranged with the

department. The foreign language

requirement should be done in

German. The program cannot be

completed within four years with

out summer work.

III. B.S. degree in Biochemistry:

Course Requirements I. B.A. degree: 36 credit hours in

Chemistry to include: Chemistry

1303, 1103, 1304, 1104, 2211,

2212, 3320, 3321, 3121, 3322,

3122, 3331, 3131, 3332, 3132,

3151, 4454. The seminar course

is recommended but not required.

Also, Biology 1311 (or equiva

lent), Physics 2411, 2412, math

1404, 1311 .

36 credits in Chemistry; 15 in

Biology; 10 in Math; 8 in Physics;

plus 4 as electives in Chemistry

or Biology. Chemistry: 1303, 1103,

1304, 1104, 2211, 2212, 3321,

3322, 3121, 3122, 3331, 3332,

3131, 3132 , 3335, 3336, 3135,

3136, advanced electives.

Biology: 1311, 1412, 3425, 3431

Math: 1404, 1310, 1311

Physics : 2411, 2412

Foreign Language: Recommend

ed - German, but others may be

substituted.

The Chemistry department offers an ongoing Journal Club Seminar Recommended for B.A. students, it is required for those in the Bachelor of Science in Chemistry program . The seminar concerns itself with discus sions and readings in the critical prob lems in Chemistry and related fields such as environmental hazards of com pounds; drug-related problems; and the energy crisis . The underlying chemical factors and parameters are considered; student participation is emphasized. Once weekly. No prerequisites. Fall and Spring . (Chem. 4153). A grade of C - or above in a pre requisite course is required for ad vanced courses in chemistry. This re quirement may be waived by permis sion of the instructor.

Courses in Chemistry 1303- General

1304. Chemistry I & II

Basic laws, principles, and theo ries relating to changes in the com position of matter together with a presentation of the common met als and nonmetals, their physical and chemical properties as corre lated by their electronic structure . Three lectures weekly. Fall and Spring. 1103- General Chemistry 1104. Laboratory I & II Inorganic reactions and chemical equilibrium. Analysis and identifi cation of the most common cations and anions. One three-hour labo ratory period weekly. Fall and Spring. 1605- Accelerated.

1205. General Chemistry and Laboratory

A special General Chemistry class for the student with an above aver age high background in chemistry. The course covers the entire first year of chemistry in one semester. Fall. 2211. Analytical Chemistry Theory of quantitative chemical anal ysis. Treatment of data. Gravimet ric and volumetric analysis. Two lectures weekly. Prerequisite: Chem istry 1304. Fall .

2212. Analytical Chemistry Laboratory Practice of quantitative chemical analysis . Two three-hour laborato ries weekly. Prerequisite: Concur rent enrollment in Chemistry 2211, Chemistry 1304 and 1104. Fall. 3320. Inorganic Chemistry Descriptive chemistry of the ele mental groups in light of the elec tronic structures of the atoms, bond ing theory, and the periodic prop erties of the elements . Study of ionic crystal structure, acidbase the ories, electronegativity, and coordi nation chemistry. Concurrent regis tration in Chemistry 3332 can help the student. Prerequisite Chemistry 1304. Spring. 3321- Organic Chemistry 3322. I & II A sequential year course. Structur al theories and properties of or ganic compounds; stereochemis try; functional group analysis; class reactions and organic syntheses; mechanism of reactions ; as applied to the study of aliphatic, aromatic, heterocyclic compounds and classes of biologically significant compounds. Special emphasis on spectroscopic methods for molec ular structure determination. Three lectures weekly. Prerequisite: Chem . 1304. Fall (I) Spring (I & II) Begin ning Fall '83 Sequence will be altered Fall (II) and Spring (I). 3121- OrganiC Chemistry 3122. Laboratory I & II Sequential year course accompa nying Chem . 3321 and 3322. The oryand practice of functional group determination; IR and NMR Spec troscopy for molecular structure de termination; synthetic methods and class reactions; Chromatographic methods for isolations and identifi cation. One four-hour laboratory pe riod weekly. Prerequisite : Chem. 1304 and concurrent enrollment in Chemistry 3321-3322. Fall (I) Spring (I & II) Beginning Fall '83 Sequence will be altered Fall (II) and Spring (I).

3331· Physical 3332. Chemistry I & II Fundamental laws of chemistry and physics as used in predicting and controlling chemical phenomena. Three weekly lectures. Prerequisite: Chem. 1303 and 1304; Math. 1104 and 1311. Fall and Spring. 3131· Physical Chemistry 3132. Lab I & II One three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: concurrent enrollment in Chem. 3331-3332. Fall and Spring. 3335· Biochemistry I & II 3336. A sequential year course. Study of the chemical basis of living sys tems: thermodynamic principles and energy conservation in the living organism; enzyme properties, ki netics, and mechanisms of action: the chemistry and metabolism of biopolymers and their monomeric units (carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, and nucleic acids) as well as of the vitamins and hormones; molec ular basis of biosynthesis, genet ics, and control mechanisms. Three lectures. Prerequisite: Chem. 3322. Fall and Spring. 3135· Biochemistry Laboratory 3136. I & II A sequential year course in con junction with Chem. 3335 and 3336. Principles and laboratory exercises in manometric, photometric, radio metric, chromatographic, electro phoretic and differntial centrifugal methods of analysis as applied to study of metabolism and enzyme properties. One three hour labora tory period weekly. Prerequisites: Chem. 3322 and 3122; concurrent enrollment in Chem. 3335 and 3336. Fall and Spring. 3151. Chemical Literature Systematic use of literature sources in Chemistry. Each student will pre pare a survey of the chemical liter ature on a special topic. Fall. 4V43· Special Topics 4V44. Independent laboratory study on topics of special interest in Chem istry. By permission of instructor. Fall and Spring.

4153. Chemical Seminar Ongoing seminar. Recommended for B.A. students. Two semesters' participation for credit required of B.S. in Chemistry students. 4331. Advanced Organic Chemistry A study of reactions and synthe ses. Emphasis is placed on syn thetic application and organic re actions. A survey of the relationships between structure and reactivity. Pre requisite: Chemistry 3322. Fall, al ternate years. 4332. Physical Organic Chemistry Modern concepts of bonding, ste reochemistry, molecular orbital the ory, and methods employed to de termine reaction mechanisms and reactive intermediates. Extensive use is made of current literature. Pre requisite: Chemistry 3322. Spring. 4390. Functional Neurochemistry A survey of the brain from a chemi cal viewpoint with emphasis on chemical structure, mechanism of brain wave communication and as pects of metabolism in brain which differ in other parts of the body. Prerequisite: Chem 3335-36. Fall. 4391. The Nature of Enzyme CatalYSis The mechanisms whereby enzymes are able to promote catalysis dis cussed in terms of basic chemical concepts. Topics covered include catalysis by approximation, covalent catalysis, general acid-base catal ysis, metal-ion catalysis, and strain and distortion as a means of pro moting catalysis; a study of the chemistry involved in co-enzyme reactions, and a detailed study of the enzymes chymotrypsin, car boxypeptidase, and lysozyme. Pre requisites: Chem 3331-32; 3335-36; 3321-22. Spring. 4454. Instrumental Chemical Analysis Theory and practice in instrumen tal methods of chemical analysis. Prerequisite: Chemistry 2211 and 2212. Spring.

Constantin Scholars Program

The Constantin Scholars Program offers exceptional students the op portunity to pursue an inter-disciplinary curriculum. A Constantin Scholar's de gree plan will combine selected de partmental offerings with independent study under the direction of a per sonal committee . Students are admit ted into the program only on the ba sis of an excellent academic record and a strong proposal for an inter disciplinary project. Applicants to the program should ordinarily have a grade-point average of at least 3.5 and sophomore standing. No student may be admitted to the program later than the first semester of his junior year. Continuation in the program re quires a grade-point average of at least 3.3 in any semester. A Constantin Scholar proposal must meet a number of requirements. First, it must have both a clearly delimited central topic and that comprehensive ness characteristic of liberal educa tion. Second , the proposal must fall within an area that can be well super vised by the University's faculty. Third, it must demonstrate that the proposed

work cannot be better done wtihin the structure of a departmental major. A Constantin Scholar must, of course, fulfill the University requirements that constitute the Core Curriculum and the minimum credits required for the degree; he must also frequently do more than would be required in a 'double-major'. A complete proposal will contain as appendices an outline of courses to be taken, a preliminary bibliography, and suggestions for mem bers of the supervisory committee. Applications for admission to the Constantin Scholar program are made to the Dean of the College, who ap proves acceptable applications and appoints the committee. The committee supervises the Con stantin Scholar's course of study. It insures the integrity of the program and administers an appropriate com prehensive examination in the fall of the student's senior year. The chair man of the committee directs the stu dent in writing a senior essay, which must be successfully defended be fore the whole committee during the spring semester of the senior year. 85

Department of Drama Chairman and Associate Professor Kelly; Di rector of University Theater and Associate Pro fessor French: Technical Director Bennett; Ad junct Instructors Bennett-Howie and Dean.

iThe Study of Drama A person committed to the study of theater within the framework of a lib eral education must be prepared to work toward two goals: first, a thor ough competence in the basic skills of dramatic expression and interpre tation; and, concurrently, a view that comprehends dramatic art as it re lates to, expresses, and extends the surrounding culture. The development of this twofold ca pability is the aim governing the struc ture of the Department of Drama's major program: the student's balance of course work and continuing practi cal development in University Thea ter productions is closely coordinat ed with his overall experience of the university and the demands of the core curriculum. The undergraduate major in Drama serves as a foundation for graduate study of the subject, professional work in theater and mass media, a teach ing career in either elementary or sec ondary education; or, by proper choice

of electives, graduate work in foreign language, English literature, dramatic literature, journalism, communication, or comparative literature.

The University Theater The University Theater is an extra curricular organization, under the di rection of Drama Department faculty, which presents a series of major pro ductions annually. While each production's acting com pany and technical crew is composed of students from every University pro gram, those pursuing the course of study in drama have found that this opportunity to put their theoretical knowledge into exciting and challeng ing practice is essential to their growth in this field. The goal of the University Theater is to provide the people of the Univer sity of Dallas with a repertoire of pro ductions representing the most stim ulating of world drama's artists, forms, and visions.

Major in Drama

Year III

it is recommended that Drama ma jors participating in the Rome Pro gram pian to do so during the spring semester.

Philosophy 3323 Science Drama 3335-Theater Lit I Math Elective

Year I English 1301 History 1311 Language 1301 (or 2311) Philosophy 1301 Drama 1101-Theater Arts Drama 1311-Theater History

3 3 3 3 1 3 16

Eng lish 1302 History 1312 Language 1302 (or 2312) Politics 1311 Drama 11 01-Theater Arts Drama 1312-Theater History

3 3 3 3 1 3 16

Year II (during Sophomore Year) English 2311 and 2312 History 2301-2302 Philosophy 2311 Economics 1311 Theology 1310 Drama 1101-Theater Arts Drama 2301-Acting Drama 2313-lnternational Electives (or Language)

6 6 3 3 3 1 3 3 3-6 31-34

Theology 2311 Science Drama 3312 or 3313 Stage Design or Stage Craft Drama 3336-Theater Lit II Drama 3332-Basic Staging

3 3 3 3 3 15 3 3 3 3 3 15

Year IV Philosophy Elective Drama 3304-Modern Drama Drama 4341-Directing Drama 4141-Directing Lab Electives

3 3 3 1 6 16

Drama 4342-Production Drama 4142 Studio Rehearsal Drama 4345-Seminar Electives

3 1 3 9 16

Basic Requirements Drama 1101 (three semesters) Drama 1311, 1312, 2301, 3312 or 3313,3332,3335,3336,4341,4141, 4142,4342, or 4343, 4345, and three credits of upper-division Drama elec tives. Advanced foreign language and literature courses dealing with drama (Shakespeare, French Drama of Twen tieth Century, Contemporary Drama in Spain, etc.) will count towad the fulfillment of the elective requirement.

Courses in Drama 1101. Theater Arts Workshop A course specially designed for students seeking credit for partici pating in University Theater pro ductions. Fall and Spring. 1311. Theater History I The development of the theater form in a survey of the arts of the performer, playwright, designer and critic from Ancient Greece through Eighteenth-century Europe. Fall. 1312. Theater History II Continuation of Drama 1311. The emergence of the modern theater from the Nineteenth-century to the present. Spring. 2103. Lyric Theater A workshop for selected students to present scenes and excerpts from musicals and opera. Taught in conjunction with music program. 2301. Acting An intensive exploration of the imagi native conditioning, sensory aware nes.s and craft disciplines which provide the basis of acting tech nique. Fall. 2313. International Theater A course of extensive British and European theater-going specifical ly designed for the drama major participating in the Rome program. Prerequisite: Faculty approval. Fall and Spring.

3304. Modern Drama Readings in the modern repertoire from Ibsen through Beckett. Fall and Spring. 3305. Playwriting The organization of narrative line, character and dialogue in an origi nal dramatic text. Credit is given only to those who complete satis factory manuscripts within the time limits of the course. Offered as needed. 3312. Stage Craft A study of the fundamentals of scen ery construction, building tools and materials, rigging principles, and the practice of stage lighting. 3313. Stage Design Introduction to theater set, costume, lighting and design. 3330. Experimental Theater Practical application of accumulat ed classroom skills in independent research or creative project. Pre requisite: permission of the instructor. 3331. Advanced Acting Work on the advanced student's particular problems in controlled use of voice and body, effective text study, rehearsal technique, and the external realization of his roles. Pre requisites: Drama 2301, extensive University Theater experience, per mission of instructor. 3332. Basic Staging Technique of realizing the dramatic action of a script through analysis of the play, development of floorplan, blocking, phrasing of activity, and work with actors. 3335. Theater Literature I A study of the major works of dra matic literature from Aeschylus to John Webster. Fall. 3336. Theater Literature II Continuation of Drama 3335. Dra matists considered range from Sir George Etherege to Alexander Os trovsky. Spring.

4312. Advanced Stage Craft Advanced studies in scenic tech niques and technical production. Prerequisites: Drama 3312 and per mission of instructor. 4313. Advanced Stage Design Scenic, costume, and/or lighting de sign problems and techniques, tai lored to the advanced student. Pre requisites: Drama 3313 and per mission of instructor. 4332. Educational Theater A course in the special problems of the teacher or director of dra matics in an educational situation. Fall and Spring. 4336. Theater of An Era The significant drama and world wide theatrical practice during a particular historical period , i.e., An cient Theater, Renaissance Thea ter, Eighteenth-Century Theater, Vic torian Theater, Early Twentieth Cen tury Theater, Avant-Garde Theater, Contemporary Theater. Offered as needed . 4337. National 'rheater The development of dramatic liter ature and theatrical practice in one nation throughout its history, i.e., American Theater, British Theater, French Theater, German Theater, Greek Theater, Irish Theater, Italian Theater, Russian Theater, Scandi navian Theater. 4141. Directing Lab Scene study with particular focus upon staging solutions for director and actor. Fall. 4142. Studio Rehearsal Supervised rehearsals of studio pro ductions scheduled in conjunction with Drama 4342. 4341. Directing Analysis and application of the the ories and methods of play direc tion . Prerequisites: Drama 2301, 3332, 3335, 3336, and extensive experience in University Theater re hearsal and performance. Fall.

4342. Production Creative culmination of the drama major's course of study in the directing and studio production of a play. Prerequisites: Drama 2301, 3332, 3335, 3336 and senior stand ing . Fall and Spring. 4343. Advanced Production Directed individual advanced proj ects in acting, design or produc tion management. Prerequisite: Se nior standing and faculty approval. 4345. Departmental Seminar Contemporary Theater Readings and seminar discussions in contemporary theater geared to ward the special needs of the grad uating senior drama majors serv ing as final preparation for the comprehensive examination. Spring. 5332. Improvisation for Teachers Development of the imaginative techniques of creative dramatics, theater games, creative experience for groups, and improvisational learning.

Department of Economics Chairman and Assistant Professor Bostaph; Assistant Professors Davis and Ebeling; Visiting Assistant Professor Emami.

Economics is the discipline con cerned with the study of choice un der conditions of scarcity. "Scarcity" refers to the fact that the resources available to individuals are more lim ited than the uses to which individu als desire to direct them . Economics thus studies goal-di rected human action in those situa tions where the achievement of goals is neither assured nor without cost. From such studies come theories that provide explanations of economic problems and suggest policies for their solution . The Economics Department provides a rigorous introduction to economic theory combined with applications of theory to a variety of public issues. Theoretical explanations of business decision-making in free and controlled markets, of political and economic decision-making in various legal frame works, and of many of the ordinary choice situations individuals face ev ery day, are presented and critically examined. The Department is committed to the proposition that an understanding of economic theory is a necessary prerequisite to the intelligent evalua tion of social ethics, social problems, and public policy. Major emphasis is placed on studies of the market econ omy.

Course Requirements for a Major in Economics Economics 1311, 2312, 3320, 3325, 3326, 3327, 3329, 4359, and three ad ditional upper level courses. Math 1404, Calculus I, is required and should be completed by the end of the freshman year.

Year I English 1301 History 1311 Language 1301 (or 2311) Math 1404 Economics 1311

3 3 4

---.1 16

English 1302 History 1312 Language 1302 (or 2312) Philosophy 1301 M~h

3 3 3 3 3 15

Year II (during Sophomore Year) English 2311-2312 History 2301-2302 Philosophy 2311 Theology 131 0 Politics 1311 Language 2311,2312 (or electives) Economics 2312 Economics 3320

6 6 3 3 3 6 3 3

33 91

Year III Economics 3325 Economics 3327 Science Philosophy 3323 Art/Drama Economics 3326 Economics elective Science Theology 2311 Elective

3 3 3 3 ~ 15

3 3 3 3 ~

Year IV Economics 3329 Economics elective Philosophy elective Electives

3 3 3 6 15

Economics 4359 Economics elective Electives

3 3 ~ 15

The Five Year "Through Plan" The Five Year Through Plan pro gram is an innovation in education for business which prepares students for the rapidly changing and continually expanding concerns of the contem porary business world. The design of the "thru-plan" al lows a student to complete the nor mal six year sequence (four years undergraduate, two years MBA) in five years, including one full time sum mer session. A complete explanation of this approach is given under the Through Plan section of this bulletin. Because of the natural affinity be tween the theory of economics and the practical application of business, the combination of an undergraduate degree in Economics and a graduate degree in Management is a popular choice for University of Dallas students.

Courses in Economics 1311. Fundamentals of Economics The basics of the economic way of thinking. Concepts such as pref erence rankings, alternative costs, demand and supply, profits and losses, relative prices and the al location of goods and services are explained and applied to issues of public policy. Fall and Spring . 2312. Microeconomic Theory The behavior of individuals and firms. Market coordination and ad justment. Topics include: consum er demand, theories of production and cost, pricing and output under competitive and non-competitive conditions, factor usage and pric ing, and rudiments of general equi librium analysis . Prerequisite: Eco nomics 1311. Fall and Spring. 3320. Macroeconomic Theory Aggregate demand and supply analysis. Measurement and deter mination of national income, the price level, and the rate of national economic growth . A critical exami nation of monetary and fiscal poli cies aimed at price and income stability. Prerequisite: Economics 2312. Fall and Spring. 3325- History of Economic Thought 3326. I and II A detailed study of original source materials in the development of eco nomics from ancient times to the present. 3325 will cover the period to J.S. Mill (1844). 3326 will cover the period from Mill through the 1980s. Both courses are required for the major. Prerequisite: Econom ics 1311. Fall and Spring . 3327. Statistical Methods This course is a study of statistics as both an experimental tool and measuring device. The course in cludes a comprehensive treatment of both parametric and nonpara metric methods. Major topics con sidered include research design, sampling, statistical inference, and correlation analysis . No prerequi sites . Fall.

3328. Econometrics Probability theory, statistical sam pling, multiple correlation and mul tiple regression analysis, hypothe sis testing, and confidence mea sures. Econometric model building and simulation . Students will use the University's computer. Prereq uisites: Calculus I and Econ 3327 . 3329. Mathematical Economics A mathematical restatement of the economic theory contained in Mi croeconomics and Macroeconomics. Topics include: indifference analysis, isoquant analysis, cost minimization, profit maximization, equilibrium con ditions in final goods and factor · markets, general equilibrium of a market economy, Keynesian multi pliers , and the IS, LM and Aggre gate Demand model. Mathemati cal tools used to express these relationships include functions of one <Jr more variables, simple dif ferentiation , partial and total differ entiation , matrix algebra, simple dif ferential equations , exponents and logs. Prerequisite : Calculus I and Economics 3320 . Fall semester. 3330. International Economics The theory of international trade . Balance of payments , exchange rates, and adjustment mechanisms. Tariffs and other controls. Foreign commercial policies of the United States. The function ing of the inter national monetary system . Prereq uisite: Economics 3320 . 3331. Mathematical Economics II A mathematical extension of eco nomic theory to questions of the path of adjustment between micro equilibrium states. Examination of the path of growth in the macro economy, the determination of equi librium under conditions of discon tinuous production or consumption . Game-like interaction among pro ducers or consumers in imperfectly competitive situations. Prerequisite: Economics 3329 . 3337. Monetary Theory Kinds and functions of money. The financial system and the creation of money. Role of money in deter

mining income and price levels . Monetarist critique of Keynesian in come theory. Monetary policy. Pre requisite: Economics 3320.

3340. Money and Banking Nature of money, debt and credit; Federal Reserve System; financial institutions in the USA; relation be tween money and economic activi ty. Prerequisite : Economics 3320 . 4330. Comparative Economic Ideologies A critical examination of major ideo logical positions which rely mainly upon economic arguments . Classi cal Marxism, Centralist and Market Socialism , Classical Syndicalism , Georgism , Keynesianism, Codeter mination schemes , and variants of laissez-faire are among the ideolo gies examined . Prerequisite: Eco nomics 1311. 4332. Comparative Economic Systems A survey of the theoretical founda tions and present status of major forms of economic organization in a variety of modern day econo mies. Actual economies surveyed include France, Japan , China, Yu goslavia, one or more Scandinavian countries and the U.S.S.R. Prereq uisite: Economics 2312 . 4334. Industrial Organization Structure and performance of mar kets. Evaluation of government reg ulation of monopoly and antitrust policy. A critical examination of the theories of concentration, advertis ing, dominant firms and other pur ported anti-competitive influences . Prerequisite : Economics 2312. 4335. Topics in Economic History and Development Studies of the historical growth and economic development of major in dustrial nations and regions - the U.S., European nations, and Asia. Precise topics may vary each time the course is offered. Prerequisite: Economics 1311 . 4336. Labor Economics Labor productivity, unemployment, and wage determination. Role of organized labor. Problems of labor immobility and stratification of op

portunity. Government labor poli cies. Prerequisite: Economics 2312 .

an economic analysis of law. Pre requisite: Economics 1311.

4338. Public Economics Alternating topics including Public Choice, Determination of optimal levels of government activities and expenditures . Evaluation of income and payroll taxation, general and selective sales taxation, and wealth and transfers-of-wealth taxation . Fis cal policy. Economic impact of pub lic debt. Prerequisite: Economics 3320.

4341. Economics and Social Ethics An examination of the relevance of economic insights to ethical rea soning. The limits of economics in the determination of correct public policy; the division of labor between economics and ethics in the area of public policy. Course contains a critical assessment of recent major works in Social Ethics. Prerequi site: Economics 1311.

4339. Government Regulation of Business Economics of government policies and programs directed toward reg ulation and control of business. Reg ulation of public utilities; health, safe ty and product quality regulations, pollution standards, and zoning are considered. Prerequisite: Econom ics 2312 . 4340. Law and Economics The impact of liability and property law on incentives and economic behavior. Legal reasoning and its relationship to economic analysis . Economic factors in the evolution of common law precedents . Con stitutional and legislative levels of

4356. Special Topics Offered according to the interests of professors and students . Topics might include study of a particular economic system, methodology, or demography. 4359. Senior Seminar Culminating course required of all majors. Spring only. 4V61. Special Studies in Economics This course provides the student with an opportunity to conduct a special program of inquiry under the guidance of a faculty member. Approval by the Department Chair man required.

Department of Education

Chairman and Professor Clodfelter; Professor Emeritus in Residence Teller; Assistant Profes sor McDermott; Adjunct Assistant Professor Gooch; Adjunct Instructor Sylvester. Placement Director, Arnold.

Teacher education demands not only sound academic but also strong pro fessional preparation. The objectives of this professional preparation vary slightly from one program to another. Basically, this sequence is designed to help each prospective teacher re late his specialization to the general objectives of elementary and second ary education and to the objectives of other curricular specializations. Op portunities are provided to help the prospective teacher develop profes sional attitudes and to gain an under standing of education in the broad sense. The United States, because of its multi-ethnic origins, contains many multi-cultures. Schools in our society have been given the responsibility of transmitting culture . Knowledge of these has become an increasingly comprehensive part of teacher edu cation. The Department of Education incorporates the pluralistic nature of our society in all classes and pro grams. The full recognition of the var ious diversities is given serious con sideration. The acceptance of one's own culture and of other people's culture is basic to the development of a sense of cultural pluralism and is an enriching and rewarding concept imperative to teacher education . Psychological concepts relating the nature of the student and principles of learning are stressed; the various

facets of the developments of the student are also considered in rela tion to learning . Various methods and techniques of teaching are studied and evaluated in class; observed in actual classroom settings; and are tried in the period of directed teach ing under the guidance of experi enced supervising teachers in ac credited schools . Briefly, then, the objective of pro gram is to help prospective teachers become responsible, articulate teach ers with strong academic prepara tion, professional attitudes, and a lev el of competence that meets the demands of the classroom. The courses offered in the Depart ment of Education are planned within the objectives of the University of Dallas to meet standards for teacher education and certification established by the Texas Education Agency. Any student interested in teaching in another state should make this known to his advisor no later than the end of the sophomore year so that program adjustments can be made. Information about teacher certifica tion requirements in other states is on file in the Education Department. Students interested in eventual grad uate study in education and adminis tration should consult the interdepart mental programs leading to the M.A. listed under the Braniff Graduate School.

PROGRAMS Five provisional certification pro grams are offered : Elementary, Op tions II and III for provisional teacher certification (grades one-eight); and Secondary, Options I, II, and IV for provisional teacher certification (g rades six-twelve). The Provisional Certificate entitles the holder to teach in public or private schools in Texas on the level of his specialization (elementary) or teaching field (secondary). Specific Requirements for Candidates Seeking Provisional Teaching Certificates

Academic Specializations and Teaching Fields Elementary Option II (grades one-eight) 18

credits.

Art, Biology, Drama (Theater Arts)

English, French, German, History,

Latin, Mathematics, Spanish. A min

imum of eighteen credits is required.

Nine of these must be upper divi

sion credits.

Option III (grades one-eight) 24

credits.

Physical Science (Chemistry and

Physics), Social Studies (Econom

ics, Geography, History, Politics). A

minimum of twenty-four credits is

required. Twelve of these must be

upper division credits.

Secondary Option I (grades six-twelve) 36 credits. Preparation to teach one field. Art, Biology, Chemistry, Economics, En glish, French, German, Goverment (Politics), Latin, Mathematics, Phys ics, Psychology, Spanish, Theater Arts (Drama). A minimum of thirty six credits is required. Twenty-one of these must be upper division credits.

Option II (grades six-twelve) 48

credits.

Preparation to teach two fields.

Same teaching fields as Option I. A

minimum of twenty-four credits is

required in each of the two teach

ing fields selected. Twelve of these

in each of the two teaching fields

must be upper division credits.

Option IV (grades six-twelve) 48

credits.

Preparation to teach related fields.

Social Studies (Economics, Geog

raphy, History, Politics), Science (Bi

ology, Chemistry, Geology, Physics).

A minimum of forty-eight credits is

required. Twenty-four credits with

twelve upper division credits.

Professional Education Elementary 32 credits (30 upper di

vision credits)

Education 3101, 3102, 3322, 3325,

3326, 3327, 3335, 4343, 4647, 4047,

5351, and 5354. The student must

also complete Education 3323: De

velopmental Reading; and, Education

3324: Diagnostic and Remedial Read

ing.

Secondary 26 credits (24 upper divi

sion credits) Education 3111, 3112,

3328, 3335, 4346, 4648, 4048, 5423,

5351, 5252.

Admission and Retention Procedures Every student recommended for cer tification must have been formally ad mitted to the Department. Students need not be formally admitted to the Department in order to take Educa tion courses, but Education courses taken prior to formal admittance will not necessarily count toward certifi cation . To apply for admission the student should complete the follow ing no later than the second semes ter of the sophomore year: 1. Complete an application form and submit evidence of genuine de sire and aptitude for teaching . 2. Score a passing grade in the three areas of reading , writing, and mathematics on the Pre Professional Skills Test. The PPST is required by the state of Texas for admittance into approved teacher education programs. 3. Achieve an overall university grade point average of 2.3 on a 4 point scale; and, a minimum cumulative average of 2.5 in pro fessional education and the teach ing specialization/teaching field courses. 4. Develop a certification plan un der the direction of the Depart ment of Education certification officer. 5. Complete an interview with the Chairman of the Department of Education . 6. Receive approval for admission by the faculty of the Department of Education. Students transferring from other in stitutions will need to submit their tran scripts and other documentation to the University of Dallas Registrar for University admittance prior to com pleting the above.

The academic progress to each student admitted to the Department will be checked by the Department Chairman each semester. Students who fail to do satisfactory work will be placed on Departmental proba tion. Continued unsatisfactory work will result in dismissal from the pro gram.

Types of Programs Non-Education Majors, Secondary Certificate A student who desires a secondary teaching certificate in Texas and does not want to major in Education must satisfy the following requirements: 1. Complete secondary academic teaching field(s) requirements for Option I, or Option II , or Option IV. 2. Complete Education 3111, 3112, 3328, 3335 , 4346, 4648, 4048, 5423, 5351 , and 5252 . 3. Pass the written and oral De partmental comprehensive exami nation . 4. Be recommended by the Edu cation faculty for certification . 5. Complete University graduation requirements. 6. Complete a placement file. Education Major, Secondary Certificate A student who desires a secondary teaching certificate in Texas and does want to major in Education as well must satisfy the following requirements: 1. Complete secondary academic teaching field(s) requirements for Option I, or Option II, or Option IV. 2. Same as item 2 above. 3. Same as item 3 above.

4. Same as item 4 above. 5. Same as item 5 above. 6. Same as item 6 above. Non-Education Major, Elementary Certificate A student who desires an elemen tary teaching certificate in Texas and does not want to major in Education must satisfy the following requirements: 1. Complete elementary academic specialization(s) requirements for Option II, or Option III. (See academic specializations) 2. Complete Ed ucation 3101 , 31 02, 3322, 3325, 3326, 3327, 3335, 4343 , 4647, 4047, 5351, and 5354. The student must also com plete Education 3323 : Develop mental Reading; and, Education 3324 : Diagnostic and Remedial Reading. 3. Pass the written and oral De partmental comprehensive exami nation . 4. Be recommended by the Edu cation faculty for certification. 5. Complete University graduation requirements.

5354. The student must also com plete Education 3323: Develop mental Reading; and , Education 5324: Diagnostic and Remedial Reading. 3. Pass the written and oral De partmental comprehensive exami nation . 4. Be recommended by the Edu cation faculty for certification . 5. Complete University graduation requirements . 6. Complete a placement file. 7. Pass the state required exit exami nation. Education Major,

No Teaching Certificate

A student who wants to major in elementary or secondary Education but does not want a teaching certifi cate should complete the requirements as stated above under Education Ma jor, Elementary Certificate or Second ary Certificate, respectively, and in place of Directed Teaching (educa tion 4647 or 4648) substitute six up per division elective credits in Educa tion.

6. Complete a placement file .

Teaching Certificate

7. Pass the state required exit exami nation.

A student with a baccalaureate de gree from an accredited institution who desires a Texas teaching certifi cate must satisfy the requirements of the category chosen 'from the above. No graduate credit will be given for courses leading to certification. Stu dents in this category will usually need two semesters or one semester and a summer term in order to satisfy certi fication requirements . If a student has had at least two years of supervised teaching at an acredited school, the Directed Teaching requirement may be waived , provided the substitutes six upper division elective credits in Education.

Education Major, Elementary Certificate A student who desires an elemen tary teaching certificate in Texas and does want to major in Education must satisfy the following requirements: 1. Complete elementary academic specialization(s) requirements for Option II, or Option III. (See academic specializations) 2. Complete Education 3101, 3102, 3322, 3325, 3326, 3327, 3335, 4343, 4647, 4047, 5351, and

Pre-Directed Teaching Experience In pursuing the goals of teacher education the preservice teacher has the opportunity to observe and aid students in the learning process : Ed ucation 3101, 3102, elementary; Edu cation 3111, 3112, secondary. The preservice teacher is afforded the op portunity to observe and aid the class room teacher functioning as stimulator, diagnostician, prescriber, and model in the art of teaching. Courses relat ed directly to principles and ap proaches are designed to balance theory and application whenever fea sible. Students enrolled in courses having a field based experience are required to have a tuberculin test .

Education Seminars The history of American education clearly reveals that each generation of teachers must become increasing ly more knowledgeable concerning issues essential to a democratic soci ety. With such a goal before teacher education, the Department of Educa tion at the University of Dallas institut ed a series of seminars dealing with two major issues: The Teacher and the Law,' The Teacher and the MUlti Cu Itu railEd ucationally Exceptional Stu dent. The seminars are conducted by visiting authorities from those areas of concern.

Directed Teaching Successful completion of Directed Teaching is a requirement for all ma jors in Education and non-Education majors who desire certification. It may be taken only in the senior year. Stu dents who have received a 0 or F in the required Education or specializa tion course may not take Directed Teaching until the course has been repeated and grade of C or higher obtained or special arrangements with the Department Chairman are made. Applications for Directed Teaching

should be filed with the Coordinator of Directed Teaching no later than the middle of the semester immediately prior to the desired assignment. Ap proval will be restricted to students with the following qualifications : 1. A grade point average of 2.3 overall and 2.5 in the teaching specialization(s) or teaching field(s) and Education courses. Removal of all incomplete grades in previous courses. 2. Completion of at least three fourths of the courses in the stu dent's teaching specialization(s) or teaching field(s) and at least nine credits in Education for sec ondary teachers and at least twenty-one credits in Education for elementary teachers. 3. Two acceptable recommenda tions, one from a professor in the student's academic field, the other from a faculty member of the Education Department. These forms are to be forwarded to the Coordinator of Directed Teaching. 4. In order to accommodate the Directed Teaching time required by the option selected, the stu dent must plan ahead in consul tation with the Department Certi fication Officer. The student may not take more than eighteen cred its, including Directed Teaching, during the semester of the Di rected Teaching experience. 5. Submission of a practicing phy sician's statement attesting to sat isfactory health (including results of a tuberculin test) and physi cal adequacy. Directed teaching is not required of those students who have two or more years of verified, successful teaching experience in an accredited school. In this case, the student must elect six hours of upper division Edu cation coursework as a substitute. Let ters from the student's supervisor(s)

attesting to successful teaching must be sent to the Chairman of the Edu cation Department.

secured from the placement director/ administrative assistant.

Kappa Delta Pi Comprehensive Examination In the spring of the senior year education majors and non-majors seek ing certification must pass a written and oral examination consisting of questions in the history and philoso phy of education and in principles and approaches of the education dis cipline. The examination committee includes faculty members representing the areas of the student's undergrad uate academic curriculum. Several states require teachers to take the national Teacher Examina tion (NTE) in order to be certified. Details about the NTE may be obtained from the Administrative Assistant to the Department of Education.

Residence Requ irements No candidate will be recommended for certification unless he has com pleted at the University of Dallas the equivalent of one semester's work (at least twelve credits) at a satisfactory level. This requirement applies to grad uate students who want only to com plete requirements for certification at the University.

Credentials and Placement Teacher certification is not automat ic. Each candidate must complete certification forms with the Depart ment of Education certification officer the last semester prior to graduation. The officer represents the Department in recommending candidates for cer tification to the Texas Education Agency. All certification students, majors and non-majors, are required to have a personnel placement file with the De partment. The 'file must be completed prior to graduation. Forms may be 100

The Nu Kappa Chapter of Kappa Delta Pi, an honor society in educa tion, was established at the Universi ty in 1975. Membership in the Nu Kappa Chapter is voted on by the chapter and is impartial with regard to sex, creed, race or color. Qualifica tions include high academic standing and an exhibited professional attitude which would enable one to grow in the field of education.

Education Laboratory The Education Laboratory is for Ed ucation students, particularly those who are engaged in Directed Teaching . Space is available for the preparation of lesson plans, transparencies, and supplemental materials. Teaching aides include audio-visual equipment and various kinds of hard ware and software for teaching in the appropriate disciplines. Video equipment may be reserved by students for viewing of their tapes. Reservations are made with the Ad ministrative Assistant.

The Curriculum and Children's Literature Library Supplementing the Education vol umes in the Blakley Library, the Edu cation Department maintains a cur riculum library. Included in this col lection are approximately 6500 vol umes in elementary and secondary school curricula and 7000 volumes in the children and young adult literature. Housed in the Children'S Library are books for children and young adults authored by University students. The volumes range from picture to informational books and are cata logued under appropriate classifica tions for circulation. Only fully matriculated University of

Dallas students will be permitted to borrow materials from the library. Any one may peruse the materials as long as they are not removed from the library. Any deviation to this regula tion will require approval from the Chairman. Patrons may borrow any reasonable number of books for one week. Patrons should indicate their name and date on the card associated with each book. Cards should then be correctly filed. Returned books, will be filed by the Administrative Assis tant or student assistants. Hours dur ing which books may be checked out are 8-12 and 1-5 daily.

The Foundation for Economic Education Library Housed in the Curriculum Library is the Foundation for Economic Educa tion (FEE) Library. In the Library are books and resource materials for teaching the courses on the benefits of the free enterprise system. Bound volumes of the periodical The Free man and related tapes are included in the collection donated by Forde Gifford-Haughton .

The Chris Slavik Collection Children's books given to the Chil dren's Library in memory of Christine Slavik have formed an eclectic col lection numbering about 150 volumes. The collection continues to expand .

Other Information 1. Politics 1311 satisfies the State's requirements of one course in United States and Texas History and Constitutions . Transfer stu dents seeking Texas certification may elect to take Politics 1311 or a standardized test admini stered by the Educational Test Service. See the Education De partment's Administrative Assis tant for details. 2. A speech proficiency test must be passed by all candidates for provisional teacher certificates . (A course in oral language profi ciency may be taken to fulfill requirement .) See the Depart ment certification officer. 3. A course in computer literacy is required for all provisional teach er certificates. See the Depart ment certification officer. 4. Advanced (numbered 3000 or higher) Education and teaching specialty courses in which an Education major receives a D or F may not be used to satisfy degree requirements . 5. Decisions regarding whether or not Education courses taken at another university will meet De partmental requirements will be made by the Chairman .

The Melvin and Frances Frnka Campbell Children's BooR Collection A collection of classics in children's literature was established by the Clowe family of Dallas. The collection houses books originally written in a language other than English. The internationally recognized books are translated into English in a manner so as to pre serve the original essence of the cul ture in which it was first written. 101

102

Courses in Education 3101. Education Practicum (Elementary) The beginning teacher is signifi cantly shaped by the characteris tics and structure of the living or ganism called the school. The course allows beginning students in teacher education (elementary school grades 1-8) to assist practi tioners in a school setting. Univer sity students are assigned to teach ers and work in a tutorial capacity in the teaching of arithmetical and computer concepts. Orientation pre cedes assignment . Course may be repeated . Fall and Spring. 3102. Education Practicum (Elementary) One must know what is educa tionally significant in order to ana lyze what it means to teach and to learn. The course allows beginning students in elementary teacher ed ucation (grades 1-8) to observe and work with practitioners in a school setting . University students are assigned to teachers at the Dean Learning Center as paraprofes sionals in the teaching of language arts . Orientation precedes assign ment. Course may be repeated . Fall and Spring . 3111. Education Practicum (Secondary) University students are individually assigned to secondary teachers (grades 6-12) as paraprofessionals . The assigned area is in one of the student's teaching field. Four hours a week are spent in the classrooms. Orientation precedes assignment. Course may be repeated . Fall and Spring . 3112. Education Practlcum (Secondary) It is important for students in teach er education to realize the impor tance of how you teach is dictated by what is to be taught. University students are placed with second ary teachers (grades 6-12) in the student's teacRing field(s) . Second ary schools where the pluralistic

nature of the multicultural society of Texas is evident are utilized. Four hours a week are spent in class room settings with the University students serving as paraprofes sionals. Orientation precedes as signment . Course may be repeat ed. Fall and Spring . 3113. Story Telling This course is designed especially for students enrolled in or who have taken Education 3322. Students will have two hours a week (TBA) at one of the Irving Elementary School Libraries learning and participating in story telling for children . May be repeated twice. Fall, Spring, and Summer. 3322. Child and Young Adult Literature Examines the scope of literature for children and young adults and the principles necessary to a suc cessful and fruitful literature pro gram. It intends to create a love for fine writing, and a sensitivity to and appreciation for the relationships among art, music, drama and liter ature in a multi-cultural setting . Em phasis given to personal author ship as a means of expression . Fall. 3323. Developmental Reading Examines the process of reading through skill development and mas tery of content. Phonic analysis, structural analysis , and other de coding skills as integral facets for teaching listening, written language, spelling, and handwriting in the pro cess of reading . Analysis of basal and library materials. Prerequisite: Education 3322 Spring . 3324. Diagnostic and Corrective Reading Basic principles of reading instruc tion . Topics include the diagnosis of reading problems (language prob lems) and the correction of reading problems through assessment, eval uation, and testing procedures. Re search on a specific dysfunction is done by individual students. Case studies, intellectual evaluations, em pirical observations, criterion-refer enced testing and other strategies are utilized. Fall.

103

3325. Mathematics in the Elementary School Two questions provide the focus for this course: What is mathemat ics? How do children learn mathe matics? Each mathematical con cept is initially developed through the use of concrete manipulatives appropriate for grade school chil dren. Fall , Spring. 3326. Science in the Elementary School In this course, concepts are devel oped that are appropriate for ele mentary school science (primarily earth and life sciences). A labora tory approach is used. Attention is directed to those aspects of the growth and development of chil dren that particularly invite the teach ing of science . Prerequisite : Six credits of laboratory science. Fall. 3327. Child Growth and Development (Psychology 3327) The course is centered on the ques tion of what it means to be a child and to be present to the world of the child from the viewpoint of the ch ild. The physical , mental, social , emotional , and spiritual growth of the child and the pivotal role of education are made concrete . Fall . 3328. Psychology of Adolescence (Psychology 3328) This course tries to understand some of the more important psy chological events surrounding ad olescence, physical, mental, emo tional events. The first part of the course focuses upon transforma tions of consciousness that occur in early adolescence ; the second part examines the developments of later adolescence; the third part concentrates upon how these trans formations affect schooling and CUl ture . Fall . 3330. History and Geography in the Elementary School The course develops an interdisci plinary concept of the teaching of history and geography. Detailed at tention is given to techniques and strategies to enhance historical and geographical perspectives in both teacher and student. Fall.

104

3134. Instructional Media A production oriented course de signed to develop expertise in a single medium: 33-mm photogra phy, super-8 film , microcomputers. Fall, Spring . 3334. Instructional Materials and Equipment This course examines the relation ship between technology and learn ing . The course is two dimensional . One dimension requires that the student select a technology (pho tography, film , computers,) identify a serious question that the technol ogy raises, the develop a structure for pursuing that question . The sec ond dimension involves a more gen eral inquiry into the nature of tech nology, the nature of learning, and the conditions under which tech nology contributes to or impedes learning. Spring. 3335. Philosophy of Education (Philosophy 3335) The general theory of teaching and learning as it enters into the forma tion of individuals in the multi cultured community of humanity. Special attention given to the rela tion between the individual and the community, in thought, word , and deed , both in the classroom and in the readings reflectively discussed and written about. Historical and contemporary works are studied . Fall , Spring . 4047. Seminar in Elementary School Directed Teaching Weekly seminars concurrent with directed teaching offer the oppor tunity for in-depth reflections on the experience of teaching . Advanced treatment of selected issues aris ing from the experience of teach ing leads to independent work re lated to grade level and area of specialization. Educators from areas of concern will be utilized. Fall, Spring. 4048. Seminar in Secondary School Directed Teaching Weekly one-hour seminars concur rent with directed teaching offer the opportunity for in-depth reflec

tions on the experience of teaching. Advanced treatment of selected is sues arising from the experience of teaching leads to independent work related to teaching field(s). Educators from area of concern will be utilized. Fall, Spring.

4343. Principles of Elementary Education A simulated classroom experience involving the University student as teacher in problem solving experi ences of student behavior, parent relations, curriculum planning, teach ing methodology, classroom man agement, and evaluations of learn ing. Fall, Summer. 4346. Principles of Secondary Education A study of different teaching modes and their relationship to learning theory. Emphasizes serious reflec tion on personal learning experi ence. Classroom management is examined in light of curricula and policies in secondary schooling. In cludes microteaching. Spring. 4347. Elementary School Directed Teaching The capstone cou rse in teacher education (grades 1-8). Applica tion and participation in an accred ited elementary school or a junior high school. The directed teacher (student teacher) is supervised by a co-operating classroom teacher and a University supervisor. Fall, Spring.

cus will be on interpreting test data, including criterion-referenced tests of both the multiple-choice and es say variety. Spring .

5423. Reading and Linguistics In the Secondary Schools Emphasizes specific and applied concepts in the fusing of reading, oral, and graphic language into the context of teaching fields. The pro spective secondary teacher (grades 6-12) is viewed as the key to effec tive instruction in reading and ver bal communication . Methods, strat egies, and procedures taught focus on developing knOW-how for read ing in each subject area, a positive and inquiring attitude of mind, and methodical work habits that pro mote a need and desire to read. Knowledge of dialectual difference and elements of traditional, struc tural , and transformational gram mar are given special attention. Spring. 5324. Writing Children's Books With obvious concern and a fresh approach, the course delineates why children'S books must exist and do, to what standards their readers are entitled, how and by whom good children's books are written, includ ing an overview of the history of writing for children. Prerequisite: Ed ucation 3324 or equivalent. Fall, Summer.

4348. Secondary School Directed Teaching The capstone cou rse in teacher education (grades 6-12) . Applica tion and participation in an accred ited elementary school or a junior high school. The directed teacher (student teacher) is supervised by a co-operating classroom teacher and a University supervisor. Fall. Spring.

5326. Issues In the Teaching of Science: Elementary Identification and selection of prob lems in earth sciences, physical and/or biological sciences; research studies and innovations in teach ing; review of current literature; guid ed independent work in problems of teaching science . Prerequisite: Elementary teaching experience. Offered as needed.

5252. Educational Evaluation The course is intended to develop testing-related knowledge and skills. A study of research , including his torical , descriptive, and experimen tal types , is emphasized. Major fo

5332. Improvisation for Teachers Development of the imaginative techniques of creative dramatics, theater games, creative experience for groups, and improvisational learning. Summer.

105

5351. History of American Education Examines the history of teaching in the United States, primarily since 1865. Emphasis on the relation be tween the individual and the world of knowledge is maintained by ex amining a number of curricula ac tually employed in elementary, sec ondary, and tertiary institutions. Each student does original research on individually chosen topics in an area of personal interest or professional preparation. Fall, Spring. 5354. Introductory Linguistics A systematic study of the structure of English grammar with implica tions for elementary and second ary teachers, nature of language, phonology, morphology and syn tax, structural and transformational, English ; social dialects and lan guage learning. Spring. 5V50. Research in Elementary or Secondary Education Advanced treatment of selected top ics through individual research . Ap proval of chairman required . Cred its vary 3-6. Fall, Spring, and Sum mer. 5356. Educational Research Design A study of research methods, in-

106

eluding historical, descriptive, and experimental types, emphasizing re search proposal and report writ ing. Major topics in statistics, hy pothesis-testing, statistical inference, correlation, analysis, and validity. Types of designs studied are CRD, factorial, nested, repeated mea sures, Latin squares, and incomplete block. Spring and Summer.

5361. Cathechetics (Theology 5361) The principles and methods of reli gious instruction , and the selec tion, utilization, and evaluation of materials. 5623. Multisensory teaching of Language Arts The rationale, curricula, and struc tured multisensory teaching theo ries and procedures used in the teaching of educationally different students are presented and stud ied. Course conducted at the Dean Learning Center for the laboratory and clinical experiences. Special permission is required for the chair man . Fall, Spring, Summer.

Master of Arts in Education: See Braniff Graduate School listings.

Department of English Language and Literature Chairman and Associate Professor Alvis, Pro fessor Bradford; Associate Professors Curtsinger, DiLorenzo, Dupree, and Gregory, Assistant Pro fessor Sorensen; Visiting Assistant Professors Maguire, Davies, and H. deAlvarez.

The Study of Literature Poetry (the ancient word for the totality of verbal art) constitutes a dis tinct mode of knowledge and a reli able access to truth . With respect to the kind of wisdom that governs hu man conduct, poetry promotes a grasp of reality superior to other ways of knowing in its combination of imme diacy, lucidity, practicality, sensitivity to refinements, capacity to shape the affections, and adequacy to the whole. This conviction guides literary study at every level of the curriculum pur sued at the University of Dallas. The program in literature provides a coor dinated sequence of course that mark the stations of a quest for poetic un derstanding. Teachers and students seek to learn what the best of the poets know about the character of reality. In undertaking this mutual ef fort in learning, students and teach ers are related as beginning and ad vanced students of their common masters , the poets.

The Constantin College Curriculum Undergraduate courses in literature

answer to two guiding principles : first, continuous study of the greatest works of the literature of the West in the effort to appropriate a tradition that ought to be possessed by every edu cated person ; second, intensive study of the literature of England and Amer ica for the sake of acquiring the heri tage proper to the English-speaking peoples and as the means to com plete mastery of a language. The two principles are interdependent: one best learns English by knowing its best literature, and one best knows the English poets when one can measure them against those masters and ri vals in European literature whom they themselves acknowledge . Familiarity with the tradition promotes an aware ness that the whole of literature com prises an order in which every poem from Homer's onwards exists simul taneously with every other. Moreover, one appreciates what can and what cannot be known of literature written in foreign languages when one comes to know thoroughly the resources of one's native tongue. The two purposes of acquiring the European tradition and of mastering English literature are reflected in the Literary Tradition Sequence and the Major Program.

107

The Literary Tradition The study of the great imaginative works of the Western tradition con tributes a sizable portion of the Uni versity's core curriculum because it is central to the University's purpose of cultivating moral and intellectual excellence. Whatever his major, ev ery student is required to take all four courses of The Literary Tradition. The sequence introduces the student to the classics of the West and, thereby, to the major models and themes of human action, experience, and un derstanding. These courses combine with studies in other disciplines to make a coherent intellectual and imagi native whole . They further self-knowl edge by encouraging the student to know himself in the light of what the best minds have thought human beings are and ought to be . In the first two years of the student's college career, the Literary Tradition core provides a moral focus for discovering the terms upon which one may assume respon sibilities within a community. For a large part of the subject of many literary works is the portrayal of com munities living out the convictions shared by their members, and the heart of heroic poetry is the depiction of the efforts of singularly gifted men to exercise their virtue in a way that benefits their city while fulfilling them selves. The beginning student, as yet ten tative in approaching the intellectual life, may learn that a personal quest for truth is analogous to the heroic enterprises of Achilles, Hector, Odys seus, Aeneas, and Beowulf. From the heroic models he may come to ad dress the challenges he presently encounters with something of that har mony of boldness and modesty dis played by the traditional heroes. The first-year student may also learn to approach the epic poet's wisdom concerning the character of human achievement in a world which sum 108

mons men to recognize the claims of

city, of ancestors and progeny, of wom an, of the divinities, of nature in both its bounty and limiting austerity. By year's end the student is prepared to reflect upon those differences in the conception of human excellence and world order that come to sight once the Christian epic poet envisions di vine grace perfecting nature. The second year introduces trage dy and comedy - two perennial gen res of Western Iiteratu re - and the novel, the one literary form exclusively confined to the modern era. From a study of the tragedians of Greece, of Marlowe and Shakespeare, and of modern playwrights, the student can grasp how man has been defined in his "frail majesty" by tragic drama tists. In the comic writers of Greece, Medieval Christendom, and Elizabe than England, one may see that trag ic emphasis upon individual virtue un der the pressure of painful limits finds an answer in comic celebration of those powers human, and sometimes divine, that heal broken communities and restore wholeness to individual lives. Skepticism regarding the prem ises and resolutions of traditional trag edy and of comedy may account for the decline of both genres in the mod ern era and for the consequent emer gence and dominance of the novel. In the most accomplished novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth cen turies, the student confronts works which undertake to combine tragic and comic actions, 'fictions which of ten allot a tragic plot to one set of characters and a comic plot to an other. He will also see in the novels portrayals of societies negotiating the thoroughgoing changes effected by modern economics, technology, edu cation and politics - a world quite close to our own in local detail as well as in its governing moral and intellectual tendency. The second year student thus learns to take his stance toward his own day from authors aware

of the present yet also aware, as he has come to be, of what deserves to be preserved of the past . An under standing of the present that includes a knowledge of standards not con fined to contemporary ones is the end for which the sequence of courses aims. The courses that make up the Liter ary Tradition core depend upon a rigorous program of composition. The writing assignments are exclusively interpretive, requiring careful docu mentation from the works the student reads; they are judged by their suc cess in elucidating and critically ad

dressing the poems under considera tion . Because the student is occupied with the greatest writers the West has produced, he learns to respect ex cellence in the use of the language. His own writings are expected to show sophistication in style and argument. He will resubmit corrected essays that answer to exacting criticism . Because he reflects upon the most important issues of living and knowing, he learns to elevate his thought and language, to demand of himself precision in the use of words, to cultivate the lan guage he has come to know, and to guard it against his own worst instincts.

109

The Major Program Advanced courses for English ma jors aim at deepening the understand ing of literature, thereby confirming the student's dedication to poetry as a mode of knowing . The same princi ples of attentive care in reading and critical interpretation in writing that guide study in the core also animate the program for majors . The theme implicit in the Literary Tradition se quence also carries over to the ad vanced courses: students learn to con front the alternative understandings of man, society, nature, and the di vine offered by the major poets . Now, however, the subject of inquiry is pri marily the tradition of English and American writers . By studying the lit erature of the English language, the major grounds himself in his most immediate heritage. The sequence of advanced offerings is prevailingly chronological so that the student may participate in the authors' reflections back upon their predecessors , and so that the student may be prepared to appreciate the revolutionary char acter of literature produced after the great divide of Romanticism. As distinct from the range of elec tives in world literature, the courses in the British and American tradition are distributed among the recognized periods of literary history. Each of the periods embraces major poets who are , in fact, the proper subject of the course . Minor poets are studied for what they may contribute to one's understanding of human things through their occasional superior poems. Lit erary history, as such , is decidedly subordinate to the principal end of grasping what the most capable poets understand concerning the important issues of thought, feeling, and con duct. Hence, whatever their historical designations, courses move through local and temporal considerations to a reflection upon universal questions implicit in the poetry. 110

Two projects requiring independent study supplement course-work in the major. In the junior year the student pursues research in the complete can on of a single lyric poet. The project culminates in an oral examination be fore the faculty in which the student demonstrates mastery of the poems and of the scholarship and criticism devoted to the poet as well as critical assessment of the poet 's stature, his place within the literary tradition , and his contribution to the poetic under standing of reality. In the senior year the English major concludes a course in twentieth-century literature and lit erary criticism with a public lecture in which he presents and defends his findings from a research project on an important literary question . The Se nior Project, following a comprehen sive examination, constitute the stu dent's matriculation in the study of literature at the University and allows public profession of the fruits of a liberal education focused by training in a discipline.

Course Requirements for a Major in English Literary Tradition, I, II , III, IV; En glish 3323 (Medieval) ; 3324 (Renais sance); 3326 (British 1600-1750); 3327 (Romantic and Victorian); 4359 (Shake speare); 4360 (American); 4361 (British Novel); 4362 (Twentieth-Century Liter ature and Criticism) . In addition , it is strongly recommended that stu dents elect two of the following : 4370 (Dante), 4371 (Southern Literature) , 4372 (Faulkner) , 4373 (Russian Nov el), 4374 (Menippean Satire). All En glish majors will be required to pass a comprehensive examination at the conclusion of their studies, in addi tion to presentation of the junior poet and senior criticism papers as de scribed above.

Suggested Electives

Year I

English 1301

History 1311

Art, Drama, or Math Language 1301 (or 2311) Philosophy 1301

English 1302

History 1312

Art, Drama, or Math

Language 1302 (or 2312)

Politics 1311

3 3

Year II

English 2311-2312

History 2301-2302

Philosophy 2311

Theology 1310

Economics 1311

Language (or Science) Art, Drama, or Math

6 6 3

Year III

English 3323

English 3324

Theology 2311

Science or elective Elective

English 3326

English 3327

Philosophy 3323

Science or Elective

Elective

3 3 15

3 3 3

Language: Greek, Latin, French or German Philosophy: Epistemology, Esthetics, and Ethics Theology: Sacraments, Liturgy, Old Testament Literature, New Testament

Literatur'e

History: History of England I and II

Politics: Political Regimes I and II,

Medieval Political Philosophy, Rousseau to Nietzsche Art: Art History I and II

Psychology: Memory and Imagination,

Contemporary Psychology, Psycholo

gy of Perception, Foundations of Psy

chology as a Human Science.

Extracurricular Learning The English department cultivates guided conversation in the classrooms and encourages continuous and in formal conversation outisde class. To meet his purpose it arranges for gath erings on and off campus; its faculty provides student conference hours and promotes joint student and faculty ac tivities such as writing workshops, po etry discussion groups, publications, and meetings with guest lecturers. Students may expect their teachers to find time for private counseling and to welcome further conversation.

~ 15

Year IV

English 4359

English 4360

Philosophy elective Electives

English 4361

English 4362

Electives

~ 15

115

111

Courses in English The Literary Tradition Sequence 1301. The Literary Tradition I An introduction to the study of po etry exploring the bearing of poetic form upon meaning and of poetic meaning upon truth. The student acquires the arts of careful, respon sive reading; intelligent discussion; and lucid interpretive writing. Read ings in lyric poetry develop a sen sitive apprehension of the resources of poetic language and a grasp of the difference between poetic and other modes of speech . Readings in classical epic poetry provide in troduction to the heritage of great poems which have defined Western man . Intensive study of The Iliad, The Odyssey, The Aeneid, and Beowulf emphasizing the epic poet's representation of a comprehensive view of the cosmos, human effort, the city, and the divine, as well as his portrayal of the heroic life in confrontation with death . Fall . 1302. The Literary Tradition II The Christian epic poems and the dissolution of the epic in the mod ern era. Studies in Dante's fusion of the classical and Christian in The Divine Comedy; the chivalric heroism of Sir Gawain and the Green Knight, Milton's reformed Christian epic, Paradise Lost; the fragment ed understanding and yearning for heroism conveyed by Eliot's The Waste Land. Further studies in lyric poetry accompanied by further ex ercises in critical writing. Spring . 2311. The Literary Tradition III The study of dramatic tragedies and comedies with a view to un derstanding the meaning of these two alternative yet concurrently en during vistas upon the human con dition. How may it be that both genres reflect final truth? Readings in the Greek dramatist, the Eliza bethans, and modern European and American playwrights. Discussion of individual plays, continuity and difference within the generic tradi tion , accompanied by the student's

112

composition of interpretive essays. Prometheus Bound, The Oresteia, Oedipus Tyrannos, Oedipus at Co lonus, Antigone, The Bacchae, Frogs, The Book of Job, Everyman, The Second Shepherd's Play, Or. Faus tus, Hamlet, Othello, Macbeth, King Lear, Measure for Measure or Twelfth Night, The Tempest, Volpone, Ghosts, Mourning Becomes Electra, The Visit or Waiting for Godot. Spring .

2312. The Literary Tradition IV Reflection upon the novel as the distinctively modern contribution to the literary tradition . Studies in nine teenth and twentieth-century Euro pean and American fiction with par ticular emphasis upon the develop ment of the modern hero as a fig ure placed in confrontation with his society. Consideration of the novel ists' concentration upon a back ground of societies in transition . Further training in writing interpretive essays culminating in the student's composing a short story indicative of his grasp of fictional technique and substance . Moby Dick, Crime and Punishment, Madame Bovary, Portrait of the Artist as a Young Man, The Great Gatsby, The Sun Also Rises, Light in August, short stories by Hawthorne, · Flaubert, Hemingway, James, Joyce, and Flannery O'Connor. Fall and Spring.

Required Advanced Courses 3323. Medieval Poetry A study of Chaucer's Canterbury Tales, and selected works in the context of the Anglo-Saxon heri tage , the medieval lyric, and the Pearl poet. Reflection upon the re lationship between medieval Chris tianity and poetry. Fall. 3324. English Renaissance Spenser's The Faerie Queene in the context of a study of the devel opment of Renaissance lyric poet ry from Wyatt and Surrey through Jonson. Secondary emphasis upon Elizabethan and Jacobean drama exclusive of Shakespeare. A con sideration of Renaissance literature

as the coagitation of themes clas sical , Christian, incipiently modern. Fall.

3326. British Literature 1600-1750 Studies in Milton's writings exclu sive of Paradise Lost (Eng. 1302); the Metaphysical School of Donne , Herbert, Crashaw, Vaughn; Marvell and the Augustans . The Protestant tradition and meditative poetry; the New Science and the problems it poses for faith ; poetry as the foun dation and cultivation of social or der. Spring . 3327. Romantic and Victorian Reflection upon the revolutionary character of Romantic poetry and criticism and the unstable adjust ments of private and public voice undertaken by the Victorians. Stud ies in Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Shelley, Byron , Keats; Tennyson, Browning, Arnold , Hardy, Housman, Hopkins. The course concludes with the Junior Project, and exercise in independent study of an important British or American lyric poet. Spring. 4359. Shakespeare Study in the comedies, histories, and Roman plays against the back ground of the four great tragedies (Eng. 2311) seeking understand ing of the greatest poet as the most thoughtful guide in a confron tation of classical , Christian, and modern traditions. Fall . 4360. American Literature Studies in nineteenth and twentieth century American verse and prose fiction focusing upon Hawthorne, Melville, Emerson, Thoreau, Whit man, Dickinson, James, Davidson, Tate, Warren, Ransom, Faulkner and Welty. Reflection upon the defini tive stresses productive of the na tional character: the continuing ten sion generated by the meeting of the New World with the Old; the unresolved opposition of North and South with respect to their distinct vantages upon the best human life. Fall. 4361. British Novel Study in the development of the

British novel from the eighteenth century to Virginia Woolf. Consider ation of the novel as a reflection of changing conceptions of human consciousness, of changing atti tudes toward society and of the individual person's participation in his community. Spring.

4362. Twentieth-Century Literature and Criticism Studies in modern verse , prose fic tion, and literary criticism focusing upon Yeats , Eliot, Pound, Stevens , Conrad, Joyce, Hemingway, Faulkner and the most prominent schools of modern criticism. Confrontation of rival understandings of the rela tionship between poetry and truth : the mimetic versus the creative. The course culminates with the Se nior Project as the outcome of semi nar work and independent study. The Project constitutes the student's first contribution to the public realm of learning as evidence of his for mation by the entire University pro gram. Spring .

Electives 3345. Old Testament Literature The formation of the Old Testament, with emphasis upon the creative, literary activity of individual writers and editors in shaping Israelite tra ditions for specific theological pur poses. The literary forms and gen res of the Hebrew Bible. The forma tion of the Torah from oral tradi tions to canonical scripture. Repre sentative prophetic and Wisdom books . 3346. New Testament Literature A study in the literary structures and conveyed meanings of the New Testament writings, within the frame of their historical setting and desti nation laying special emphasis on the Gospels and Pauline letters. 4370. Dante A study of the works of Dante with emphasis upon The Divine Comedy Dante as the greatest poetic expo nent of Medieval Christendom's un

113

derstanding of the analogical char acter of being. Spring .

4371. Southern Literature Studies of the principal participants in the Southern Literary Renaissance and their heirs: Davidson, Ransom, Tate , Warren, Lytle, Porter, Welty, Gordon, O'Connor, Taylor. The course includes the major achievements of the Southern writers in verse, prose fiction, literary and social criti cism. Special emphasis is given to the consideration of the relation be tween the Southern writer and his people. 4372. Faulkner A consideration of Faulkner's fic tion as the embodiment of an imagi nation uniquely capable of grasp ing at once the novel character of the American experience and its continuity with the great tradition . Spring.

114

4373. The Russian Novel Studies in the fiction of Gogol, Turgenev, Dostoevsky, Tolstoy, and Chekhov. Special emphasis is ac corded the theme of the abrupt and relatively belated confrontation of a Christian society with Europe an modernity. Spring. 4374. Menippean Satire Studies in a distinguished but rela tively unexplored family of literary works focusing upon Rabelais, Cer vantes, Swift, Sterne, Byron, Lewis Carroll, Joyce, John Barth. Empha sis upon the preponderance in these works of authorial digression over the more usual emphasiS of fiction upon human character and action. 4375. Special Studies Study in an author, question, or topic not treated in any of the reg ular course offerings but of com parable consequence. Offered as needed.

Department of Foreign Language and Literature Chairman and Associate Professor W Bartscht; Professor Nagy, Associate Professors Cazorla, Csizmazia, West and Zimanyi; Assistant Pro fessors Maddux, Sweet, and A. Wilhelmsen; Adjunct Professors Coleman, Fougerousse, Her nandez, Herrera, and Simmons; Lecturer Cusick. Lecturer Cusick.

The University offers major programs in 'French, German, and Spanish. Greek and Latin are part of the Clas sics major program. Italian is offered through the intermediate level. The University of Dallas requires the successful completion of language 2311 and 2312 or above of all stu dents. Students who have completed at least two years of a language in high school and who wish to continue in that language will be advised, through placement interviews during freshman orientation, of the level for which to register. Some advanced students may sat isfy the University language require ment by successfully completing one semester of an upper-division level language course. Those who wish to begin a new language, or who are advised to be gin at the freshman level, select lan guage 1301-02, to be followed by intermediate language 2311-2312. Both courses are necessary to satisfy the language requirement at the interme diate level. Credits received for the elementary level will not be included in the 120 needed for graduation, except as a second language pursued at the Uni versity of Dallas.

The Classics Program The study of Classical languages and literature is an integral part of liberal education. The ancients teach us that to think well we must be free of ignorance and that the "freeing ,arts" encourage thoughtful inquiry into ourselves and the world around us. Language and thought affect one an other. The more we cultivate the tradi tional arts of language - grammar, rhetoric, and dialectic or reasoning through speech - the better we train ourselves to .think clearly and act wisely. The first and most profound inquir ies into human nature and the rela tionships among thought, speech, and deed appear in those great works of Greek and Roman antiquity which have decisively influenced our western tra dition and continue to have a power ful effect to this day on our ways of thinking, speaking and acting. Through the study of Classical languages and literature a student begins to gain direct access to the wisdom of the ancients and hence a deeper under standing of himself as a member of an intellectual and moral community that transcends time and place.

115

On the Elementary and first Inter mediate levels the beginning student is most of all concerned with learning the language well, for the study of language can be mind forming in it self. The student becomes more aware of the variety of language structures , of differences and similarities in thought and in expression. As the student's knowledge of the Classical language grows , he finds that he also begins to express himself more clearly and pre cisely in his own language because of his increased understanding of the true meanings of the many words and phrases in English which are de rived from Classical sources. On the later Intermediate and Ad vanced Levels the student puts his knowledge of the language to work . He himself reads , studies and writes critically about the best writers of an tiquity. The writers studied in these courses (Greek-e.g. Plato and Soph ocles ; Latin - e.g. Cicero and Vergil) are chosen because of their concern with man's understanding of himself and of the ties that bind him to the d ivine and human worlds. As the stu dent reads and contemplates the works , his awareness of the impor tance of such matters for his own life increases , as does his appreciation for the beauty and clarity with which the ancient writers have dealt with the abiding questions of human exist ence . The Major Program The Classics major goes on to broaden and deepen his understand ing of the ancient thinkers . In this respect the Classics Prog ram pre sents the student with a wholeness and unity of outlook in the study of man and the world which one rarely finds in other studies. This is due largely to the nature of ancient thought and the attitude toward learning in antiquity, which the teachers in the program attempt to preserve and illu minate through course offerings in variety of areas : e.g. philosophy, his 116

tory, epic , and drama. The student soon learns that these areas are dis tinguished from each other in the courses mostly for the sake of conve nience, and that the distinctions we moderns make with regard to branches of learning are largely lacking among the ancients . Through his studies in the various areas, the classics major pursues his sense of the wholeness. At the end of the junior year the Classics major writes and presents orally to a faculty panel a research paper of 15-20 pages . The general topic of the paper is determined by the subject of one of the advanced literature courses in the major lan guage for which the student is en rolled during the second semester, although he chooses the specific top ic himself, in consultation with the professor for the course. The junior paper becomes part of the grade for that course . Through this project the student develops his ability to sus tain a lengthier and more complex argument than has usually been re quired in his advanced language classes . He reads widely in primary and secondary sources and gains experience in making critical judg ments of ancient thinkers and con temporary scholars . In the last undergraduate year the Classics major writes a senior essay in which he brings together the fruits of his experiences in the various courses to produce an original criti cal treatment of a major author or theme. He presents his work to an audience of faculty and students, his intellectual community, and reveals his increased knowledge of the classical languages and understanding of an tiquity as a whole through written es says in a Senior Comprehensive Exam ination. The Classics Program participates with the Education Department in pre paring the student for secondary school certification in Latin. Please consult the Education Department list ing for further details.

Besides the great works of classi cal antiquity, special courses intro duce the student to the study of. the Christian Greek and Latin tradition. It was mostly in Greek and Latin that the Christian message, early Chris tian theology and spirituality took lit erary shape and spread over the world: the study of these original sources is highly important for a deeper under standing of our culture. Language Requirement

Students wishing to fulfill the Core Requirement in Foreign Languages by studying Greek or Latin must take one course at the 3300 level or two courses at the 2300 level or above . If a student has had courses in one of the languages elsewhere than at the University of Dallas and wishes to use these courses towards satis fying the language requirement, he should consult with the Classics Pro gram Advisor before registering in order to determine at what level he should enter the sequence of lan guage courses here. Note well : Greek or Latin 2311 are prerequisites for Greek or Latin 2312 (or Latin 2314).

Basic Requirements for a Bachelor of Arts Degree 24 advanced credits: 18 of these must be in the chosen major language (Greek or Latin), selected from offerings at the 3000-level or above. Included in these 18 are: 1) the Advanced Grammar and Composition course in the major language (Greek 3324 or Latin 3324); 2) Senior Project (see under The Major Program) in the major language (Greek 4342 or Latin 4342). 6 additional credits are selected from offerings at the 3000-level

or above in the major or second language or, by permission of the Program Advisor, may be chosen from advanced offerings in literature, politics, philosophy, history, etc. Whenever possibly, the Classics faculty will assist the student in doing work in the related field in the appropriate language. The second language (Latin or Greek) must be completed through the intermediate level. Advanced courses are recommended . Reading knowledge of one modern language, preferably German , is de termined through an examination ad ministered by the Program Advisor in consultation with professors in the ap propriate language. The student must pass this examination no later than the end of the junior year. Junior Paper: (see under The Ma jor Program) written and presented orally at the end of the junior year. Comprehensive Examination: The student is responsible for major read ings in the Classics. In consultation with the Program Advisor he chooses six areas of study at the end of the junior year. The examination is ad ministered during the second semes ter of the senior year. Indication that the student has passed the compre hensive is recorded on the final tran script . *The following basic program outline assumes that the student is able to study Latin at the intermediate level in the freshman year. If he must begin with Latin 1301 or 1305, he should plan to take one or more courses during at least one summer session or interterm . If a student qualifies for Latin 2312 or an advanced course in the 1st semester of his 'freshman year, he will have more electives than the schedule indicates. The program outline also assumes that Classics Majors will participate in the Rome Program in the Spring se mester of the Sophomore year. 117

Year I

Year III

Latin 2311 Greek 1301 English 1301 Philosophy 1301 Art , Drama, or Math

3 3 3 3 3 15

Adv. Major Language Theology 2311 Science History 1311 Elective

Latin 2312 Greek 2312 English 1302 Politics Art, Drama, or Math

3 3 3 3 3 15

Adv. Major Language (Junior Paper) Science History 1312 Electives

3 3 3 3 3 15 3 3 3 ~

Year II Advanced Latin or Related Field Greek 2311 English 2312 History 2302 Philosophy 2311

Greek 2312 English 2311 History 2301 Theology 1310 Philosophy 3323

118

Year IV 3 3 3 3 3 15

Major Language 3324 Philosophy 3325 Economics 1301 Art, Drama, or Math Elective

3 3 3 3 3 15

Adv. Major Language Senior Project 4342 Major or Second Language or Related Field Electives

3 3 3 3 ~

15 3 3 3 6 15

Courses in Greek

language and poetic style. Offered every second year.

1301- Elementary Greek 1302. Essentials of Greek language struc ture (both classical and koine); read ing of easy passages from classi cal prose writers and the New Testament. Understanding of the Greek elements in Western culture. Fall and Spring .

3328. Plato Reading of two dialogues (Euthyphro and erita) connected with the death of Socrates. Discussion of Socrates' personality, the literary form and philosophical content of the dia logues. Offered every second year.

2311- Intermediate 2312. Greek Grammar review and study of more advanced syntactical structures. Se lected readings from classical Greek prose and poetry.

3334. New Testament Readings Longer continuous passages of the Gospels and one letter of Paul are analyzed in language and literary form as well as in their historical and theological contexts. Offered every second year.

3324. Advanced Grammar and Composition Offered every second year. Required for majors. 3325. Greek Historians Readings in Herodotus and Thucy dides. A study of their aims, meth ods and distinctive styles, and a consideration of the principles in terms of which they understand his torical action . Offered every sec ond year. 3326. Greek Tragedy Reading of two tragedies, one by Euripides and one by Sophocles , focusing on drama as a means of investigating human nature and the relationship between man and the city. Offered every second year. 3327. Homer, Odyssey Extensive reading from the Odyssey Study of the Homeric world, Homeric

3335. Patristic Readings The course is an introduction to the rich tradition of Greek patristic literature and analyzes texts of 4 or 5 major writers from the II to the V century, usually including Ignatius, Athanasius, one of the Cappado cians, Cyril of Jerusalem and John Chrysostom . Offered as needed . 4340. Classical Mythology A study, through the reading of a series of texts in English transla tions, of the character, function and development of Greek mythology as it appears in Greek poetry and philosophy. 4342. Senior Project See description under The Major Program. 4351. Directed Readings Classical and patristic authors.

119

Courses in Latin 1301- Latin 1302. Latin grammar and syntax with some emphasis on the historical back grounds of the language and the principles of word-formation . Read ing of simple texts . Fall and Spring . 1302. Grammar Review Designed for students who have studied the equivalent of at least two years of Latin at the secondary school level , but need an intensive review in order to study at the in termediate level. Open to students with no prior training in Latin by permission of the Program Advisor. Fall only. 2311. Intermediate Latin I: Roman Prose Selected readings of Roman prose writers, primarily Cicero. Prerequi site: Latin 1302, Latin 1305, or equiv alent. A placement exam is required for those who have not completed either of these courses. Fall and Spring . 2312. Intermediate Latin II: Roman Poetry Selected readings from the works of Catullus, Vergil, and Ovid . Fall and Spring. 2314. Intermediate Latin II: Ecclesiastical Tradition Selections from patristic , medieval, and modern Latin texts, illustrating history, doctrine, and piety of the Church . Can be taken by permis sion of the Program Advisor. Offered as needed . 3324. Advanced Grammar and Composition Translation and study of Caesar and Cicero to improve grasp of gram mar and syntax and to acquire a sense of style. Required for majors and those seeking accreditation to teach Latin in secondary school . Offered every second year. 3325. Roman Philosophy Reading and study of Lucretius and Cicero, to investigate the nature of philosophic writing and to seek un derstanding of the peculiarly Ro

120

man contribution to the western phil osophical tradition. Offered every second year.

3326. Roman Lyric Selected poems of Catullus, Vergil (Eclogues) and Horace (Odes) . A study of the uses, the power and the diversity of lyric poetry in Latin . Offered every second year. 3327. Roman Drama Reading of two comedies , one of Plautus and one of Terence ; addi tional readings from a tragedy of Seneca. Emphasis on the specific nature of drama at Rome in com parison with the Greek tradition. Offered every second year. 3328. Roman Historians Readings in Sallust. Livy and Tacitus . A study of their aims , methods and distinctive styles, and a consider ation of the analytical and didactic functions of Roman historiography. Offered every second year. 3329. Roman Satire Reading of the satires of Horace and Juvenal and of the Cena Tri malchionis of Petronius . Consider ation of the question of satire as a uniquely Roman invention. Offered as needed . 3330. Vergil, Aeneid A reading of selections from the poem in Latin and a study of the poem as a whole in translation . Offered as needed. 3331. Roman Elegy Readings in Tibullus, Propertius and Ovid (amores) . Investigation of the nature of elegy at Rome and com parison of each elegist's aims. 3332. Cicero Translation of an oration of Cicero'S and study, primarily in translation, of other writings of his with empha sis on his understanding of the ed ucation of the statesman in oratory and philosophy. Offered as needed . 3334. St. Augustine Selections from the Confessions and the City of God reveal to us not only a fascinating human being and

a most influential Christian thinker, but also a great master of Latin prose writing. Offered every sec ond year.

3335. Medieval Readings This course explores the rich heri tage of medieval Latin literature from the V century of Leo the Great to the XIII of Thomas Aquinas and Bonaventure: prose and poetry, texts of history and philosophy, theology and spiritual writings . Offered as needed . 4342. Senior Project See description under The Major Program .

4351. Directed Readings Classical or medieval authors .

5345. Teaching Latin (Ed. 5345) A course in the special concerns of the teacher of Latin in second ary school; evaluation of various approaches to teaching Latin ; prac tice in pronunciation and in explain ing the structures of the language; ways of relating the cultural back ground to the language foreground . Required for Latin teaching field if the student has no experience in teaching Latin . Should be taken concurrently with practice teaching .

121

The Modern Languages The University of Dallas is an insti tution pursuing the universal values of a liberal education and relates its language requirements to the objec tives of such an educational program which proposes to acquaint the stu dent with all the major categories of intellectual activity. Therefore, the De partment emphasizes the humanistic values of language studies, it gives the student an experience which can be gathered in no other way by giv ing him the opportunity to see his own national culture through the ethi cal and aesthetic norms and values of another nation's culture. The strongest argument in favor of the study of a foreign language is to be found in its cultural benefit, but it also can be considered a "useful" subject. Every day more opportuni ties become available to the well educated man or woman with an au thentic command of a foreign language and with the skills necessary to func tion in the non-academic world : as interpreters and translators, as jour nalists in various capacities with firms operating overseas, as bilingual sec retaries, as journalists in international organizations such as the World Health Organization, in the Foreign Depart ment of large banks, and in the diplo matic world of Foreign Service. The basic language requirement may be satisfied in several ways. See "Basic requirements for a Bachelor of Arts Deg ree." Basic requirements for a Major in French German, or Spanish are 30 credits in upper-division courses in the same language; a second lan guage, French, German, Spanish, Italian, Latin or Greek completed at least through the intermediate level. Language 4348 (Senior Project): Out standing students may prepare an independent research paper in their senior year under the direction of their 122

faculty advisor. It will be presented at the end of the Fall semester. It is recommended that all language majors elect Art 1311 and 1312, The History of Art and Architecture, and Language 3330, Introduction to Lin quistics, or Education 5454. Recommended electives at the ad vanced level for French Majors in clude History 3326 ans 3327; for Ger man Majors History 3328 and 3329; for Spanish Majors, History 3320 and 3321. All advanced level courses are conducted entirely in the language, with the exception of 3330 (Intro. to Linquistics). The Foreign Language Program also cooperates with the Ed ucation Department in preparing the student for secondary school certifi cation in French, German, or Spanish. Please consult the appropriate Edu cation Department listings. Comprehensive Examination

During the spring semester of the senior year a comprehensive exam, oral and written, is taken by the stu dent. It consists of questions con cerning the literature and history of the culture created by speakers of a given language. The exam is con ducted in the major language. Pass ing of the exam Will be pre-requisite for graduation.

Foreign Language Internship

Year I Art, Drama, Math English 1301 History 1311 Language 2311 Philosophy 1301

3 3 3 3 3

15 Art, Drama, Math English 1302 History 1312 Language 2312 Economics 1311

3 3 3 3 3

Year II (during Sophomore Year) English 2311-2312 History 2301-2302 Philosophy 2311 Theology 1310 Politics 1311 Art, Drama, Math Major Language

6 6 3 3 3 3 ~

Year III Major Language

Philosophy 3323

Second Language Science

6 3 3 3

A student who qualifies and is ap proved by the Foreign Language Oe partment chairman (in agreement with a professor of French, Spanish, or German) can earn one credit per se mester by spending three hours per week in the Foreign Language Center. Assignments may include work with listening and viewing materials, com piling scripts, designing modules for cultural or grammatical study, plan ning activities for language clubs, work ing with students of lower Foreign Language proficiency, and helping with the administration of the Foreign Lan guage Center. The Foreign Language Internship should be especially valuable for Ed ucation Majors with a teaching field in a Foreign Language. To qualify, a student should have completed at least the Intermediate level of Foreign Lan guage Instruction. Scheduling of the required hours will be determined at the beginning of the semester; it is essential that the schedule be adhered to strictly. Can be repeated once.

15 Major Language Theology 2311 Second Language Science

Year IV Major Language, including Senior Project Elective Second Language Elective

6 3 3 3

15 Major Language Philosophy elective Second Language Elective

6 3 3 ~

International Management Because students with working pro ficiency in a foreign language have a distinct advantage in multinational com panies, the MBA in International Man agement is a popular graduate school choice for the foreign language major or other students who have unusual language facility. The international experience of the Rome semester during the sophomore year, or a summer in Spain, add to the unusual preparation the Universi ty offers for a career in multinational

123

Courses in French 1301- Elementary French 1302. The basic structure and grammar of the language; elementary read ing, idiomatic translations from En glish to French, and conversation; intensive use of the language labo ratory. A cultural approach. Fall and Spring. 2-semester course. 2311- Intermediate French 2312. Review of grammar; study of syn tax and idioms; composition and conversation; extensive reading of French classical prose and poetry. Fall and Spring. 2-semester course. 2111- Intermediate Conversation 2112. Intermediate Conversational Prac tice. Includes activities designed to build vocabulary, increase oral proficiency and deepen under standing of language and culture . Required of students registering for French 2311 and 2312. Fall and Spring. 2120. Studio Drama One credit hour is awarded for par ticipation in the complete produc tion of one play. 3119. Foreign Language Internship 3321- Introduction to French 3322. Literature From the 10th through 20th centu ries. Masterpieces of the Middle Ages, the French Renaissance and Classicism; the philosophical thought of the eighteenth century; Roman ticism, Realism , and Symbolism; trends in our century: Fall and Spring . 3323- Advanced French 3324. Grammar Conversation and composition with special emphasis on grammatical and sentence analyses as well as on explication de texte. Prerequi site: French 2312. Fall and Spring.

124

3325. French Literature in the 17th Century The development of French Classi cism in poetry, drama, and prose. This course is designed to bring the student a deep knowledge of what constitute the eminence of the Louis XIV Century. 3326. French Literature In the 19th Century From the revolution of the Roman tic school through Realism to Natur alism. 3327. French Literature In the 20th Century Development of French poetry from the end of the nineteenth century to the present day. Main trends in the novel and the theater. Existen tialism and literature. 3330. Introduction to Linguistics See description under "Courses in German." 3331. French Drama in the 19th Century The dramatic literature of Victor Hugo, Alfred de Vigny, Alfred de Musset, etc., with special empha sis on the theory of the romantic drama which opens the doors to the modern drama. 3335. French Literature in the 18th Century From Gil Bias through the "Philoso phies" and the writing which ac companied the Revolution, with spe cial emphasis on the ideas leading to the Revolution of 1789. 4332. Modern French Poetry From Baudelaire through symbol ism and surrealism to the present. 4333. Cont,mporary French Novel From Gide and Proust to Sartre and Camus. 4334. French Drama in the 20th Century From the Theater-Libre through sym bolism and classicism to the "thea ter of the absurd." 4348. Senior Project 4351. Directed Readings

Courses in German 1301- Elementary German 1302. Essentials of German; functional grammar and basic patterns of lin guistic structure . Reading of easy prose and poetry devoted to anal ysis of comprehension. First con tact with German culture. Fall and Spring. 2-semester course . 2311- Intermediate German 2312. German 2311 is a brief review of major structural elements. Practice of vocabulary and idiomatic usages to facilitate the understanding, writ ing, and speaking of basic Ger man. Analytic reading of moder ately difficult prose and poetry. Fall . German 2312 is a brief overview of history, culture, and current affairs in the German speaking countries , combined with active practice of the language in listening, speak ing , reading , and writing . Spring . Prerequisite: German 1302 or two years of German in high school. German 2311 and 2312 are differ ent in content and independent of each other. Thus 2312 may be tak en before 2311 by students who go to Rome in Fall. Both courses are necessary to satisfy the lan guage requirement at the Interme diate level. 2111 2112. Intermediate Conversation Intermediate Conversational Prac tice. Includes activities designed to build vocabulary, increase oral proficiency and deepen understand ing of language and culture. Re quired of students registering for German, 2311 and 2312 . Fall and Spring. 2120. Studio Drama One credit hour is awarded for par ticipation in the complete produc tion of one play. 3119. Foreign Language Internship

3314. Advanced Readings A course designed to acquaint stu dents with the typical style of Ger man expository prose . Emphasis on reading comprehension, ad vanced grammatical structures, and vocabulary expansion through trans lation exercises. The basic textbook is supplemented with original se lections by various authors. Offered as needed . 3323. Advanced Spoken German Expansion of vocabulary and flexi bility of expression are gained through informal conversation based on a variety of texts, including news media. Fall . 3324. Advanced German Composition A course designed to expand and improve the student's ability to ex press himself easily in writing with attention given to contemporary id iomatic German. 3325. Masterpieces of Early German Literature (800-1750) From the first documents of the Carolingian Era to the Age of En lightenment. With empha~is on the medieval epics, courtly poetry, Re naissance, Baroque , and the work of Lessing . Historic events and lit erary theories contributing to the development of German language and literature. 3326. The Age of Goethe (1750-1830) Goethe and Schiller. From Storm and Stress to Classicism . The Ro mantic School in Jena, Heidelberg , and Berlin . HOlderlin, Kleist. 3327. From Realism to Symbolism (1830-1910) Viennese Dramatists. "Young Ger many," Poetic Realism, Naturalism . The impact of scientific progress and Nietzsche's philosophy on lit erature. Hauptmann. Impressionism and Symbolism; George, Hafmanns thai , Rilke. 3328. The 20th Century Expressionism, "New Objectivity," Exile literature and "Inner Emigra tion." New beginnings after World War II. Literature in a divided Ger many. Swiss and Austrian writers.

125

3330. Introduction to Linguistics The structural and the comparative approach with an emphasis on the Indo-European languages. The for mal , historical and cultural conno tations of man's symbol-creating capacity as manifested in vocabu laries and grammar. Designed for language majors. Conducted in En glish . Spring .

intensive reading to give an intro duction to Hispanic culture; em phasis upon aural comprehension . Prerequisite: Spanish 1302 or equiv alent. Spanish 2312 is a panoram ic study of the cultural history of the Spanish-speaking world . Conducted entirely in Spanish . The sequence 2311, 2312 may be reversed with the approval of the Department.

3331. German Poetry From Walther von der Vogelweide to Ernst and Enzensberger with an introduction to poetic forms and theories.

2111- Intermediate Conversation 2112. Intermediate Conversational Prac tice . Includes activities designed to build vocabulary, increase oral proficiency and deepen understand ing of language and culture. Re quired of students registering for Spanish 2311 and 2312 . Fall and Spring .

3332. German Prose Criticism and interpretation of rep resentative prose works . 3333. German Drama Trends and theories from Lessing to Weiss. 4348. Senior Project

2120. Studio Drama One credit hour is awarded for par ticipation in the complete produc tion of one play.

4351. Directed Readings

3119. Foreign Language Internship

Courses in Spanish 1301- Elementary Spanish 1302. The basic essentials of Spanish grammar; vocabulary building ; idi omatic translations "from Spanish to English and English to Spanish; reading of easy prose and poetry; intense work in the language labo ratory to aid aural comprehension and oral expression. Fall and Spring. 2311- Intermediate 2312. Spanish Spanish 2311 is a review of the basic structure of the language;

126

3321. Introduction to Literary Studies in 'Spanish The chronological development of literature in Spanish in relation to its historical background and to oth er world-wide or European move ments. The course will define liter ary characterstics of key periods from the Medieval period to the Post-Civil War in Spain. Examina tion and analysis of selected short texts from different periods and gen res . Required for Spanish majors; open to non-majors. 3323. Advanced Spoken Spanish An oral approach to the contempo

rary currents of the Hispanic world based on readings and discussions of newspaper articles and other sources of information.

3324. Advanced Spanish Composition Study of the growth and structure of the language , and analysis of literary texts taken from modern Spanish and Spanish-American authors. 3325. 19th-Century Spanish Literature The 19th-century Romantic drama and prose, and the development of the Realist novel , culminating in the work of Galdos. 3326. Early 20th-Century Spanish Literature The group of writers known as the Generacion del '98 (Unamuno, Ma chado, Baroja, Valle-Inclan , Azorin, Benavente) . 3327. Golden Age Drama and Poetry Renaissance and Baroque drama and poetry in Spain, from the early theater through Lope de Vega and Calderon . 3328. The Novel of the Golden Age The development of prose fiction, with emphasis on the study of Don Qui/ote de la Mancha. 3329. Viceregal Literature This course concentrates on liter ary works written between the dis covery of America and the Inde pendence. The works of Bernal Diaz del Castillo , Sor Juana Ines, Inca Garcilaso and Andres Bello will re ceive special attention . 3330. Introduction to Linguistics See description under German 3330. 3331. Introduction to Spanish Philology and Styllstics The basis for a philological study of Spanish, including a history of the evolution of the language from Latin and an introduction to the most widely-known theories govern ing attitudes towards linguistics. The course also offers a practical ap plication of stylistics. It is conducted in Spanish.

3333. Modern Spanish American Literature A study of trends in Spanish Amer ican Literature starting with Roman ticism and ending with the litera ture of our times . Among those authors to be studied : Sarmiento, Ruben Dario, Larreta, Azuela, Garcia Marquez and Asturias . 3334. Contemporary Drama in Spain A study in the theater from the "esperpentos" of Valle-Inclan and the drama of Lorca up to the post war dramatists, Buero Vallejo, Sastre, and Gala. 3335. Contemporary Novel In Spain An examination of the postwar nov elists including Camilo Jose Cela, Carmen Laforet , Juan Goytisolo. 3337. Contemporary Poetry in Spain The Generation of '27 (Lorca, Guil len, Diego, Salinas, Alberti, Da masco Alonso, Cernuda) and the younger poets of today. 3338. Medieval Literature In Spain The main currents of thought in Medieval Spain will be examined through representative literary works. The following works will be studied among others: EI conde Lucanor, EI poema del Cid, EI Libra del Buen Amor, and EI cancionera de Baena. 3339. History of Mexico A one semester course that offers the student a panoramic view of the Mexican history from the Pre Colombian age through the Mexican Revolution . 3340. History of Spain In the Middle Ages A survey of Spanish History from the fall of the Visigothic Monarchy to the reign of the Catholic Mon archs . The course emphasizes the development of Spain's national character during the struggle be tween the Christian kingdoms of the north and Moslem AI-Andalus throughout the Reconquista. The survey culminates with the unifica tion of Spain by Ferdinand and Isabel.

127

3341. History of Hapsburg Spain 16 and 17 Century A history of Spain in the Renais sance and Baroque Age; imperial grandeur in the reigns of Charles V and Philip II; gradual decline un der the Hapsburgs of the seven teenth century. 3342. History of Bourbon Spain (18th and 19th Centuries) A survey of Spanish history under the Bourbons studying the Enlight enment , the Fall of the Old Re gime, the establishment of the New Regime, and the events of the 20th century leading to the outbreak of the Spanish Civil War in 1936. 4348. Senior Project 4351. Directed Readings May and Summer Session in Spain Courses in Spanish language, Litera

128

ture , and History are taught by University of Dallas faculty during the May and Sum mer Sessions in Spain . High school lan guage teachers, incoming freshmen, and high school seniors are admitted to the program as well as any University of Dallas student. The academic calendar of the Spanish programs is adjusted to be a natural coordination for students going to or coming from the Rome Campus .

Courses in Italian 1301- Elementary Italian 1302. Development of all basic skills ; speaking, oral comprehension, read ing, writing . Language Laboratory. Fall and Spring . 2311- Intermediate Italian 2312. Review of grammar; readings of literary texts; discussions and com positions; introduction to Italian cul ture. Fall and Spring .

General Studies ~

Faculty, as required.

The University makes available each semester various one-credit courses which are of both topical and contin uing interest to its students . These courses, extra to the regular offer ings, are graded on a Pass/Fail basis. Four of these credits may be in cluded in the 120 credits required for graduation . The courses range from regular of ferings in University Chorus and The atre Arts Workshhop to Journalism Practicum, Dance and Community Vol unteer Services. The faculty for these courses are usually selected from the regular University staff although oc casionally outside personnel are uti lized in order to suit the interests and needs of the students . Also carried under this designation is a three-credit course, Music in the Elementary School. Open to all stu dents, it is required for students seek ing elementary certification . Please consult Music for the General Studies music listings.

Regular General Studies Offerings 1101. Theater Arts Workshop sThis is an opportunity for all stu dents to participate in the Universi ty Theater whether on stage or be hind the scenes working with sets, costumes , lighting, etc . Open try outs are held for the major produc tions throughout the year. Drama majors should take this for a grade as Drama 1101 . 1106. Community Volunteer Services This program offers several oppor

tunities to participate in community service. Programs include the YMCA Tutor Program , Children's Hospital Volunteer Program , work with the University parish .

1109. Journal Practicum The practicum is designed for stu dents with interests in newswriting and journalism techniques as applied to the publication of the University newspaper or the yearbook. The course will offer a basic introduc tion into principles of newswriting, handling assignments , lay-out, use of photo and art, and feature writing. 1114- Aerospace Studies/ 1124. Air Force ROTC UD students who wish to earn ap pointments as commissioned officers in the United States Air Force may participate in the Air Force ROTC general military course and the pro fessional officer course through the program at North Texas State Uni versity. Credits earned in the ROTC program are included as electives toward the undergraduate degree at the University of Dallas. Course descriptions are available through the Registrar's Office . Further infor mation on the prog ram can be se cured from the Department of the Air Force, Detachment 835, Air Force ROTC , North Texas State Uni versity, Denton, Texas 76203 . 1115. Art Gallery Workshop A one-credit course for students interested in learning about gallery installation and management. Stu dents assist with exhibitions in the Haggar University Gallery program including installation , tours, help ing with reception , researching and historical or critical aspects of par ticular exhibitions, and by serving as docents.

129

130

Department of History

Chairman and Professor Sommerfeldt; Associ ate Professors Swietek and Welch; Assistant Professors Jodziewicz and A. Wilhelmsen ; Visiting Assistant Professor McClure; Adjunct Instructor Diebel.

The Department offers introductory courses in Western Civilization and American Civilization to provide all students with an understanding of the distance man has come and the routes he has traveled. Advanced courses treat times and movements in suffi cient detail to permit close analysis, the development of theory, and to provide practice in techniques of the historian . In the senior year the history major undertakes an independent research project in which he or she must eval uate sources and materials, place problems in context, and make judg ments. Training in history is excellent back ground for graduate study in political science, public administration, jour nalism, teaching, and the law.

Requirements for a Major in History: Twenty-four advanced credits in his tory, including History 4347 and 4348. Six advanced credits must be in Ameri can History and six in European His tory. In the spring semester of the junior year the student selects a topic for the senior thesis. In the following fall he or she registers for History 4348 and is assigned to a professor who will supervise the development of the thesis. The student's compre hensive examination, given in the spring, is based upon the thesis.

Year I

Art , Drama, or Mathematics English 1301 History 1311 Language 1301 (or 2311) Philosophy 1301

Art, Drama, or Mathematics English 1302 History 1312 Language 1302 (or 2312) Economics 1311

~ 15

Year II

English 2311-2312 History 2301-2302 Philosophy 2311 Theology 1310 Politics 1311 Language (or elective) Art, Drama, or Mathematics

Year III

History elective Philosophy 3323 Science elective Elective

History 4347 History elective Theology 2311 Science elective Elective

131

Year IV History 4348 History elective Philosophy elective Electives

3 3 3 6 15

History elective Electives

6 9 15

Courses in History 1311. American Civilization I Beginning with the advent of Euro pean man in the new world, the course surveys the Colonial Peri od, the Revolution, the shaping of the Federal Union, westward ex pansion, the slavery controversy, and closes with the Civil War. Fall. 1312. American Civilization II The course surveys the develop ment of the American nation from the Civil War and reconstruction, the close of the frontier, the impact of technology and petroleum, the emergence of the United States as a world power, and the American role in the world wars. An effort is made to place the American civili zation in context by reference to events occurring in the rest of the world. Spring. 2301. Western Civilization I By providing an introduction to the meaning of the Western heritage, the Western Civilization sequence offers the historical framework nec essary to the integration of the ele ments which make up a liberal ed ucation. Beginning with the cultures of the ancient Near East, this course proceeds chronologically through the Greco-Roman, medieval, Re naissance and Reformation peri ods, acquainting the student with major political, social, and intellec tual movements . 2302. Western Civilization II Proceeding from the Reformation, this course continues through the era of European exploration, the Enlightenment, the French Revo

132

lution and its aftermath, the Indus trial Revolution , nineteenth-century nationalism, and the two World Wars, and concludes with a consideration of postwar circumstances. 3301. The Roman Republic A survey of Roman history begin ning with the founding of the city and concluding with the death of Julius Caesar. Topics include the regal period, the struggle of the orders, Roman imperialism, the de velopment of Roman culture, and the crisis of the republican consti tution. Fall.

3302. The Roman Empire Surveys the history of Rome from the Augustan age to the fall of the empire in the West. Topics include the principate and the development of absolutism, imperial culture, the impact of Christianity, the reforms of Diocletian and Constantine , and the causes of Roman decline. Spring . 3303. Ancient Greece Beginning with the Mycenaean age , this course surveys the political and cultural development of Greece to the Hellenistic era. Topics include the character of the polis, Greek commerce and colonization , the Persian wars, the Athenian empire and its achievements, the Pelopon nesian war, fourth-century philoso phy, Alexander the Great and the Hellenistic successor states. 3313. Constitutional History of England to 1688 English constitutional and legal de velopment from the Anglo-Saxon invasions to the Glorious Revolu tion. The emphasis is upon the ways in which law reflects society and how societal needs determine the law. Special attention is given to the orgin and development of two fundamental institutions: the Anglo American judicial system and rep resentative government. 3315. Medieval Europe I Beginning with the decline of the Roman Empire and the rise of the Germanic successor states, the course surveys the development of medieval western civilization to the

eleventh century. Topics include the expansion of Christianity, the Byzantine state , the Carolingian empire , the feudal and manorial systems , the Ottonian age, the in vestiture controversy, and the cru sading movement.

3316. Medieval Europe" A survey of the political , social, economic, religious and intellectu al aspects of medieval civilization from the twelfth century to the fif teenth . Topics include the twelfth century renaissance, the develop ment of papal power, the growth of national states, and the transition from medieval to modern world . 3317. Modern Europe I The Renaissance and Reformation. Religious Wars. Decline of Germany. Struggle for European Hegemony. Spain, France, England. The Wars of Louis XIV and the 18th-century duel between England and France. The philosophy of Rationalism and the Enlightenment. 3318. Modern Europe " The French Revolution and Napo leon's Empire. Reaction and Revo lution from 1815 to 1848. The forces of Nationalism. Unification of Ger many and Italy. Town-politics and Imperialism to 1914. World War I and Versailles. The rise of dictator ships. World War II and the Cold War. 3320. History of Spain I A survey of Spanish history begin ning with the prehistoric age, pro ceeding through the Reconquista, and ending with the death of the Catholic kings at the close of the Middle Ages. 3321. History of Spain " Beginning with the discovery of the new world and the development of the Spanish empire and closing with the Spanish Civil War and Franco's Spain . Particular attention is given to the House of Hapsburg and the Siglo de Oro of Spain .

3322. Topics in Roman History A detailed study of selected as pects of Roman civilization. Stu dents will make presentations based upon a variety of primary and sec ondary source materials. 3323. Topics in Medieval History A detailed study of selected aspects of western medieval civilization . Students will make presentations based upon a variety of primary and secondary source materials. 3324. History of England I A survey of English history from Celtic times to the end of the Tudor period. Topics include the Roman conquest , the Anglo-Saxon king doms, the Norman conquest and its consequences, the development of common law and parliament, the effects of the Hundred Years War, the Tudor monarchy, the English Reformation, the Elizabethan age, and the early Stuarts. 3325. History of England " The course covers the later Stuart and Georgian periods, industrial ization and the American Revolu tion, the era of the French Revolu tion and nineteenth-century reform, imperialism and twentieth-century Britain. 3326. Modern France I A study of the foundations of the Bourbon monarchy, Richelieu and Louis XlV, royal absolutism , politi cal and territorial expansion, the growth and climax of French civili zation of the "Great Century," in tensifying social and economic cri sis and the background and the course of the Revolution. 3327. Modern France " The rise and fall of Napoleon and his empire , the Bourbon restora tion and its precarious existence until 1848, and the emergence of Napoleon III. The Third Republic and its problems, France as the cultural and artistic center of Europe, political and military events lead ing to the World Wars, and recov ery under DeGaulle and his suc cessors.

133

3328. Medieval Germany The Germanic contribution to the growth of European culture and civ ilization. This course studies pre migration Germanic culture, the VOlkerwanderung, the interaction be tween Germanic and Christian Roman culture , and the formation and dissolution of the medieval Ro man Empire to about 1500. 3329. Modern Germany Germany contributed a series of seminal figures to the growth of modern European culture and civi lization , among them Luther, Bach , Frederick the Great, Goethe , Bee thoven, Bismarck and Hitler. This course studies the rise of Protes tantism and the Roman Catholic response ; the development of the dynastic and national state; the En lightenment, Romantic ism, Conser vatism , Marxism, and Naziism ; the interrelationship between ideas and institutions in Germany and central Europe from about 1500 to the present. 3330. Contemporary Europe After a short survey of European history from 1914 to the present , select problems, such as the causes of World War I, the Treaty of Ver sailles , and Hitler's rise to power are treated in depth. 3332. Diplomatic History of the Great Powers, 1870-1939 A survey of international relations from the Franco-Prussian War through World War I, Versailles, the emergence of dictatorships and the outbreak of World War II . 3333. The Culture of Nineteenth Century Europe A history of intellectual, political and artistic movements , beginning with the attempted restoration of the Ancien Regime and ending with the final triumph of Liberalism , Ma terialism within a purely secular state animated by boundless Nationalism.

134

3334. The French Revolution and its Interpretations A factual survey of the event of the Revolut ion , as inspired by novel ideas, followed by an examination of short and long-range impacts of revolutionary ideas in Europe throughout the nineteenth century as reflected in the works of leading contemporary historians. 3336. The American City The course explores the nature of the city and the factors which cause men to come together in communi ties. The origins of particular cities are considered , as well as the stages through which cities pass. The influence of technology, of reli gion , and of art are examined, as are problems resulting from urban ization. 3337. The Civil War Beginning with the impact of the cotton gin, the industrialization of the North, the slavery controversy, and the Dred Scott decision , the course proceeds with the firing on Fort Sumter, secession , the North ern strategy, the battles , Appomat tox , and Reconstruction . 3338. The American Frontier A review of the American pioneering experience from the first settlements in Virginia and Massachusetts to the close of the frontier in the late nineteenth century. Attention is giv en to certain aspects of the "Old West " that affect modern America. Emphasis is placed upon the thought of Frederick Jackson Turn er, Herbert E. Bolton and Walter Prescott Webb . 3339. The Texas Southwest The course begins with Cabeza de Vaca and Coronado, passes through the Spanish and Mexican periods and those of the Republic , state hood , and Confederate Texas. Em phasis is upon post Civil War Tex as, built first on cattle and agricul ture, then augmented by petroleum and industrialization. Attention is also given the Indian Territory and New Mexico.

3340. American Colonial History A study of the development of main land English North America using a chronological-topical approach. Topics include religion, aspects of localism, imperial policies, social structure, and early Anglo-American culture. 3341. America: 1750-1800 After a thorough consideration of Anglo-American society and cul ture in the mid-eighteenth century, particular attention is given to events leading to the American Revolu tion, the Revolution itself, the Arti cles of Confederation and the es tablishment of the federal Constitu tion, and the administrations of Washington and Adams. 3342. Age of Jefferson and Jackson (1800-1845) Beginning with the contribution and thought of Thomas Jefferson, the decisions of the Marshall Court, the Louisiana Purchase, westward ex pansion, the Mississippi River, Jack sonian democracy, Manifest Destiny, and the beginnings of the slav ery controversy. 3343. The American Indian A study of the Indian from the earli est times, with emphasis on the adjustments made necessary by the landing of European man. 3344. American Diplomatic History I The development of American re lations with other nations is traced from the Revolution through the Jefferson and Madison administra tions, the Mexican War and early continental expansion, the Civil War, the Spanish-American War and im perialism at the turn of the century. 3345. American Diplomatic History II A study of American relations with Latin America, World War I, isola tionism, participation in World War II, origins of the Cold War, and contemporary diplomatic problems. 3346. Seminar In American History Selected topics in American historio graphy.

3347. American Social and Cultural History to 1865 Topics covered will include the con cept of the New World, the family, privacy, death, slavery, education, religion, class and social mobility, localism and nationalism. 3348. The Immigrant In American History A study of the major ethnic immi grant groups involved in peopling America from the seventeenth cen tury to modern times . 3367. The History of Ireland Prehistoric Ireland and the contri butions of the Celts to Ireland and Europe; the flourishing of Irish cul ture in the early middle ages and the effects of the Viking, Norman, and English invasions; the impact of the British occupation and ef forts to achieve independence. Throughout the emphasis will be on the Irish search for self-identity as reflected in politics, art, litera ture, and religion. 4323. The Renaissance Between 1300 and 1517, great changes in European life were brought about by the catastrophic Black Death, the Babylonian Cap tivity of the papacy, the activities of merchant venturers, the rise of the new state, and the thought of nomi nalists and the humanists of the Italian ,Renaissance . This course studies the effect of these events and movements on the political, ecclesiastical, social, and intellec tual life, as well as on the art and architecture, of the time. 4324. The Reformation After 1517, the Western church broke apart, affecting radically the unity of European culture and civi lization. Luther, Calvin, and Zwingli reshaped religious thought and in stitutions. At the same time, the Roman Catholic Church underwent a renewal which has affected it to this very day. All of this was ac companied by bitter religious and political wars, but also by the rise of modern science, visionary so cial schemes, and a feverish artis tic activity.

135

ments of research ; current trends of interpretation and philosophy of history. Successful completion of this course is prerequisite to enroll足 ment in History 4348. Spring .

4326. Topics in the Renaissance and Reformation A detailed study of selected aspects of European culture and civilization during the fourteenth , fif足 teenth, sixteenth , and early seven足 teenth centuries.

4348. Senior Thesis Each student investigates a topic he has selected and, with the guid足 ance of his professor, develops an appropriate paper upon which he will be examined in the following semester. Prerequisite History 4347. Fall .

4335. History of Mexico An introduction to the history of Mexico from Pre-Colombian times to the Revolution of 1910. 4347. Historical Methodology Seminar in the development of historiography; methods and instru-

4357. Special Studies in History

-L

;

-'...

cc~) f

(

I 136

Department of Mathematics

Acting Chairman and Professor Towne; Associ ate Professors Asner and Coppin; Assistant Professor Thomas; Adjunct Professors Bernard, Funnell, Pruiett, and Thompson.

The discipline of mathematics is defined as much by its methodology as it is by its content. Indeed, it is this methodology which unifies the differ ent areas of mathematics. The De partment of Mathematics seeks to in volve students at all levels in the thoughts and methods of mathemat ics in an active, alive way. The courses in the department are organized around three related areas: the core curriculum, service to other disciplines, and the major in mathe matics.

requirement. There are many areas of mathematics from which the stu dent may choose . Each of these areas deals with profound ideas that play an important part in our culture. The courses in Euclidean and Non-Eucli dean Geometry, Number Theory, and Introduction to Mathematical Thinking are designed explicitly for this pur pose. Introduction to Computer Sci ence and Calculus I, II, and III may also serve the purpose of the core requirement, as do the other more advanced courses in the department.

The Core Requirement: Much of mathematics has its roots in science, but the spirit of mathematical inquiry is not bound to any specific area. Mathematics is an important disci pline for every educated person. All students at the University of Dallas are therefore required to study some mathematics. The goal of the requirement is to strengthen the stu dent's imaginative and deductive pow ers through the discipline imposed by rigorous mathematical thinking. The precise use of language and logic characteristic of mathematics is de veloped in the courses which the stu dent may select to meet the core

Service To Other Disciplines: Math ematics and the sciences have cross fertilized each other for centuries. Phys ics, biology, chemistry and econom ics all draw on mathematical ideas and techniques . The precalculus calculus sequence is the primary av enue for learning these ideas . The knowledge of computation learned in Introduction to Computer Science can be applied in other disciplines where the computer can be used as a pow erful tool for scientific investigation . Many mathematical concepts grew out of problems in science, and the content of a number of upper level courses reflects this relationship. 137

The Major: The purpose of the ma jor is to immerse the student in the content and methodology of mathe matics as it is practiced by active mathematicians. The basic require ments in the major introduce students to the core ideas of the discipline. Electives within the major permit stu dents to pursue further areas of spe cial interest. The course in Linear Point Set Theory is an important bridge into the major. In that course, the student begins the immersion into the mathematical pro cess, and the foundation is built for later work in Analysis and other courses. Linear Point Set Theory, along with Algebraic Structures and Analysis I and II, highlight methods of proof, raising and settling of questions, de veloping precise definitions of con cepts, and thinking and writing con cisely in mathematical terms. The student who has immersed himself or herself in these mathematical ideas will be able to approach the other courses in the major with the per spective of the working mathematician. Mathematical concepts have a pro found influence on the world outside of mathematics. Equally important, the world external to mathematics has helped shape the discipline. It is im portant for the major to experience this interaction and to see the power and limitations of mathematics. Courses such as Calculus I, II, and III, Dif ferential Equations, Probability, Statis tics, Numerical Analysis and Introduc tion to Computer Science as well as the Physics requirements may aid in the development of this perspective. The major must integrate the expe rience gained from his or her various courses. A written comprehensive ex amination required of seniors is a ve hicle for this. Perhaps the best way to bring together the varied aspects of the program is by engaging in a re search project. This can be the cap stone of the work in the major. It allows integration of the material 138

learned in courses and gives the stu dent direct involvement with creative mathematics. A major in mathematics opens many doors. Majors may go on to graduate work in fields such as mathematics, computer science, statistics, physics, economics or biology. Students may pursue business, actuarial science, linguistics, medicine, law and teach ing. Most importantly, the major should allow the budding mathematician to see the world in a creative, beautiful and profound way. Advising: All students of the Uni versity are encouraged to seek ad vice from the Mathematics Depart ment concerning selection of mathe matics courses and proper placement. A placement exam is given for stu dents entering the precalculus-calculus sequence. Students considering a major in mathematics should consult with the

department, even if they are not sure

they wish to major in mathematics. A

faculty member can suggest courses

. that may help the student decide,

and would help the student progress

in the major if the student wishes to

pursue mathematics. Each major will have a faculty advi sor in the department. The student and the advisor will have an introduc tory conference to talk about the de partment and the math program, and to discuss the student's aims and goals . At the beginning of the junior year, the student and advisor will again meet to take stock of how the student is doing and where the student is going. At other conferences, the ad visor can help the student in course selection and post-graduate plans . It is imperative that all those who are intending to major in mathematics con tact the department for counseling at least once a semester before pre registration. Intersted students are invited to in quire further into the program by con sulting the faculty.

Course Requirements for a Major in Mathematics Mathematics 1404, 1311 , 2312, 3321,3332, 3333,4341 , 4342,oneof 3324, 3325, 3326, or 3328; three cred its at any level; and , six credits in courses numbered 3000 or above; Physics 2411, 2412; foreign language should be French , German, Russian, or a language approved by the chair man. A written comprehensive exam is required. Any waivers from these requirements must be by petition to the chairman.

Year I Physics 2411 English 1301 Language 2311 Mathematics 1404 Philosophy 1301

4 3 3 4 3 17

Physics 2412 English 1302 Language 2312 Mathematics 1311 Politics 1311

3 3 3 3 16

Year II History 2302 3 English 2312 3 Mathematics 2312 3 Mathematics 3321 3 Economics 1311/Theology 131 0 ~ 15 (Rome) English 2311 History 2301 Ph ilosophy 2311 Theology 2311 Elective

3 3 3 3 3 15

Year III Mathematics 3332 Philosophy 3323 Mathematics 4341 Electives

3 3 3 6 15

Mathematics 3333 Theology 1310/Economics 1311 Mathematics 4342 Elective Art or Drama History

3 3 3 3 3 15

Year IV Comprehensives Mathematics Electives History 1311

6 6

3 15

Mathematics Philosophy elective Electives History 1312

6 3 3 ~ 15

Courses in Mathematics 1301. Euclidean and Non-Euclidean Geometries Development of the mathematical way of thinking through first hand experience . Emphasis is on the student's strengthening of his imagi nation , his deductive powers and his ability to use language con cisely and efficiently. Study of Eu clid's geometry; Hilbert's axioms ; neutral geometry; hyperbolic ge ometry (non-Euclidean geometry of Gauss, Bolyai . Lobachevsky); the axiomatic method ; and consisten cy. independence and complete ness of axiom systems. Historical perspective and philosophical im plications are included. 1302. Elementary Number Theory Development of the mathematical way of thinking through first hand experience . Emphasis is on the stu dent's strengthening of his imagi nation , his deductive powers and his ability to use language con cisely and efficiently. Study of the properties of the whole numbers: the Euclidean algorithm; prime num bers; divisibility; congruences; res idues; and elementary additive num ber theory. Historical perspective and philosophical implications are included.

139

1303. Precalculus The function concept , with special emphasis on polynomials, rational and algebraic functions, exponen tial, logarithmic and trigonometric functions. An introduction to the infinite processes of the calculus, their origins, theory and applica tions. Prerequisites: High School Ge ometry and Algebra II . Fall and Spring . 1305. Introduction to Mathematical Thinking Development of the mathematical way of thinking through first hand experience. Emphasis is on the stu dent's strengthening of his imagi nation, his deductive powers and his ability to use language con cisely and efficiently. A topic is cho sen which allows for study in depth with little or no technical back ground. 1404. Calculus I Limits , derivatives, applications of derivations, integration, logarithm and exponential functions. Fall and Spring . Prerequisite: Mathematics 1303 or consent of chairman . Fall and Spring . 1310. Introduction to Computer Science Logical structure of a computer, a programming language, iteration techniques, problem solving . Pre requisite: Mathematics 1303 or 1404 or consent of chairman. Fall and Spring . 1311. Calculus II Trigonometric and hyperbolic func tions, methods of integration, ana lytic geometry, applications of inte grals, LH6pital's Rule, sequences and series . Prerequisite: Mathemat ics 1404 or consent of chairman. Fall and Spring. 2312. Calculus III Vectors, vector calculus, functions of several variables, multiple inte grals . Prerequisite: Mathematics 1311 or consent of chairman . Fall and Spring . 2315. Computer Architecture An introduction to basic computer

140

organization, machine language pro gramming and the use of assem bly language programming systems. Prerequisite: Mathematics 1310.

3316. Data Structures Basic data structures such as stacks, queues, lists, trees. Graphs, paths, sorting, merging, and search ing. Memory management. Prereq uisite: Mathematics 1310. 3317. Computer Graphics Coordinate systems, line drawing and curve drawing algorithms in cluding Bezier, spline, and B-spline. Two and three dimensional trans formations , clipping, windowing, shading and shadowing , and hid den surface elimination . Prerequi site: Mathematics 1310. 3320. Foundations of Geometry A systematic development of top ics selected from metric and non metric geometries , comparison of postulate systems . Prerequisite : Mathematical maturity beyond 1404 or consent of instructor. Spring, odd numbered years . 3321. Linear Point Set Theory Limit points, convergent sequences, compact sets, connected sets , dense sets , nowhere dense sets, separable sets . Prerequisite: Math ematics 1311 or consent of chair man. Fall and Spring . 3322. History and Philosophy of Mathematics The history of the development of mathematics, the lives and ideas of noted mathematicians. 3324. Differential Equations First order equations, existence and uniqueness of solutions, differen tial equations of higher order, La place transforms, systems of differ ential equations. Prerequisite: Math ematics 1311 . Fall , even-numbered years . 3325. Complex Variable Theory Complex differential and integra tion, power series, residues and poles , conformal mapping . Prereq uisite: Mathematics 2312. Spring, even-numbered years .

spaces, product spaces . Prerequi site : Mathematics 3321 or consent of instructor.

3326. Probability Axioms and basic properties, ran dom variables, univariate probabil ity functions and density functions, moments, standard distributions, Law of Large numbers and Central Limits Theorem. Prerequisite: Math 1311 . Fall, odd-numbered years .

4338. Mathematical Logic Propositional calculus, predicate cal culus, first order theories, formal number theory. Prerequisite: Con sent of instructor

3327. Statistics Sampling, tests of hypotheses, es timation , linear models and regres sion . Prerequisite: Math 3326. Spring, even numbered years.

4339. Axiomatic Set Theory Axioms, ordinal numbers, finite and denumberable sets, rational and real numbers, the axiom of choice. Pre requisite : Consent of instructor.

3328. Numerical Analysis Zeros of polynomials , difference equations , systems of equations, numerical differentiation and inte gration, numerical solution of dif ferential equations, Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors. Prerequisite: Mathe matics 1311, 3332. Spring , odd numbered years.

4341. Analysis 4342. Real number system , topolog ical concepts , continuity, differentiation, the Stieltjes integral, convergence, uniform convergence, sequences and series of functions, bounded variation. Prerequisite: Mathemat ics 3321 or consent of chairman. Fall and Spring respectively.

3329. Fourier Series and Orthogonal Functions Orthogonal functions, Fourier se ries, boundary-value problems. One and two dimensional Fast Fourier transforms. Prerequisite: Mathemat ics 3332. 3332. Linear Algebra Vector spaces, linear transforma tions , matrices, system of linears equations and inequalities, deter minates. Prerequisite : Mathemati cal maturity beyond 1404 or con sent of instructor. Spring. 3333. Algebraic Structures Structures such as groups, rings, integral domains, and fields . Pre requisite : Mathematical maturity beyond 1404 or consent of instruc tor. Fall. 4314. Advanced Multivariable Analysis Continuous and differential func tions from Rn into Rm , integration, differential forms, Stokes' Theorem. Prerequisite : Mathematics 3332 or consent of instructor. 4334. Topology I and II 4335. Topological spaces, connectedness, compactness, continuity, separation, matric spaces, complete metric

4V43. Senior Seminar A study of significant literature with a view toward acquainting the stu dent with the nature of fundamen tal mathematical research . Many of the important elements of Re search will be incorporated into this course. Prerequisite: senior standing . 4V44. Research Under the supervision of a mem ber of the faculty, the student in volves himself in the investigation and/or creation of some area of mathematics. The research should be original to the student. Prereq uisite: junior or senior standing . 4V50. Seminar This course is intended to give the student an opportunity to pursue special studies not otherwise of fered . May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Consent of chairman. 4351. Model Building Investigation of a series of physical situations for which mathematical models are developed . Emphasis is on the process. Prerequisite: Mathematical maturity beyond 1311 or consent of instructor.

141

142

Music Program Director and Lecturer Walker; Piano Instructor Sue Mitz; Director, Chamber Ensem ble L:.Helgoual'ch.

While the University has no music department it wishes to ensure the presence of music on its campus. Each semester there are regular mu sic programs and various non-credit activities such as guitar practice and Renaissance music group arranged by the Music Director according to student interest. Through the General Studies offer ings, students may receive credit for participation in campus music activi ties such as chamber ensemble, Uni versity chorus, individual voice prac ticum. In addition to these activities a reg ular academic course is offered each semester focusing on a major com poser, musical forum, or a central period in the history of music. There is opportunity to attend a variety of musical programs each se mester. Monday Means Music is a series of concerts presented on Mon day evenings, featuring both campus musicians and guest artists from the professional world. In addition the lec ture and fine arts committee of the Student Government schedules many musical events each year and also seeks to obtain tickets at reasonable rates for area musical events. Pass/Fail grades are awarded for one credit General Studies courses. Three credit courses serve as regular electives and are graded. 1105. Chamber Ensemble This course provides brass, wood wind, and string players an oppor

tunity to rehearse and concertize under the direction of professional musicians.

1108. Piano Practicum Individual instruction for both ad vanced and beginning students, with payment made directly to the teacher. 1113. Choir There are three choirs on campus which are open to all students and alumni, and which are available ei ther on credit or non-credit basis: University Chorus; Chapel Choir; Dallas Catholic Choir. 1116. Voice Practicum (Drama 1105) Development of the voice as an instrument of dramatic and musi cal expression through proper dic tion, tone, and breath support. In dividual instruction, with payment made directly to the teacher. Also offered for credit under Drama Department. 2103. Lyric Theater A Workshop for selected students to present scenes and excerpts from musical and opera. One of the highlights of each semester is a catered dinner with the students serving as singing waiters. 3325- Special Topics In Music 3335. A three credit course offered each semester centering on a major com poser, musical structure or period. Recent offerings have included "Great Literature in Music", "Bach's World", "The Genius of Mozart", and "Our Heritage in Music".

143

144

Department of Philosophy

Chairman and Associate Professor Wood; Pro fessor Wilhelmsen; Associate Professors Crosby, Hardy, and Murguia; Associate Professor Emeri tus Cain; Assistant Professors Lawrence and Sepper; Adjunct Professors Foltz, Lehrberger, Loscerbo and Muller

The Department of Philosophy is convinced that the candid inquirer, confronting the real anew for himself as he absorbs the heritage of Chris tian (and other) wisdom, can reach philosophic truth and penetrate it more and more deeply, and that he can thereby become a source of order in a time of chaos and bewilderment. Accordingly it does not suggest to the student that, though he should search for truth, he is forbidden to find it. It is in this spirit that the De partment offers its core curriculum courses , its history courses, and its advanced systematic courses . The Department offers its required courses with a twofold aim: to ac quaint the students with the main problems of philosophy and with the solutions proposed for them; and to engender in the minds of students the habits of philosophical thinking which will enable them to integrate their entire education. For its majors as well as for other students interested in deepening their philosophical education, the Depart ment has prepared a series of courses in the history of philosophy which, without overlooking non-Western tra ditions, span the entire Western tradi-

tion from the pre-Socratics to the con temporary scene. These are philosophy courses as well as history courses; students are expected to bring to bear upon the historical material the habits of thinking acquired in their "systematic" courses. These courses accomplish three purposes. First of all, they engage the students in a conversation with the great philoso phers, and this at once elevates and humbles. They also illuminate histori cal epochs as articulated philosophi cally by their best minds, and so enhance the student's humanistic cul ture. Finally, they not only point out dead end streets in philosophical spec ulation, obviating the need to repeat history's errors, but, more positively, they help the student to appropriate and grow in philosophic wisdom. Advanced courses in epistemolo gy, natu ral theology, phi losophy of sci ence, ethics, esthetics, and the many other areas further the same three goals. They seek to promote, not mere erudition, but above all the desire and the power to philosophize. More over, and importantly, they assist the student in his effort to locate himself within his own moment in time.

145

Year III

The Basic Program in Philosophy Every student is expected to take, in sequence, Philosophy 1301, Phi losophy 2311 , and Philosophy 3323. These three fundamental courses must be complemented, from among the upper-division offerings in philosophy, by at least one elective , chosen in consultation with the chairman of the major department and with a view to its contribution to the student's total formation.

Year I 3 3 3 3 3 15

3 3 3 3

---1 15

Year II (during Sophomore Year) English 2311-2312 History 2301-2302 Philosophy 2311 Theology 1310 Economics 1311 Language 2311-2312 (or elective) Art, Drama, Math

6 6 3 3 3 6

---1 30

146

---1 15

Philosophy 3326 Theology 2311 Philosophy 3331 Science Philosophy elective

3 3 3 3

---1 15

Philosophy 4327 Philosophy 4337 Electives

Thirty-six credits in Philosophy, in cluding Philosophy 3325, 3326, 3331, 3336, 4327, 4328, 4337 or 4338, 4341, and Comprehensives. In addition, the student should seek electives in oth er departments, such as Theology, English, Politics, and Psychology, which will inform and broad his major interest.

Art, Drama, or Math English 1302 History 1312 Language 1302 (or 2312) Politics 1311

3 3 3 3

Year IV

Course Requirements for a Major in Philosophy

Art, Drama, or Math English 1301 History 1311 Language 1301 (or 2311) Philosophy 1301

Philosophy 3323 Philosophy 3325 Philosophy 3336 Science Elective

3 3 9 15

Philosophy 4328 Philosophy 4341 Electives

3 3 ~ 15

Courses in Philosophy 1301. Introduction to Philosophy The nature of philosophy and its methods; different areas of philos ophy seen through the study of some crucial problems . Brief re view of classical logic and an invi tation into modern (symbolic) log ic. Plato's Apology, Meno, Republic; excerpts from Aristotle's Physics, Prior and Posterior Analytics. Fall and Spring . 2311. Philosophy of Being Brief synopsis of the history of phil osophical speculation on being. The beginnings of metaphysical thought in Greek philosophy; act and po tency, essence and existence, the transcendentals, causality. A theo ry of substance and the accidents, the human person ; the existence of God . Parmenides' On Nature; Plato's Symposium; selections from the Metaphysics of Aristotle and the Summa Contra Gentiles of Aquinas. Prerequisite: Philosophy 1301 . Fall and Spring .

3323. Philosophy of Man The elements of a philosophic sci ence of the human person . Major themes, such as perception and knowledge, freedom , the relation of body and mind, the spiritual na ture and immortality of the soul. The situation of man in the world, the social and temporal dimension. Love as the perfection of man. Plato: Phaedo; Aristotle: Ethics and De Anima,' Augustine : Confessions; Aquinas, Summa Contra Gentiles; Selected modern classical texts. Prerequisite: Philosophy 2311. Fall and Spring. 3325. Ancient Philosophy Greek and Roman philosophy, with special attention to Plato, Aristotle, and the Hellenistic schools. Greek philosophy as the source of later Western thought. Fall. 3326. Medieval Philosophy Neoplatonic and other influences on Western philosophy; Augustine. Jewish and Islamic philosophy; ear ly scholasticism and "the golden age" of the 13th century with em phasis on the thought of Thomas Aquinas. Spring. 3329. American Philosophy American philosophy as a reflec tion of the spirit of a culture. 19th and 20th century trends; pragma tism as the special American con tribution to philosophy. Offered as needed. 3331. Epistemology The philosophy of knowledge. The critical problem as it developed in Western philosophy after Descartes. Metaphysical realism ; a theory of judgment and truth; symbol and myth in man's cognitive life; types of knowledge such as mathemati cal, poetic, historic, religious. Spring. 3332. Esthetics The philosophy of art as techne or making . Transcendental beauty. Po etic creation and the symbolic di mension of human knowledge. Sign and symbol and an introduction to the theory of communication. Spring.

3335. Philosophy of Education (Education 3335) Philosophical thought and its effect on educational planning, curricula, and methodology. Prerequisite: Phi losophy 3323. Fall and Spring . 3336. Ethics The nature and categories of hu man motivation; the nature of val ue, or moral value; critique of value relativism; dimensions of human freedom; the acts of man which can be carriers of morality; the sources of moral goodness, of mor al evil, and of moral obligation; forms of moral evil; critique of situation ethics; specific nature of Christian ethics. Fall. 3339. Symbolic Logic A course in first-order symbolic log ic including elementary treatments of completeness and consistency. The standard methods supplement ed with special techniques , includ ing tableaux. Introduction to ad vanced topics such as modality, multi-valued logics, formal seman tics, and alternatives in axiomati zation and notation. Offered as needed. 4327. Renaissance and Modern Philosophy From the Renaissance to the nine teenth century, with special atten tion to Continental rationalism, British empiricism, and the philosophy of Kant. In depth study of Descartes' Meditations, Hume's Enquiry, and Kant's Prolegomena. Fall . 4328. Recent Philosophy Nineteenth- and twentieth-century philosophical thought. Kierkegaard, Sickness Unto Death,' Heidegger, Introduction to Metaphysics, and other great texts from different contemporary schools of thought. Spring . 4333. Philosophy of Science Study of the nature, methods, and principles of modern science . Anal ysis of experimental data; scienti"fic facts, laws and theories; philosophi cal presuppositions of a realistic explanation of nature. Offered as needed .

147

4335. Logic and Language The nature and kinds of the judg ment; the truth of the judgment; nature of the concept; critique of nominalism; the syllogism ; modern mathematical logic ; inductive log ic. Contemporary theories of the origin and the nature of language; specific problems concerning po etic , profane, and sacred language. Offered as needed. 4337. Philosophy of God Religious experience and its expli cation in natural theology. Histori cal factors in the development of the Philosophy of God. Speculative and practical proofs of God 's exis tence; the nature of God . The contemorary challenge, especially from naturalism , positivism , and lan guage philosophy. The relations be tween God and the world . Fall. 4338. Philosophy of Religion The tasks of the Philosophy of Reli gion as distinguished from the Phi losophy of God . Nature of religious experience; theories about the ori gin of religion and their critique . Major issues in the study of reli gion such as the relationship be tween religion and morality, natural and supernatural religion; subjec tive and objective elements in reli gion; man's eternal quest of God through relig ion; the ordination of man to God . Spring . 4341. Senior Seminar Extensive readings concerning a special problem or in the works of a single philosopher or a Single period, by agreement with the in structor. Seminar discussions and a major term theme on the author, period , or problem selected. Re quired of philosophy majors in the Fall semester of the senior year. 4350- Special Courses 4359. Established according to the inter ests of professors and the desires of students. Such areas as present day currents in philosophy, philos ophy of communications and of lan guage; the history of Thomism . For advanced students only. Fall and Spring .

148

4360. Directed Readings and Research Special programs in inquiry, ap proved by chairman , determined by mutual consent of student and professor. For advanced students only. Fall and Spring . 5321. Social Philosophy Interpersonal relations , expecially kinds of love; community as a whole encompassing individuals; relations between individual person and com munity; the basic forms of commu nity; the role of value and the good in constituting communities . 5331. Philosophy of Right The concept of right and its differ ent kinds ; the moral law and its ground; the positive law of the state and the authority on which it is based ; the a priori foundations of civil law; legal and moral punish ment. 5334. Philosophy of History The nature of historical knowledge and the problem of historical inter pretation . Great theories of history, both classical and contemporary. Christian and pagan views . Fall , even-numbered years. 5358. Scholastic Tradition A study in depth of philosophical issues that are crucial in the con temporary dialogue between phi losophy and theology. Questions such as God and the world , cre ation , faith and reason , the human person , are studied within the per spective of scholastic tradition. Spe cial consideration is given to Thom istic thought. Fal l semester. 5359. Phenomenological Tradition The origins of phenomenology and the achievement of Husserl; the ideal of returning to the "things them selves" ; the great division between realist and transcendental phenom enology ; the relation of phenome nology to the Western tradition of metaphysics. Offered as needed .

Department of Physics Chairman and Associate Professor Monostori; Assistant Professor Olenick; Adjunct Professor Toten.

Physics is an active search for the fundamental nature of the physical world . Resting upon a broad empiri cal basis, physics continues to thrust man into the unknown. The objec tives of the Department of Physics center around developing in its stu dents a critical understanding of phys ical phenomena and a matching intu ition . The Department aims to prepare its students to challenge the future through submission to the discipline of the past and present. The curriculum combines a firm grounding in the liberal arts and in mathematics with a solid foundation in the sciences. A broad theoretical basis encompassing classical me chanics, electromagnetism, statistical physics, and quantum mechanics is supported by extensive laboratory experience in electronics, optics, atomic, and nuclear physics . Together the theoretical understanding of past achievements and hands-on lab ex perience form the core of the pro gram . Seminar courses in current top ics as well as courses in astronomy,

nuclear and particle physics round out the curriculum and introduce stu dents to modern questions . Students are encouraged to partici pate in the experimental and theoreti cal research programs of the Depart ment through either the John B. O'Hara Summer Science Institute or special studies courses. The research pro grams range from spectroscopy, mag netic cooperative systems, experi mental high energy physics, and elementary particle theory to concep tual foundations of science. These programs are supported by a well equipped machine shop and Univer sity computational facilities . An undergraduate degree in phys ics opens many doors to further stud ies in a variety of fields. Teaching, applied mathematics, engineering, or other related sciences are possible career choices though most of our graduates proceed to graduate pro grams and are well-prepared for re search in physics. 149

Year III

Course Requirements Physics 2411, 2412, and twentyÂ

four advanced credits in Physics;

Chemistry 1403 and 1404; and Math

1404, 1311, 2312. At least two of

Math 3324, 3325, 3328, and 3332 are

suggested as electives. Knowledge

and use of computers is expected.

Physics Seminar is recommended for

juniors and seniors. A physics major

should choose French, German, or

Russian as a foreign language and

take Philosophy 4333 as the PhilosoÂ

phy elective.

For a B.S. degree in Physics, twelve additional hours in Physics (or related field) are required including a research project.

Basic Program for the

Major in Physics:

Year I

Chemistry 1303 Chemistry 1103 English 1301 Mathematics 1404 Physics 2411 Language 2311

Year II

Economics 1311 English 2312 Philosophy 1301 Physics 3320-3135 Mathematics 2312

English 2311 Theology 1310 Philosophy 2311 History 2301 Art History

150

History 1312

Math elective Physics 3333

Physics 3134

Physics 4451

Politics 1311

Year IV

Physics 3326

Physics 4153

Physics 4327

Theology 2311

History 2302

Elective

Chemistry 1304 Chemistry 1104 English 1302 Mathematics 1311 Language 2312 Physics 2412

History 1311

Math 3324

Philosophy 3323

Physics 3321

Physics 3136

Physics 4423

Philosophy of Science 4333

Physics 3331

Physics 3132

Physics 4328

Electives

Courses in Physics 2310. Astronomy Introduction to astronomy and as trophysics emphasizing the appli cation of physics in stellar classifi cations and evolution, planetary formation, structure of the galaxy, and cosmological models.

2411- General Physics 2412. Experimental and analytical study of the basic laws, principles, and theories of mechanics, electricity, magnetism, and optics. Prerequi site (or concurrent enrollment in): Mathematics 1404. Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory weekly.

3320- Quantum Physics 3321. Modern physics with an introduc tion to quantum mechanics. Appli cations to atomic, molecular, solid state, nuclear, and elementary parti cle physics .

3326. Statistical Physics Basic probability theory and statis tical mechanics with physical ap plications to heat, thermodynam ics, and the kinetic theory of gases.

3331- Optics and 3132. Optics Laboratory Interference, diffraction, and polar ization of light are covered, as well as basic topics in geometrical op tics. Also included are quantum aspects of light and some modern optics such as lasers, holography and non-linear optics.

3333- Electronics and 3134. Electronics Laboratory Semiconductor devices and circuits, including junction diodes, regulat ed power supplies, small-signal and

power amplifiers, waveform gener ators, electrical noise and shielding, linear and digital integrated circuits. Also included are basic AC cir cuits, complex impedance, reso nance, bandpass filters, and fre quency response.

3135- Advanced Laboratory 3136. Introduction to experimental tech niques in the fields of atomic and nuclear physics, spectroscopy, sol id state, and heat.

4423. Theoretical Mechanics An advanced treatment ·of Newto nian mechanics with applications to forced oscillations, central force motion, and non-inertial reference frames. Introduction to tensors as applied to rigid body motion. Con servation theorems applied to small oscillations and stability leading to Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formu lations of mechanics.

4327. Electromagnetic Theory Introduction to vector analysis and boundary-value problems. Phenom enological foundations of electro statics and magnetostatics, the be havior of dielectrics, conductors, and magnetic materials leading to the Maxwell equations.

4328. Electrodynamics Postulates and measurements in special relativity introducing four vectors with applications in dy namics. Covariant formulation of Maxwell's equations, transformations of the electromagnetic field, wave propagation, wave guides and cavi ties, dipole radiation, Lienard Wiechert potentials, and synchro tron radiation.

151

4V43. Research 4V44. Research participation and/or in dependent study arranged by con sent of instructor. 4451- Quantum Mechanics Introduction to the formal structure of quantum mechanics. The non relativistic wave equation, solutions of one and three dimensional sys tems. Linear operators, matrices, and transformation equivalences. Angular momentum, Pauli's theory of spin, approximation methods and applications. 4153- Physics Seminar 4154. Faculty and students give talks on topics of current interest in phys ics. Outside speakers are brought in for some of the lectures.

152

4V61- Special Studies 4V62. This course provides the student with an opportunity to examine in depth any topic, experimental or theoretical, within the field of phys ics. It involves individual study un der the guidance of the instructor. 4364. Nuclear and Particle Physics General properties of the nucleus; the two-nucleon problem; radioac tivity; interaction of charged parti cles and radiation with matter; de tection methods; nuclear models; nuclear reactions; accelerators; fun damental particles; symmetries and conservation laws. 4365. Solid-State Physics The structure and properties of sol ids, specific heat, elastic proper ties, semiconductors, superconduc tion, magnetism.

Department of Politics

Chairman and Associate Professor West; Pro fessor Sasseen; Associate Professors de Alvarez and Paynter; Visiting Professor Marini and Jeffrey; Lecturer Broyles

Politics is the activity of the polis (city), as athletics is the activity of the athlete. The polis, according to Aris totle, is the association whose pur pose is the complete life. Politics, therefore, includes all the activities whose end is the complete human life. Political philosophy is the reflec tion upon or the attempt to under stand the nature of these activities. Political science, therefore, as under stood at the University of Dallas, is a philosophical discipline concerned with the whole range of human actions to be found in the context of the polis. Specifically, the department has the following objectives: First: The general purpose of the Department is to promote a critical understanding of political phenome na, an understanding of the nature of political life and its relation to human life as a whole. Accordingly, courses are designed to present conflicting points of view on a great variety of important political questions. Sustained and systematic analysis of how phi losophers, statesmen, and poets - ancient as well as modern - have answered these questions enlarges intellectual horizons and cultivates an alytical and critical skills. Readings are therefore selected with a view to engaging the student in controversy, for controversy is of the essence in politics. Second: The Department seeks to promote enlightened and public-spir ited citizenship. This requires under standing of the principles and pur poses of our regime, as w~1I as some personal involvement in, or commit ment to, the larger political communi-

ty. One of the distinctive features of the Department is its emphasis on American statesmanship and the great controversies which have shaped the character of our people. The curricu lum attempts to relate the political, legal, and philosophical aspects of our heritage to contemporary ques tions. Third: Together with the other liber al arts, the Department seeks to pro mote civility. Civility requires, first, the capacity to appreciate what is to be said on diverse sides of an issue. Secondly, it requires a capacity to participate in serious dialogue, which in turn requires seriousness about the ends of learning and the ends of action. Finally, civility requires some degree of detachment from contem porary affairs, for total involvement in the present narrows and distorts our vision. Fourth: The Department seeks to preserve the great tradition of politi cal wisdom, theoretical and practical, against modes of thought which as sailor abandon it. This requires, of course, an understanding and critique of these hostile modes of thought. Fifth: The Department tries to pre pare some students for active politi cal life. This requires the study of politics from the perspective of the statesman as well as from the per spective of the citizen. Sixth: The Department seeks to pre pare some students for graduate study in political science, or for training in the professional fields of Law, Public Administration, City Management, Di plomacy, and Journalism.

153

Course Requirements for a Major in Politics The student who wishes to choose Politics for a major is required to take thirty-six credits in Politics, including Politics 1311, 2311, 2312, 3331, 3332, and 5300, and the comprehensive examinations . The Department also requires each student to take at least one course in American studies. The department advises the stu dent planning to major in Politics to consult with the Chairman concern ing his program of studies at the ear liest possible moment. The Politics Department recom mends Greek be chosen as the for eign language. If the student plans to go to graduate school, it is recom mended that French and German also be studied.

Year I Art, Drama, or Math English 1301 History 1311 Language 1301 (or 2311) Philosophy 1301

3 3 3 3 3 15

Art, Drama, or Math English 1302 History 1312 Language 1302 (or 2312) Politics

3 3 3 3 3 15

Year II (during Sophomore Year) English 2311-2312 History 2301-2302 Philosophy 2311 Theology 1310 Language (or electives) Politics 2311-2312

6 6 3 3 6 6 30

Year III Philosophy 3323 Economics 1311 Politics 3331 Politics 3332 Science

154

3 3 3 3 ~ 15

Art, Drama, Math Politics Electives Theology 2311 Science

3 6 3 3 15

Year IV Philosophy Elective Politics Electives Electives

3 6 6 15

Politics 5300 Politics Electives Electives

3 6 6 15

Courses in Politics 1311. Principles of American Politics A study of the basic political is sues; the principles of the Ameri can founding; the study of the Fed eral Constitution and the Constitution of the State of Texas: the effect of democracy on the character of the American people. Every semester. 2311. Political Regimes 1 Sparta and Athens A comprehensive introduction to the various kinds of political orders in a concrete and immediate way. Spe cifically, the course will be a con sideration of the significance of "Greekness" as revealed through ancient Sparta and Athens and the Peloponnesian War. Readings will be in Thucydides and Plutarch. Fall. 2312. Political Regimes 11 Rome, Christianity, and Modernity A study of the Roman Republic and Empire; the new Christian or der, wh ich was understood as a radical break with Rome; and the new modes and orders introduced by Machiavelli. Spring . 3310. Criminal Justice The purpose of our criminal justice system; the relation of what we de fine as criminal to the character of our regime, and how we punish; the nature of justice in practice;

theories of punishment; the char acter of crime, the police, the courts, and prisons. Spring .

3323. Constitutional Law An analysis of Supreme Court de cisions showing their political , mor al, and psychological impact on American society; changing con ceptions of the role of the Court in American society. Fall, alternate years. 3324. Public Policy Consideration of several prominent issues of public policy, such as affirmative action, tax cuts , and the problems of poverty and equality. Spring , alternate years . 3325. American Foreign Policy Several fundamental political doc uments relating to the purposes and difficulties of the United States as a world power will be examined from the perspective of various com mentators on international affairs. Case studies will provide a point of departure for inquiry into such top ics as the conflict between Com munism and liberal democracy, the role of morality in international af fairs; the relation between domes tic and foreign politics; and the effects of the mass media on Amer ican diplomacy. Prerequisite: Poli tics 1311 or consent of instructor. Spring. 3326. The Presidency A study of the Constitutional de sign and practical operation of the American Presidency. The selec tion of Presidents. The rise of the modern Presidency, the character of executive power, and the nature of democratic leadership will be examined. Spring, alternate years. 3327. Civil Rights A study of the Bill of Rights and its application today. Emphasis on the freedoms of speech, press, and religion of the First Amendment. Fall, alternate years. 3331. Plato's Republic The Socratic method in politics stud ied through a careful reading of

the Republic, the seminal book in political philosophy in the Western tradition . An adequate approach to the dialogue form is emphasized in the interpretation . Fall .

3332. Aristotle's Politics A careful reading of the fundamen tal work on politics. Aristotle is said to have systematized and made more practical the philosophic spec ulations of Socrates and Plato. Dis cussion of the extent to which this is true, and why Aristotle's work remains fundamental to the under standing of political life. Fall. 3333. Political Philosophy in the Middle Ages A consideration of the leading think ers, with particular emphasis on the possible conflict between faith and reason and the various pro posed resolutions of the "theologi cal-political problem." Selections from Cicero as well as from Is lamic, Jewish, and Christian au thors . Spring , alternate years. 3334. Hobbes and Locke A study of how the founders of modern political order fundamen tally differ one from another. Exam ination of the principal political works of these authors, the Leviathan and the Treatises on Civil Government. Spring, alternate years. 3335. Rousseau to Nietzsche The abandonment of human na ture as a standard for understand ing man's proper relation to his political community studied in the writings of Rousseau, one or more of his successors, and Nietzsche. The rise of history as the attempted basis of philosophy and political philosophy in the contemporary era will be examined. Spring, alternate years. 3337. Marxism - Leninism An introduction to the main con cepts of Marxism as they develop from Hegel to Marx. Also the de velopment of the concepts of Marx by Lenin and his successors and their practical effect. Spring, alter nate years .

155

3338. The Politics of The Soviet Union An introduction to the Soviet re gime. This course will study the major political institutions and poli cies of the Soviet regime , primarily in the context of their historical de velopment. Attention will also be given to inter-Communist relations in the post-Stalin period . Fall , alter nate years . 4350. Aristotle's Ethics The ethical basis of political life as it comes into sight through a study of the Nicomachean Ethics. 4352, Seminars 4353, The study of a particular philoso 4354. pher or theme. The student may take two or more seminars under the same number if the substance of the course is different. Prerequi site : consent of instructor. Offered as needed . 4356. American Political Thought American political thought from the founding to Woodrow Wilson. Spe cific works will be chosen by the instructor.

156

5300. Senior SeminarRhetoric and Statesmanship Concerned with the understanding and practice of the various modes of persuasive speech . Reading of Aristotle's Rhetoric and Poetics, and analysis of ancient and modern speeches in terms of Aristotle's pre sentation . Composition and deliv ery of different kinds of speeches required . Spring. 5359. Special Studies This course provides the student with an opportunity to examine any topic, problem, or work within the discipline of political science . Con tent will be determined by consul tation with the instructor. Prerequi site : consent of instructor. Offered as needed .

Graduate Work in Politics See detailed listing under Braniff Graduate School.

Department of Psychology

Chairman and Assistant Professor Kugelmann; Assistant Professor Churchill; Professor Ro manyshun; Visiting Professors: as announced.

The University of Dallas is a center of learning. The Psychology program is shaped by this concept of liberal learning in which students and facul ty together form a community of learners. The Psychology program is engaged in the enterprise of re visioning psychology. This task is approached through recovering the experiential basis of the discipline of psychology in the tradition of Western Culture. Such a broad and deep un derstanding of psychology delineates the value and limits of views which claim that psychology is the study of mind, or the science of behavior, or the interaction of mind and body, or the personal growth and enrichment of the person. The life of experience, action, and the appearance of the world form the material for psycholo gy. The recovery of perennial forms of experience and the description and reflection on various modes of expe rience are the appropriate domains of psychology. The original sense of the word psychology - the logos of soul- conveys this sense of the dis cipline . The program relies on this original sense of psychology as a discipline that serves soul to determine the man ner in which the soul has been formu lated in many different languages or schools of thought . Original writings of the most important figures of psy chological thought are read for their contributions to an understanding of soul in Western tradition . The concern for psychological tra-

dition provides a rich background for the imagination as psychology seeks to give attention to a wide range of experiences - dreaming, remember ing, sensing, psychopathology, lan guage, education, expression, devel opment, personality. This background also allows the relation of the disci pline of psychology to other disci plines such as art, drama, literature, and philosophy to emerge. Since psychology in this program is approached in its relation with cul ture, a concern for connections - be tween psychology and areas such as medicine, education, technology, ar chitecture, religion, science and law are an important part of the program . The psychological character of these activities of culture become particu larly apparent in times of breakdown. This comprehensive approach to psychology is termed phenomenologi cal because attention is given to ex perience rather than to explanations or theories of behavior. The approach is also termed depth psychology since attention is given to the deeper val ues of human experience which are carried by imagination and tradition. Because the attitude of the Psy chology program is one of learning, original reflection is as important as detailed scholarship. Active research and writing is expected of students; junior and senior research seminars provide the occasions for students and faculty to work in close associa tion. 157

Year IV

Course Requirements for a Major in Psychology Psychology 1311, 3330, 3331, 3333, 4332, 4351 , twelve credits in advanced electives. The department suggests French or German as the foreign language choice.

Psychology 4332 Psychology 4351 Elective Economics 1311

Philosophy elective Psychology Elective

3 3 6 ~ 15

3 6 6 15

Year I English 1301 History 1311 Philosophy 1301 Art, Drama, or Math Language

English 1302 History 1312 Psychology 1311 Art, Drama, or Math Language

3 3 3 3 ~ 15

3 3 3 3 -·3 15

Year II (during Sophomore Year) English 2311-2312 History 2301-2302 Politics 1311 Philosophy 2311 Theology 1310 Elective Language (or elec.)

6 6 3 3 3 3 ~ 30

Year III Psychology 3330 Psychology Philosophy 3323 Art , Drama, Math Science

Psychology 3331 Psychology 3333 Psychology elective Theology 2311 Science

158

3 3 3 3 ~ 15

Courses in Psychology 1311. Foundations of Psychology as a Human Science Psychology claims to be a science, but this claim conceals more than it reveals of human psychological life. A critical examination of this claim allows an initial development of the psychological attitude. A psy chological way of seeing and speak ing is developed with regard to things, others , and the human body. The claim of psychology to be a science is also discussed within the context of the crisis of contem porary culture. 3327. Child Growth and Development (Education 3327) This course is centered on the re covery of the particular character of the experience of the life of the child . Emphasis is placed on the description of phenomena such as thinking, speaking, play, expression and psychological reflection on these experiences in order to un derstand what it is like to live in the world of the child. Remembering and imagining are systematically explored as ways of developing a discriminated sensibility toward the life of the child . Observation is sys tematically explored as a way of attending to the actions of children understood on their own terms. This phenomenological approach to de velopment is related to significant theories of development such as those offered by Jean Piaget, Sig mund Freud, and Eric Erickson.

3328. Psychology of Adolescence (Education 3328) A consideration of selected themes as they related to the adolescent experiences, including rebellion, car ing, infatuation, peer group rejec tion, loneliness, and sexuality. Em phasis is placed on methodology of understanding these phenomena on their own terms and on psycho logical reflection which deepens the significance of these phenomena in relation to questions of culture. This phenomenological approach to adolescence is related to sig nificant theories of adolescence such as those offered by Harry Stack Sullivan, Anna Freud, and Erik Erickson. 3330. History of Psychology I An examination of the basis of the psychological tradition in the West. The Greek, Roman, and Medieval senses of soul are explored in myth, Pre-Socratic Philosophy, Classical Philosophy, as well as domains such as medicine, drama, art, and ar chitecture. The origins of psycho logical experience as an attitude toward the world and the order of the soul are described. The persis tence of these understandings of soul and their manner of appear ance in psychological inquiry is ex plored through original writings. 3331. History of Psychology II The emergence of an explicit psy chological tradition in the Renais sance- Modern West is examined. Particularly important are the cul tural achievements of science which attempt to reveal psychological life through systematic empirical meth ods and the emergence of depth psychology which continues the tra dition of psychology as a disci pline of the soul. These approaches to psychology are related to the activities of the culture of the peri od and the persistence of these understandings of psychological life are e)(amined . 3333. Junior Research Seminar Required of junior psychology ma jors, this course prepares the stu

dent in the basic concepts and language of contemporary scientif ic psychology. The student is pre sented with current systems and theories, and is exposed to tradi tional methodologies and research problems. The course prepares the student to write a major paper on the traditional literature concerning specific psychological phenomena such as memory, learning, percep tion, cognition, language, person ality, motivation, social behavior. The course also examines the place of a scientific study of psychological life in relation to the concerns of culture. 3334. Psychology of Language and Expression A phenomenological consideration of speaking is presented in relation to traditional psychologies of lan guage. The difference between lan guage and speech is described. The major emphasis of the course is on the styles of speaking; literal and non-literal modes of expres sion. A psychological understanding of metaphor and the metaphorical character of psychological speech is described. The relation of per ceiving, imagining, and speaking is also considered .

3335. Memory and Imagination A consideration of contemporary approaches to consciousness in psychology and the limitations of those approaches. Memory and imagination as the spontaneous ac tivity of psychological life. A differ entiation of the modes of these phe nomena: fantasy, reverie, spectatorial imagining, memoria, archetypal imagination, mythic imagination. The tradition of imagination in the West; the relation of memory and imagi nation to culture in the writings of Plotinus, Vico, Ficino; a detailed reflection of psychological imagi nation in relation to art, drama and literature. 3338. Social Psychology A psychological reflection on con temporary culture focusing on those activities which bring a people to gether as a community: medicine,

159

education, money, food , technolo gy, architecture, law, energy, religion, literature, media, leadership. Fac tors involved in the breakdown of culture such as specialization, ex pertise, jargon, violence, war. The themes are situated within the cUl ture of the Western imagination. 3352. Introduction to Clinical Psychology An introduction to the current scope of professional practice in clincial psychology, including modes of as sessment and intervention . The course may focus on one or more of the following: the clinical inter view, personality tests, projective techniques , 10, diagnostic classifi cation , psychotherapy, community intervention, professional ethics .

3153. Counseling Practicum Supervised experience in counsel ing in an off-campus setting . Study of the relation of key concepts in psychology to the counseling ex perience . Prerequisites: Permission of Instructor. 3353. Theories of Counseling and Psychotherapy A consideration of therapeutic psy chology, focusing on the healing power of the word and image. The course covers basic theories and methods of counseling and psy chotherapy, as represented by psy choanalytic , Jungian, Rogerian, Gestalt, existential, and behavioral approaches. 4321. Seminar: Introduction to C. G. Jung Study of the works of Carl Jung . 4332. Contemporary Psychology An examination of contemporary contributions to human psycholo gy. The course consists of four approaches: current behavioral , cognitive-experimental, phenomeno logical, and archetypal. Each ap proach is studied in terms of its distinctive perspective; differences in foundational assumptions and methodologies are examined . 4336. Abnormal Psychology The descriptions of selected psy chopathologies from within a phe

160

nomenological and imaginal per spective. Psychiatric classifications of psychopathology are brought into relat ion with the understandings of madness in the Western tradition , particularly in literature, philosophy, and medicine. The psychology of breakdown in relation to the break down of culture. 4341. Psychology of Personality Contrast between traditional ap proaches to personality focusing on the person and a phenomeno logical/imaginative approach which reads the person through the re flection of the things of the world . The personality of culture given through drama, art, architecture and literature.

4342. Psychology of Perception A phenomenological consideration of embodied perceptual life is of fered against the background of traditional psychological theories of perception. Styles of perception are presented: , scientific, poetic, artis tic and psychological. The social historical context of perception is described ; perceiving as also a mode of blindness . Seeing, seeing as and seeing-through are de scribed . Perception and the nec essary relation to action is also considered . 4351. Senior Seminar Required of psychology majors in their senior year, this course pre pares the student to write a major paper in some area of phenome nological psychology. Lectures in the cou rse emphasize the major themes of a phenomenological psy chology and disclJss those authors whose work has influenced the de velopment of the phenomenologi cal alternative to psychology. At the end of the course a public presentation of the student's proj ect is made. 4352. Special Topic This course is reserved for consid eration of an area of concern of importance, such as a special area of competence of an instructor or a need and request by students . As needed.

Department of Theology

Chairman and Professor Nardoni; Professor Balas, Associate Professors Batto, Carroll, Phan, and Rabay; Assistant Professor Foubert; Ad junct Professors Kereszty, Luby, and Stinson, Adjunct Lecturer Seitz.

Theology is "faith in search of un derstanding," a faithful listening to and a systematic-methodical articula tion of the message of the Word of God revealed by deeds and words first in Israel, culuminating in Jesus Christ, himself both the mediator and sum total of Revelation, and transmit ted in the living tradition of the Church . Admittedly our western civilization cannot be properly understood with out some knowledge of Christianity, which is both a basis and an integral part of our cultural heritage. The study of theology, however, is much more than an essential discipline in the lib eral arts education; it has a higher and more comprehensive aim. In re lating man and the world to their absolute origin and end, theology im parts an ultimate unity to our under standing of reality and helps us - as no purely human discipline can - to see and fulfill the meaning of our existence. The Theology Department contrib utes to the general educational effort of the University on the following lev els: a basic program of core curricu lum courses designed for all students, an undergraduate major program for those who plan to concentrate on theological studies; graduate programs (M.A., M.Div., M.R.E.) for those who

intend to cultivte theology in teach ing, priestly ministry, scholarship and other forms of professional activities.

Basic courses required for graduation The University requires for gradua tion 6 credits in theology. Normally, the required credits are earned in Theology 1310 (Understanding the Bi ble) and 2311 (Western Theological Tradition). All students are invited to make use of the available theology electives beyond the required mini mum.

The Major Program In Theology A coordinated sequence of ad vanced courses in Biblical Theology, History of Dogma, Dogmatic, Litur gical, and Moral Theology gives the student majoring in Theology a com prehensive initiation in the funda mental disciplines . Further advanced courses are offered as electives. Courses number 5000 through 5099, though taught on the graduate level, are open, with special permission, to qualified upper-division theology ma jors. 161

Requirements for a Major in Theology a) 36 credits in Theology, including

regularly Theology 1310, 2311,

3320 , 3321, 3324, 3325, 3326,

3327, 3328 or 3338, 3345, 3346,

and 4381 (Senior Seminar).

b) Theology 4381, taken in the senior year, requires the student to pre pare a major term paper giving evidence of his research abilities in the field. c) A comprehensive examination, oral and written, to be taken in the last semester of the senior year. The purpose of this examination is to test the candidate's: (1) general theological knowlege, (2) familiari ty with basic tools and methods of theological research, (3) ability to form sound theological judgments on current issues, and (4) ability to communicate his knowledge. A bibliographical guide and reading list distributed by the department to juniors majoring in Theology will help the student prepare for this examination, which is not simply a matter of course work, but of per sonal research and reflection.

Some background in the Latin and Greek languages is recommended for a major in theology. From among the modern languages the department rec ommends especially French and Ger man. The department recommends that

students majoring in Theology take

as their electives Phil. 4327 and 4328,

Phil. 4337 or 4338, and if possible

some additional philosophy courses

in consultation with the department.

A special plan is available for stu dents who, while majoring in Theolo gy, would like to obtain a teacher's certificate . 162

Year I Art, Drama or Math English 1301

History 1311

Language 1301 or 2311

Philosophy 1301

Art, Drama or Math

English 1302

History 1312

Language 1302 or 2312

Theology 1310

Year II (during Sophomore Year) English 2311-2312

History 2301-2302

Philosophy 2311

Theology 2311

Economics 1311

Language (or elec.) Art, Drama, Math

Year III

Philosophy 3323

Theology 3321

Theology 3325

Theology 3345

Science

Politics 1311

Science Theology 3320

Theology 3326

Theology 3346

Year IV

Philosophy elective Theology 3324

Theology 3328

Theology 4381

Elective

Theology 3327

Theology 3338 or elective

Philosophy 4338

Electives

Courses in Theology 1310. Understanding The Bible Introduction to the Bible and to the methodology of biblical scholarship. Survey of the history, literature and religious thought of the Jewish and Christian Sacred Scriptures. 2311. Western Theological Tradition An analysis of texts central to the western theological tradition con cerning God , creation , human na ture, and history. 3320. Moral Theology The principles of Christian morality and the Christian virtues with ap plications to contemporary Chris tian life. Prerequisite: Philosophy 3323 and Theology 2311 . Fall. 3321. Revelation and Theology Introduction to the sources and method of theology - the mystery of the Triune God. This course is offered to juniors beginning the ma jor in theology but is open to all as an elective. Fall. 3324. Theological Anthropology A study of human nature fallen into sin and redeemed by grace in the light of Salvation history. Prerequi site : Theology 2311. Spring . 3325. Christo logy and Soterlology Jesus Christ in the l\Jew Testament, development of the Christological dogma, and systematic formulation of the mystery of Incarnation . Sote riology. Prerequisite: Theology 2311. Fall, even numbered years. 3326. Ecclesiology Historical survey and systematic syn thesis of Ecclesiology with special attention to the teaching of Vatican II (Lumen Gentium). Prerequisite: Theology 2311 . Spring , odd num bered years. 3327. The Sacraments A biblical, historical, and systemat ic survey of the sacraments in gen eral, and the seven sacraments in particular. Prerequisite: Theology 2311 . Spring, even numbered years.

3328. The Liturgy History of Liturgy; theological and pastoral commentary on Vatican II's Constitution on the Sacred Liturgy and on the post-conciliar liturgical renewal. Prerequisite: Theology 2311. Fall . 3338. Social Teaching of the Church The nature, sources, and history of Christian social teachings , Theolo gy of man's social teachings, The ology of man's vocation in the world and examination of contemporary social problems in the light of the Constitution of the Church in the Contemporary World of Vatican II. Prerequisite: Theology 2311. Spring. 3341. Biblical Archeology Study tour of Palestine and Jordan with a view to understanding ·the Bible within its geographical and historical setting . Topology and phys ical characteristics of Palestine. Ar cheological sites and monuments which illuminate the biblical narra tives. Summer, as needed . 3345. Old Testament literature The formation of the Old Testament, with emphasis upon the creative, literary activity of individual writers and editors in shaping Israelite tra ditions for specific theological pur poses. The literary forms and genres of the Hebrew Bible. The formation of the Torah from oral traditions to canonical scripture. Representative prophetic and Wisdom books . Fall . 3346. New Testament literature A study in the literary structures and conveyed meanings of the New Testament writings, within the frame work of their historical setting and destination with special emphasis on the Gospels and Pauline letters. Spring. 4381. Pro-Seminar The basic tools and methods of theological research with special application to selected contempo rary issues. As needed. NOTE: See further courses on the senior-graduate level in graduate section of bulletin .

163

164

The Five-Year Through Plan To the Master of Business Administration

The student interested in a career in some facet of the complex world of business should be attracted to the University's "thru-plan" to the MBA. The Five-Year Through Plan Program is an innovation in education for busi ness which prepares its graduates for the rapidly changing and con tinually expanding concerns of the contemporary business world. Such changes, and the growing involve ment of business in all aspects of contemporary life, make even more important the business leader who possesses the background, creativi ty, and flexibility to adjust, judge, and foresee, i.e., to be a rational deci sion-maker. Consequently, an increasing num ber of firms are seeking graduates who have both a quality undergradu ate liberal arts preparation and a Mas ter of Business Administration; for it is this type of preparation which best prepares the future business leader to manage the concerns of modern business. Under this plan the student can complete both the undergraduate de gree in any major and the graduate degree in management in five years including one full-time summer. By making wise use of electives in the senior year, the undergraduate can have Lip to twelve credits accepted into the Graduate School of Manage

ment program. That is, a 49 credit graduate program becomes a 37 cred it program. The Graduate School of Manage ment offers seven programs leading to the MBA, i.e., seven areas of con centration: Business Management, In ternational Management, Engineering Management, Management Informa tion Systems, Acquistion and Govern ment Contract Management, · Health Services Management, and Industrial Management. Descriptions of these areas can be found under the GSM listings in the Braniff Graduate School section of this bulletin. Further details can be secured by writing directly to the Office of Admissions, Graduate School of Management. It will be evident that certain areas make natural combinations with par ticular undergraduate programs such as the foreign language major with the MBA International, mathematics with Information Systems, Economics with General Management and so forth . 22% of the students in GSM come from liberal arts or science back grounds. In order to ensure a smooth transi tion into the Graduate School of Man agement the student must secure ap proval for the thru-plan courses from GSM and his or her ma.jor depart ment. This should be accomplished before registration for the senior year. 165

BRANIFF GRADUATE SCHOOL

The history of the University of Dallas is closely linked with the names of Braniff and Blakley. These are perma nently enshrined with the William A. Blakley Library, the Braniff Graduate Building, the Braniff Memorial Tower, and the Braniff Graduate School. Senator William A. Blakley, lawyer, statesman, and industrialist, was a member of the first advisory board of the University of Dallas. Both Senator Blakley and Tom Braniff, founder of Braniff International Airways , had been vitally interested in private higher ed ucation. Before their deaths in 1954, Tom and Bess Braniff knew of plans for a proposed University of Dallas and had expressed hope that it would become a reality. Efforts to found the University captured the interest and support of Senator Blakley, who was devoted to the principles of private higher education and aware of the need for more educational centers of excellence in the Dallas-Fort Worth area. The Blakley-Braniff Foundation was dissolved in 1964, with all of its as

sets going to carrying out its pur poses and objectives. Senator Blakley and the other directors of the Foun dation chose the University of Dallas for the site of the Braniff Graduate School as the highest and best trib ute to the memory of Tom and Bess Braniff in perpetuity and made a seven and-a-half-million-dollar grant for its establishment. The graduate school offered its first courses in 1966. The Braniff Gradu ate Building was completed in 1968, along with the mall and the Braniff Memorial Tower. In its Liberal Arts section the Braniff Graduate School houses several mas ter level programs and the interdisci plinary doctoral program in Philosoph ic Studies . The Graduate School of Management offers the Masters of Business Administration in seven dif ferent concentrations. For detailed in formation on these programs see the Liberal Arts and Graduate School of Management sections in this catalog and in special bulletins. 167

Financial Aid

Housing

For the promotion of scholarship and research the Braniff Graduate School administers several different forms of financial aid for graduate students: fellowships, scholarships, re search or project assistantships, and loans. Tuition scholarships are awarded annually on the basis of merit. Schol arships are renewed only after a fa vorable review of the student's prog ress. Other limitations on scholarship funds are noted at the time of award. Assistantships depend upon the needs of the department and qualifications of the student. Loan programs in clude l\Jational Defense Student Loan Program, the USAF Loan Programs and the Texas Opportunity Loan Pro gram, which is restricted to Texas residents. Eligibility for federal and state fi nancial aid will follow graduate school policies on academic continuation . A student is given one semester proba tion. During this probationary semes ter financial aid is received . The stu dent must maintain at least a grade point average of 3.0 during the pro bationary semester to continue eligi bility for 'financial aid. If the student does not make the required grade point average, the ' student will lose eligibility to participate in federal or state financial aid programs for one year. To reinstate financial aid, the student must be making satisfactory progress during that year. For pur poses of financial aid a full time grad uate student is one who carries 9 credits or more; half-time is six credits. Application forms for fellowships, scholarships, and loans may be ob tained from the Financial Aid Office or the Graduate Office. Interest in assistantships should be indicated by personal letter to the department concerned.

Campus housing is available for unmarried graduate students. Apart ments and houses, in all price ranges, are plentiful in the Irving-Dallas area.

168

Employment The student employment section of the Financial Aid Office helps place students and their husbands and wives in jobs, on and off campus. Academic Discipline The policies of the Braniff Graduate School governing academic discipline parallel those of the Constantin Col lege of Liberal Arts, mutatis mutandis. Specific regulations affecting many features of academic life are found in the publications of the Graduate School and in the calendars published each semester by the Graduate Office. Any student's continuation in the Graduate School is at the discretion of the Graduate School and his major department. The Graduate School nor mally requires an average of B or better in all work taken as a graduate student. The Braniff Graduate School re serves the right to dismiss at any time any student whose academic standing, financial indebtedness to the University, or conduct it finds undesirable. Academic Honesty Plagiarism (presenting someone elses work as one's own) and cheating (obtaining assistance from others dur ing examinations, or providing such assistance) are extremely serious of fenses. All students are responsible for familiarizing themselves with the policy on Academic Honesty as de tailed in the undergraduate section of this bulletin.

Fees and Expenses 1985·1986 Graduate Tuition, 12-15 credits $1980.00 Per Semester Graduate Tuition, $165.00 Per Credit Hour Auditor fee, per course $165.00 General Student Fee,

Per Semester $200.00

This fee applies to all full time Braniff Liberal Arts stu dents and to any campus resident. It is applied to such things as building use, stlJdent services, campus activities and publications. The part-time (under twelve credits) non-resident stu dent of any classification is charged a building use fee of $4 .00 per credit hour. Room and Board, per semester The following lists charges for the basic categories of dormitory rooms and apartment housing. The Housing Office will determine specific charges for special facilities and variations in space occu pancy. Single Room, if available 19 meal $1665.00 14 meal $1625.00 Double Room $1390.00 19 meal $1350.00 14 meal Triple Room, if available 19 meal $1350.00 14 meal $1310.00 (These fees do not include tax on the board portion .) University Apartment Housing, Per semester One Bedroom (two student occupancy), per student rate $955.00 Two Bedroom (four student occupancy), per student rate $745.00

Food service contract may be elected

if the apartment resident so chooses.

These charges do not include elec

tricity.

Two Bedroom

(three student occupancy) $900.000

Occasional Fees and Penalties The following fees will vary from student to stu dent. They are non-refund able. Returned check fee , each service $20.00 Parking Registration, per semester $20 .00 $50.00 Graduation Fee Mail Box Service-No rent al fee will be charged of regular resident students . Off campus students may rent a box, if available, for $10.00 per semester. Thesis, Exhibit, Project or Dissertation Expense Each candidate for the M.A. , where a thesis is required, must supply the University with three bound copies. The student . is to bear the cost of copying and binding (at $8.00 per copy). Each candidate for the M.B.A., the M.A. in Art and the M.FA. must bear the expenses of the project or exhibits required for graduation. Each candidate for the Ph.D. must bear in addition to copying and bind ing charges for three copies, the fee of approximately $55 for microfilming and copyrighting the dissertation, and publishing an abstract. Refund Policy The same policy applies as that stipulated concerning refunds at the undergraduate level.

169

I. The Liberal Arts Programs

Dean and Associate Professor Hardy

Admission Regular Admission Inquiries and application materials for all graduate programs should be sent to the Graduate Office. Applica tion materials include two letters of reference and transcripts from all in stitutions attended, as well as the spe cific materials required by the various departments as listed on the applica tion form . The Graduate School strong ly recommends that applicants take the General Test portion of the Grad uate Record Examination, but it does not require the test for admission. Students with mixed records, howev er, are particularly encouraged to sub mit test scores as additional evidence for a decision on admission. Each application is reviewed by the proposed major department and the Graduate Dean. Applications are reviewed in five monthly 'rounds' beginning on Febru ary 15 and ending with June 15. In order to be considered for the first round, all elements of an application must be received by February 15. Applications received after that date will be considered in the next month ly round so long as there are places available in the program. Applications that are incomplete as of June 15 will not be reviewed for regular admis sion in the next fall semester. The applicant must possess a bach elor's degree or its equivalent. He should have an undergraduate major or equivalent evidence of suitable background for entering the proposed field . The concept of graduate edu cation held by the University of Dallas assumes a broad background. De partments will determine the adequa cy of preparation, with the approval 170

of the Dean of the Braniff Graduate School, and the applicant may be required to enroll for undergraduate courses to remedy deficiencies in oth er subjects as well as that chosen for graduate study.

Conditional Admission A student who has not submitted GRE scores or who has deficiencies in his undergraduate preparation may be admitted conditionally, but in the latter case he must present substan tial evidence of capacity to perform at the graduate level.

Admission as an International Special Student Students from other countries whose work is difficult to evaluate or whose degree goals are not firmly deter mined may be admitted as "Interna tional Special Students." Such stu dents are not considered regular graduate students until such time as their department formally recommends a change in their status. However, at that time, the department may indi cate that part or all of the student's previous work at the University of Dallas should be accepted for gradu ate residence or for meeting depart mental requirements. Unless proficiency is otherwise dem onstrated, every foreign applicant whose native tongue is not English is required to take either the English Language Test given through the En glish Language Institute at Ann Arbor, Michigan, or the TOEFL Test of the Educational Testing Service, Princeton, New Jersey. These tests are given in the student's home country and are normally the only certification of lan guage ability which the Graduate

School accepts. Unless one or the other of the tests has been taken at least three months before his pro posed date of enrollment, the student cannot be sure of having his applica tion processed in time for admission . Foreign students should also be aware of the tuition and living costs involved , as well as of the fact that the University has no . special funds for foreign students. Loan funds are not available since they are restructed to U.S. citizens. Admission as a Special Student

Applicants over 21 who have com pleted an undergraduate degree may be permitted to take certain graduate courses with permission of the de partment concerned . These students are not considered regular students until such time as their departments formally recommend a change in status. At that time, the student's department may indicate that part or all of his previous work at the University of Dallas should be ac cepted for graduate work. A special student may not be admitted to can didacy until he has been reclassified as a regular graduate student. Subject to the approval of the Grad uate Dean, a person of mature years who does not have a bachelor's de gree may be permitted to take courses as a special student.

Graduate School Requirements The Graduate School sets minimum standards for all graduate degrees. Each department establishes rules and requirements which supplement those of the Graduate School. The student is responsible for knowing all rules and requirements pertaining to the degree he seeks.

Requirements For the Master's Degree According to the University of Dallas concept of education, the Master's degree is a professional degree. There fore, no set number of hours consti tutes any given program; rather an acceptable proficiency in a sufficient scope of the discipline or profession constitutes the criterion for the de gree. A minimum of twenty-four course cedits, is required for the Master's degree. Specific departmental require ments must be consulted in each in stance with respect to programs lead ing to the master's degree and the course work required . Examination

As part of his M.A. degree program the candidate must pass a compre hensive examination administered by his major department, which may be oral, written, or both, at the option of his department. Eligibility for the comprehensive ex amination is determined by the de partment. It indicates that the stu dent's record is clear of incompletes and that he will satisfy degree re quirements by completing the work of the semester. Thesis

Where required, the candidate must present a thesis. (In some programs a project or exhibit is required in lieu of a thesis.) Languages

Proficiency in a foreign language is required, except where otherwise in dicated. It is suggested that a stu dent refer to the Institute Student Handbook and Departmental guide lines for specific language require ments. Students are expected to be familiar with the guidelines of the In stitute, the various Departments, and the Graduate Office . 171

Continuance in a Program

Every graduate student who has not yet reached degree candidacy is reviewed in the spring semester for satisfactory progress . A report of this review is sent to the Graduate Dean by the student's program director. A student whose progress is not satis factory will not be allowed to continue in the program. Transfer Credit

Some credit from earlier graduate work may be transferred after a stu dent has successfully completed his first full semester of work. In order to be transferred into the degree pro gram at the University, the earlier courses must be comparable to the University's courses and must have been taken within the previous six years . No more than six hours may ordinarily be transferred into a mas ter's program, although special limits apply to students in Theology who have already completed a program in divinity elsewhere. Transfers of credit are not automatic; some programs with special curricula rarely approve transfer petitions. Admission to Candidacy

A student is admitted to candidacy after he has completed all course work leading to the degree as well as individual departmental requirements excluding the thesis or its equivalent. At this time a faculty director for the student's further work is chosen by the candidate in consultation with the department chairman. A copy of the candidate's thesis proposal or its equiv alent (e .g ., a description of the candi date's proposed art exhibit), oapproved by the department chairman and faculty advisor must be supplied by the student to the Graduate Office to be kept on file. Time Limit

A Master's degree must be com

172

pleted within five years of admission to candidacy in the program unless otherwise stipulated in departmental requirements .

Requirements for the Doctor of Philosophy Degree in the Institute of Philosophic Studies The Doctor of Philosophy degree is the highest conferred by the Univer sity. It is a research and philosophic degree indicating a profound com mitment to the interdisciplinary explo r~tion of philosophic thought, espe CIally the contributions to that tradition made by Christianity. Only students who have been liber ally educated i!l their undergraduate studies and who are sympathetic to the educational philosophy of the In stitute are accepted into the program. Residence

Three academic years beyond the bachelor's degree are normally re quired. Each candidate must spend at least one continuous academic year on campus as a full-time graduate student. Transfer Credit

Some credit from earlier graduate work may be transferred after a stu dent has successfully completed his first full semester work. The same general rules apply here as to mas ter's programs. No more than nine hours may ordinarily be transferred into a doctoral program. Language

Proficiency in two languages, usu ally French, German, Greek, or Latin, must normally be demonstrated by the candidate. With approval of the Graduate Faculty the candidate's de partment may allow a substitution for

one of these on the ground of greater pertinence to a student's program. In some programs, a successfully com pleted scholarly project in one for eign language may satisfy the re quirement. The language requirement may be satisfied in one of three ways . Specifics for each department may be found in the Institute Handbook.

Continuance in a Program Every graduate student who has not yet reached degree candidacy is reviewed in the spring semester for satisfactory progress. A report of this review is sent to the Graduate Dean by the student's program director. A student whose progress is not satis factory will not be allowed to continue in the program.

Qualifying Examination The student must take a Qualifying Examination in the semester after the completion of three semesters of full time work. The student's performance on the Examination must satisfy his program director and the examining committee that he is capable of con tinuing with doctoral studies.

Institute M.A. The M.A. degree may be awarded t6 doctoral students after the comple tion of the Qualifying Examination, 48 hours of couse work properly distrib uted, and one foreign language re quirement. It is the student's respon sibility to make appl ication for the Institute M.A. degree through the Reg istrar's Office.

hensive Examination in the semester following completion of all course work. This includes completing all outstand ing "I" and "T" grades . In exception al cases , special permission may be granted by the Graduate Dean to take the comprehensives in the second semester following the completion of course work. The Graduate Dean will appoint, for each candidate, an examining com mittee of five or more members of the graduate faculty, with the program director of the student's discipline as chairman . The time and place of the examinations are arranged by the Graduate Office. Success'ful comple tion of the Comprehensive Examina tion is recorded on the transcript.

Dissertation A dissertation of suitable quality and magnitude shall be submitted by the candidate , and after it is approved, a defense of the dissertation, open to the Graduate Faculty, must be made by the candidate. Detailed information concerning the formal requirements for preparation and filing of dissertations may be obtained from the Graduate Office and the department .

Time Limit All requirements for the Ph.D. de gree must be met within six years counted from the semester in which the student is admitted to candidacy in the Graduate School or the student will be deemed to have lost all resi dence credit.

Admission to Candidacy An applicant is admitted to candi dacy after he has successfully com pleted all program requirements through the Comprehensive Examination.

Comprehensive Examination The student must take the Compre

General Information Student Load The normal full-time load is 12 cred its per semester and 6 credits per summer session. A student enrolled for 9 credits of graduate work is con 173

sidered full-time. Courses carrying graduate credit are those numbered in the 6000 to 9099 range. Courses numbered 5000 to 5099, Senior-Graduate Courses, may be offered by the candidate in partial fulfillment of degree requirements. However, a maximum of twelve such credits is acceptable . 5000-5099 course descriptions will usually be found under the Constantin College of Liberal Arts listings. Holders of Research Assistantships, Fellowships, and Scholarships sup ported by the Graduate School are, in general, required to carry a full program of studies during their ap pointments. Students under this clas sification who have completed the re quired course work may, however, car ry programs consisting of three or more credits of thesis or dissertation research under the direction of their major department.

only where there is a good reason for the absence and a good prospect of the student's returning to the pro gram . A student who interrupts his course of studies without a leave of absence is considered to have re signed from the program and must re-apply for admission if he should desire to return . Incompletes

Grades of "I" must be removed not later than four weeks into the next regular semester. If an "I" grade is not removed within that period, it be comes permanent and the student loses all credit of the course. In addi tion, no student with four or more "I" or "T" grades will, as a rule, be al lowed to register for any graduate courses. Institute students should re fer to the Institute Student Handbook for further information. Diploma Application

Withdrawal

Withdrawal from courses or from the University must be with written permission of the Graduate Dean. Students are not permitted to with draw from courses during the four weeks before final examination peri od . Grades of F are assigned for unofficial withdrawals .

To be recommended for a degree, a student must file a formal applica tion in the Graduate Office. If he does not complete his work in the term during which the application is filed, it is necessary that he reapply early during the succeeding term in which he expects his degree. Awarding of Degrees

Leaves of Absence

A student who needs to interrupt his course of studies from one se mester to the next must seek a leave of absence. Leaves will be granted

174

Degrees are granted by the Board of Trustees of the University of Dallas upon recommendation of the Gradu ate Council through the Graduate Dean and President.

Department of Art Director and Professor Novinski; Professor H. Bartscht; Visiting Professor Norberg-Schulz; As sociate Professor Strunck; Assistant Professors Lavatelli and Hammett.

The graduate programs in Art are concerned primarily with the profes sional preparation of the student. The Department administers three gradu ate programs: M.A., M.F.A., and the M.A. in Art Education. Upon review of the transcripts and portfolio presented, the graduate com mittee of the Art Department will make an assignment of courses to be taken if the student has met the standards for admission required by the pro gram sought and the Braniff Graduate School. At this point the student is assigned a master professor to aid in the development of the studio spe cialization. After completion of the 'first semester of work the committee will then re-evaluate this assignment making any necessary adjustments. Throughout the various programs such critiques are given and the simple completion of a certain number of credits is not to be construed as com pletion of a particular degree program. Most full-time students are awarded full tuition scholarships for the course work needed to complete the pro gram to which they are accepted. Scholarship holders are expected to be available for departmental tasks upon request, not to exceed 5 hours per week.

Assistantships are awarded in areas of Art History, Ceramics, Painting, Print making, and Sculpture. They are studio/research/grading assistantships. Teaching assistantships are very rare and depend on the needs of the de partment. Loans should be applied for through the Financial Aid Office. Upon review of the portfolio, tran scripts , and recommendations , the graduate faculty of the Art depart ment accepts students into the grad uate program under the supervision of a major professor in the studio specializations of Ceramics, Painting, Printmaking, and Sculpture. For the students in the graduate program in Art Education an art advisor is assigned.

I. The MA Program The study leading to the Master of Arts requires a minimum of 30 cred its, of which 10 credits have to be accumulated in the following: two con secutive semesters of the MA Semi nar, Art 5355-Twentieth Century Art, and one additional art history course. (The Twentieth Century course may be replaced by an approved substitution if its content is judged to have been satisfied previously.) Studio courses can be combined with the approval 175

of the major professor. The "full g radu ate art faculty examines the work of the student and his knowledge after the completion of 9-15 credit hours. Candidacy is granted after a suc cessful examination. The examination may be repeated only once, within the time of one semester. The com pletion of the program normally takes three semesters and independent study during the summer. It is culmi nated by a thesis exhibition, (for four credits), and an oral defense of the exhibition. The thesis exhibition is presented on campus. For documen tation, two sets of slides must be presented at the time of the oral examination.

II. The MFA Program The Master of Fine Arts is the ac cepted terminal degree for art stu dents. It is the purpose of the MFA program to develop students who have superior competence in their studio area, knowledge of a spectrum of studio procedures, proficiency in the history of art, and an understanding of the responsibilities of the artist or the artist-teacher. This program is designed for stu dents of high qualifications who wish to prepare themselves as profession al artists, and for positions in senior institutions. It requires the completion of the Master of Art program from the University of Dallas, or other colleges, and the acceptance by the full grad uate art faculty. Building upon earlier graduate ed ucation, the program requires a mini mum of 30 hours beyond the Master of Arts, of which the following courses are required of all students: two consecu tive semesters of MFA Seminar, two courses in art history, and the MFA Exhibition course. All other courses are selected with the approval of the major professor. The completion of the program normally takes three or

176

four semesters and two summers of independent study. It is completed by the MFA Exhibition, a professional exhibition on or off campus, and by an oral examination with the full grad uate art faculty. For documentation, two sets of slides and a short explan atory paper must accompany the ex hibition. Students entering the pro gram from another institution have their work and knowledged examined by the faculty after completion of 9-15 hours of study.

III. The M.A. in Art Education This interdepartmental degree re quires about 36 credits of study, 12 in education including six in prepara tion of a thesis relating the two fields, and 24 credits in Art in courses numbered 5000 or above as deter mined by the art advisor. It is impor tant that a random selection of courses be avoided. The M.A. in Art Educa tion is excellent preparation for high school and junior college teaching and for further graduate study.

Graduate Courses in Art And Art History Course Numbering The "V" designation in the course num ber indicates the possibility of variable credit. Per semester courses may range from one to five credits .

5354. History of American Art From the colonial period to the present. 5355. Twentieth Century Art The arts of the 20th century as influenced by the movements of the closing decades of the 19th century. 5356. Art of the Italian Renaissance A history of the art of the Renais sance, in Italy, Giotto to Mannerism.

535S. Baroque to Impressionism The history of European art of the Baroque, Rococo, l\Jeo-Classical, Romantic, Realistic, and Impres sionist periods. 5357. Special Studies in Art History Focuses on a special topic, period of artist according to the discretion of the professor. 5359. Graduate Drawing Fall and Spring. 5365. The Gothic Image Emphasizing the visual expressions, e.g., the great cathedrals of the 11 th through 13th centuries. 5367. Northern Renaissance Late Gothic and Renaissance art in Europe outside Italy, with em phasis on Flemish and German painting. 7357. Directed Readings Readings in art history and criti cism focusing on a particular peri od, theme, or artist. 7V71. Graduate Problems Theoretical or Studio Research. Prior to registration, the student pre sents a brief proposal in writing to the professor. Upon agreement about parameters a copy of the signed proposal is filed with the

department. Variable credit. Fall and Spring.

7V72- Sculpture 7V73. Fall and Spring 7V74- Painting 7V75. Fall and Spring 7V76- Ceramics 7V77. Fall and Spring 7V7S- Printmaking 7V79. Fall and Spring 7293- M.A. Seminar 7294. Fall and Spring 7495 M.A. Exhibit SV72- Sculpture SV73. Fall and Spring SV74- Painting SV75. Fall and Spring SV76- Ceramics SV77. Fall and Spring SV7S- Printmaking SV79. Fall and Spring SV91- Graduate Problems Fall and Spring S293- M.F.A. Seminar S294. Fall and Spring SS99. M.F.A. Exhibit

177

Department of Education Professor and Director of M.A. Program Clod felter; cooperating faculty from Art, English and Theology

iiThe Master of Arts The Master of Arts degree in Edu cation offered by the Braniff Gradu ate School is a professional degree. It certifies that the holder is qualified to teach a discipline at a level of competence higher than that attested by the baccalaureate degree which is prerequisite. It indicates additional mastery of the discipline as well as a deeper understanding of the prob lems involved in learning it. The curriculum requires additional study of a discipline as well as an advanced study of the philosophy, science, and art of education. At pres ent, the degree is offered in art edu cation, English education, and religious education. Additional specializations will be added as graduate programs in other disciplines are developed. A student is admitted to formal candidacy for the degree after the successful completion of nine credits in the discipline to be taught. Upon admission to candidacy, a committee of two graduate advisors from educa tion and the discipline area is assigned to direct the student in his program of studies. The advisors determine the student's adequacy of preparation for the inter departmental comprehensive exami nation. A candidate can reasonably expect to become eligible for the com prehensive examination in two semes ters of full-time concentrated work or

its equivalent in part-time study. Com pletion of the thesis will usually ex tend into a third semester. Course requirements for the M.A. in Education are: Education 6368-69 and 7388-89 and 24 semester hours of courses numbered 5000 or above in subject discipline as approved by the advisory committee.

Graduate Courses 6368- Seminar in 6369. Secondary Education An integrated and correlated treat ment in depth of the history, philos ophy, and teaching principles of secondary education to meet the needs of teachers or teaching in terns in: Fine Arts, English Lan guage-Literature and Theology (Master of Religious Education) Fall and Spring . 6378- Internship in 6379. Secondary Education A full-time teaching experience in an area high school under the su pervision of a University of Dallas professor and the Department of Education in one of these areas: Fine Arts, English Language-liter ature, or Theology. (Approval of di rector is required . Prerequisite: Ed ucation 6368.) Fall and Spring. 7388- Thesis Research in 7389. Education Fall and Spring.

179

180

Department of English

Chairman and Associate Professor Alvis; Pro fessor Bradford; Associate Professors Curtsinger, DiLorenzo, Dupree, and Gregory; Assistant Pro fessor Sorensen; Visiting Assistant Professors Maguire and Davies; Adjunct Professor Pruit; Distinguished Visiting Professor Schoeck.

Graduate Programs in English

II. The Master of Arts in English

A number of graduate programs are offered under the direction of the Department of English . The doctoral program in Literature forms a major portion of the Philo sophic Institute and is delineated in that section of the catalog. The M.A. in English is an intensive one year plus thesis program which, while establishing professional com petence in scholarly techniques, ac quaints the student with the broad survey of European and American let ters . The program is intended for the aspiring teacher, critic, or scholar. The Caroline Gordon Program in Creative Writing, leading to the M.A., concentrates on the fundamental meth ods and techniques necessary to the writer of fiction . The programs are described be low. The courses offered by the de partment in the graduate school are listed on the pages which follow. In addition, upper level undergraduate courses may be applicable; their de scriptions are given in the Constantin College section of the catalog .

The Master of Arts degree in En glish is a broad program of study preparing the student to teach litera ture effectively at the undergraduate level, to pursue doctoral study, or to practice the profession of letters. The aim is mastery of a whole discipline, not specialization in one aspect of it, and, consequently, study is not con fined to literature written in English but embraces a tradition of great works inclusive of Homer, Virgil, Dante, the Greek dramatists, and other Conti nental writers ancient and modern. Competency in this profession of letters is gained in a year or more of intensive study. Although familiarity with the scope of English and American literature is demanded and ability in the scholarly and communicative ap paratus is expected, what distinguishes the M.A. program at the University of Dallas is its concentration on a criti cal mastery of the "liter8/y tradition" - that living body of great European and American works that provides standards for literary judgment. Ordinarily a B.A. in English is re quired for admission. Students with out the B.A. in English but otherwise qualified may be required to take up to 12 hours of undergraduate credit in English concurrently with their grduate courses. Before beginning the M.A. Thesis the candidate will dem onstrate a reading competency in

I. The Doctoral Program with concentration in Literature For a full description of this inter disciplinary program see the outline within the Institute of Philosophic Studies.

181

Greek, Latin, French, German, or Italian. The language requirement may be met by completing an upper level language course with a grade of B or better or by passing an examination in translation. A candidate can rea sonably expect to become eligible for the comprehensive examination in a regular academic year of concen trated work, if no other obligations are undertaken. Completion of the the sis will most likely extend into the summer.

Courses in Literature 6311. The Epic Studies in the Iliad, Odyssey. Aeneid, and Beowulf with a view to under stand epic poetry as the most com prehensive form of literary art. Con centration upon the elaboration of a classical conception of the na ture of heroism, divinity, and social order in the poems of Homer and Virgil , culminating in a consider ation of Beowulf as bridging the Germanic-pagan and the Christian world. Reflection upon continuity and divergence in the epic poets' vari ous renderings of cosmic order, the city, divine providence, human excellence. Fall. 6322. Shakespeare Studies in the entire canon with emphasis upon the histories, com edies, Roman plays (major trage dies studied in 6344). Shakespeare as the universal poet capable of achieving both tragedy and come dy and each in a pre-eminent de gree. Reflection upon the meaning of this achievement and upon Shakespeare's understanding of the confluence and divergence of the classical, Christian, and modern tra ditions. Fall. 6333. Spenser/Milton Focusing upon The Faerie Queen and Paradise Lost, and Paradise Regained, the cou rse undertakes to grasp the synthesis of humanis tic and Christian ideals in both poets and the Protestant version of the

182

Christian epic exemplified in their works. Context provided by read ings in Spenser's lyrics, Milton's lyrics, Comus, Samson Agonistes, and prose writings. Fall.

6344. Tragedy/Comedy A consideration of two alternate but constantly recurring vantages upon human life beginning with Greek drama and Aristotle's Poetics, con tinuing with Elizabethan-Jacobean drama, and concluding with an as sessment of the fortunes of trage dy in the modern era. Reflection upon the relationship between the dramatic form and the human ac tion embodied in that form and upon epochal changes in the concep tion of what constitute tragic limita tion and comic fulfillment. Spring. 6355. Russian Novel Readings in Gogol, Turgenev, and Tolstoy, focusing chiefly on the ma jor writings of Dostoevsky as the novelist who incorporates the Rus sian myth into the Western tradition at a time of crisis and by so doing defines the limits of the novel: Dead Souls, Fathers and Sons, Anna Karenina and The Death of Ivan Ilych, The Idiot, The Possessed, The Brothers Karamazov. Spring. 7311. Chaucer Studies in the entire canon with special emphasis upon The Can terbury Tales, Troilus and Criseyde and The Book of the Duchess. Re flection upon Chaucerian comedy in its genial and dark versions and Chaucer's resources in an imagi native vision shaped by Christian belief. Fall. 7322. RomanticNictorian A study of nineteenth-century British poetry and criticism as constitutive of a fundamental revolution in the understanding of the nature of po etic imagination, the artist's rela tionship to society, the purpose, provenance and limits of civil soci ety, the character of religion, the priorities of communal obligations and individual rights. Reading in Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Keats, Shelley, Byron, Tennyson,

Browning, Arnold, Hardy, Housman, Hopkins. Spring.

7333. Faulkner An examination of the fiction in the light of the probability that Faulkner is the twentieth-century writer most worthy of inclusion in the order of the greatest authors. Consideration of Faulkner's status as the most thoughtful recent novelist formed in the great tradition, and as a writer uncommonly perceptive of the challenges posed to the con tinuation of that tradition by con temporary erosions. Spring. 7377. Special Studies Courses not listed above offered according to student interest and faculty availability. 7678. Thesis Seminar 8311. Literary Criticism and Lyric Poetry The lyric as a generic form of poet ry and the central place of the lyric in modern literary criticism . Lyric themes of innocence, the golden age, and the garden as these oc cur in poetry from the Psalms and Solomon's Song to the contempo rary lyric. Reflection upon the rela tionship between the form of lyrics and the object of their mimesis, the source of the poet's inspiration, the character of imagination, the figu rative language appropriate to lyric poetry. 8322. Melville/Hawthorne/James The three American novelists who, with Faulkner, address most com prehensively the theme of America as the problematic fusion of the New World with the Old . The dis covery of perennial issues of hu man greatness and frailty against the background of a society intent upon defining the terms of its found ing. The resources of the American writer in the novel and the romance novel. The adjustments of patrio tism and cristicism encumbent upon the American fiction writer; the Eu ropean in America and the Ameri can abroad . Fall.

8333. Dante Intensive study in The Divine Comedy and in the Vita Nuova in sofar as this work contributes to an understanding of the Comedy Dante and the Christian epic; the relation ship between classical and Chris tian bearings within the Comedy; Dante as the poet most profoundly exemplary of medieval Christen dom's grasp of the analogical char acter of creatureliness and of man's ordination to his creator and re deemer. Spring. 9311. Menippean Satire Studies in an important segment of the literary tradition taking into ac count works which elude the cate gories of epic , tragic, comic, lyric and yet which draw upon all of these genres in constructing mas sive satirical fictions epic in scope, comic in spirit, tragic in implica tion, and sporadically lyric in form . Authors most frequently read in the course: Lucian, Petronius, Apuleius, Rabelais, Cervantes, Swift, Sterne, Lewis, Carroll, Joyce, Nabokov, John Barth. 9322. Augustan Literature Reflection upon the principal sati rists of the period extending from the Restoration to the American Rev olution and focusing upon philo sophical , social, and religious is sues. Consideration of the Augustan writers' conception of the nature and function of poetry, especially the role of poetry in life. The stan dard of the candid, reflective gen tleman in contention with fools, knaves, and enthusiasts. Dryden, Pope, Swift, Gay, Johnson . 9333. Twentieth-Century Literature The plight of the literary artist in an age considered uncongenial to the principles of thought and feeling traditionally connected with poetry, an age perhaps antipathetic to the very claim that poetry can embody truth . The efforts of poets and nov elists to give unity and authority to their vision in the absence of a generally endorsed public myth. A

183

consideration of the various man ners in which major twentieth-cen tury authors accommodate them selves to, or join issue with, their contemporaries. Yeats, Eliot, Pound , Stevens , Conrad, Joyce, Heming way.

9344. German Literature and the Modern Spirit Goethe's Faust and Nietzsche's Thus Spake Zarathrustra considered for the sake of their critical represen tation of modern man's restless en deavor to create himself, master nature, and conduct life without the guidance of traditional standards of nature and natural right or Chris tian conceptions of God and divine revelation. Associated readings in at least two of the following au thors: Rilke, Kafka, HOlderlin, Kleist, Mann. 9355. Southern Literature The development of the Southern Literary Renaissance and its lega cy in recent Southern writers. A consideration of the relationship be tween the Southern author's sub

184

stantial achievements in verse, fic tion, and criticism and the society with which their work is chiefly con cerned . Southern writing as an en clave of traditionalism within a prevailingly neoteric contemporary world . Davidson, Ransom, Tate, War ren, Lytle, Porter, Welty, Gordon, O'Connor.

9366. Studies in the Novel Consideration of the relatedness of form to subject of the one literary mode practiced exclusively by mod ern authors. Of special concern: the various novelists' portrayals of large social developments in coun terpoint to their presentation of the fate of a central character. Authors most frequently included : Richard son, Defoe, Fielding, Austen, Flau bert, Stendahl, E. Bronte, Dickens, Trollope, Hardy, Gogol, Tolstoy, Tur genev, Twain . Spring . 7377. Special Studies Course not listed above offered ac cording to student interest and fac ulty availability. 7678. Thesis Seminar

Master of Humanities Program

Director and Associate Professor Wood

The Master of Humanities program allows a student an exceptional breadth of experience in the accumulated cul ture of Western man. It is conceived as a forum for graduate learning which coordinates the pursuit of related dis ciplines, so that the work of anyone student while organized around one discipline may extend, for example, into courses in art history, literature, philosophy, politics, psychology, and theology. The program is intended primarily, but not exclusively, for the mature student who is already committed to the responsibilities of a family, busi ness, or profession. Therefore courses are often undertaken on a part-time basis and there is no rigid time-limit

stipulated for the completion of de gree requirements. The program re quires 36 credit hours, distributed in an interdisciplinary fashion, but nor mally with a concentration of 15 cred it hours in a major discipline. Regu larly at least half of these hours will be at the 6000 level or above . An undergraduate degree is as sumed, but it need not be in the field of the Humanities. Mature persons of high capacility who do not hold a bachelor's degree may be admitted conditionally with the approval of the Graduate Dean. Until the student's status is regularized, permission of the instructor may also be required for registration in some courses.

185

186

Department of Philosophy

Chairman and Associate Professor Wood; Pro fessor Wilhelmsen; Associate Professors Crosby, Hardy, and Murguia; Associate Professor Emeri tus Cain, Assistant Professors Lawrence and Sepper; Adjunct Professor Foltz.

The Department of Philosophy of fers two graduate programs in philoso phy, one leading to the Ph.D. and the other to the Master of Arts in Philos ophy.

I.The Doctoral Program with Concentration In Philosophy The doctoral program is an inter disciplinary program offered within the Institute of Philosophic Studies. The full description of this program may be found under the Institute of Philo sophic Studies in this Bulletin .

II. The Master of Arts In Philosophy Purpose: The Master of Arts pro gram intends to engage the student in a serious and thorough study of the Western philosophical tradition. It is not expected, however, that the student will acquire merely an extrin sic knowledge of historical authors and doctrines. Rather, the student should hope to recover the best of the philosophical tradition in personal appropriation, by rethinking the tradi':' tion in the light of the persistent ques tions, new and old. Requirements: Although the courses

for the Master of Arts degree are taught within the structure of the Insti tute of Philosophic Studies, the M.A. program remains an independent and unified program with its own aims and purposes. Ordinarily, candidates for admission to the Master of Arts program in Philosophy should have attained a Bachelor's degree in this discipline. In the absence of such a degree, the student may be required, after evaluation of his training and knowledge in the field, to take sup plementary undergraduate courses be fore or after his admission to the Mas ter's program. It is especially important that the student have a long familiari ty with the questions of classical Meta physics and with the history of the philosophical tradition . For the com pletion of the Master of Arts degree in Philosophy, the student must take eight graduate courses in Philosophy (24 credits) and must write a Mas ter's theses (6 credits). The student is furthermore required to demonstrate a critical mastery of a number of phil osophical texts specified by the De partment. Evidence of competency with regard to these is demonstrated in a comprehensive examination. Also, the student is expected to demon strate proficiency in at least one for eign language pertinent to his field of thesis research. 187

Courses in Philosophy 5321. Social Philosophy Interpersonal relations , especially kinds of love; community as a whole encompassing individuals; relations between individual person and com munity; the basic forms of commu nity; the role of value and the good in constituting communities. 5331. Philosophy of Right The concept of right and its differ ent kinds; the moral law and its ground; the positive law of the state and the authority on which it is based; the a priori foundations of civil law; legal and moral punish ment. 5334. Philosophy of History The nature of historical knowledge and the problem of historical inter pretation. Great theories of history, both classical and contemporary. Christian and pagan views. Fall, even-numbered years. 5358. Scholastic Tradition A study in depth of philosophical issues that are crucial in the con temporary dialogue between phi losophy and theology. Questions such as God and the world , cre ation, faith and reason, the human person, are studied within the per spective of scholastic tradition. Spe cial consideration is given to Tho mistic thought. Fall semester. 5359. Phenomenological Tradition The origins of phenomenology and the achievement of Husserl; the ideal of returning to the "things them selves"; the great division between realist and transcendental phenom enology; the relation of phenome nology to the Western tradition of metaphysics. Offered as needed. 5360. Senior/Graduate Elective Offered according to the interests of professors and the needs of stu dents. Enrollment is open to ad vanced undergraduate and begin ning graduate students, with the approval of the Chairman .

188

6311. Plato A careful analysis of one major text, with relevant readings in other texts. Special attention will be given to the interplay of argumentation, im age, structure and action. 6322. Aristotle Typically, a careful reading of the entire Metaphysics, with collateral reading in Categories, Topics, Phys ics, On the Soul, On Generation and Corruption, and Plato's Timaeus. Although not required, a reading knowledge of Greek is most help ful. Topics vary.

6331. Studies in Scholastic Thought Following an overview of the three moments of Scholastic thought (Me dieval, Tridentine, Neo-Scholastic), a study of selected figures of works. Topics include research into one period or a portion of it, and com parative studies in quite separate scholastic authors . Special atten tion paid to the methodological char acter of the whole tradition. 6332. Studies in Phenomenological Thought Selected readings in the phenom enological tradition with special at tention to the achievement of the early and later Husserl. Such ques tions as the existential phenome nology of Heidegger and the her meneutic phenomenology of Paul Ricoeur are also discussed in this course. 6336. Ethics An investigation of the sources of moral obligation; the nature of moral obligation and call, of moral goodness, of conscience . A criti cal consideration of ethical relativ ism, utilitarianism, situation ethics, analytical ethics. A critical study of Aristotelian and medieval contribu tions to ethics and of Kant's ethical works . An evaluation of the ethical contributions of W D. Ross, Scheler, and Hildebrand. The attempt to con tinue their contributions through new ones.

6354. Philosophy of Language A study of the levels and kinds of language, with attention to the se mantic and logical characteristics of each. Beyond the fundamental questions of signification, empha sis on sacral and symbolic lan guages, on lived linguistic context, and on linguistic bounded ness. Ex amination of the methodological pre suppositions of such authors as Saussure, Cassirer, Wittgenstein, Whorf, Austin, Foucault, and Oerrida. Comparison of various competing theories in modern discussion, which are in turn compared with the spec ulations on language in antiquity and among the medievals. 6355. Philosophy of Logic The concept and its different kinds; the structure of the judgment; the truth of a judgment; the foundational principles of logic (e .g ., contradic tion, excluded middle); the synthetic analytic distinction; philosophical as pects of grammar; kinds of infer ence. 6366. Philosophy of Science Various understandings of 'science' as a privileged knowledge, but chief ly the methods and the conse quences for philosophy of the mod ern natural sciences. The foundations of mathematics, including the math ematical character of modern sci ence; mechanism and reduction ism as explanations; relativity or evolution as difficulties for episte mology and metaphysics; and the 'relativism' exhibited by the se quence of scientific revolutions. Spe . cial attention given to the role of imagination and symbol in the con struction of scientific theory. 7313. Aesthetics A philosophic inquiry into the arts and the modes of artistic meaning. Questions about the definition of a work of art, about artistic 'creation', about style and criticism, and about artistic communication. Alternate ac counts of sign and symbol are ap plied to the analysis of artworks . Case studies of the possibilities of communication in particular art

forms and comparisons among the different forms.

7321. Philosophy of Being An introduction to the fundamental questions of traditional ontology. The foundations of Scholastic meta physics: the triplet ens, essentia, esse,· the predicamenta and the predicabilia; the transcendentals; the description of substance and accidents and of potency and act. The points of transformation from Aristotelian to Scholastic metaphys ics, and from the Scholastic to the modern. The question of participa tion and its relation to the study of being itself. Regional and hierar chical ontologies. Selected compar isons with contemporary accounts . 8331. Epistemology The general features of all knowl edge such as its intentionality, receptivity and transcendence; the different forms of nonscientific un derstanding; knowledge, its possi bility and nature as knowledge of necessary essential laws; the knowl edge of existence and the existing world, the possibility of a philo sophical realism . Critical confron tation with the claims of skepticism and relativism, transcendental ide alism, empiricism, and neopositiv ism. 8338. Philosophy of Religion The nature of this new field of phi losophy; religious acts, especially the act of faith; reason and faith; the elements of religion; religious experiences such as religious fear; analysis of religious deformations such as superstition, formalism, idol atry (especially its modern form in anti-religious thought); differences and relations between religion and morality. Study of the contributions to a philosophy of religion extending from the early Church fathers up to R. Otto, to existentialist thinkers such as Kierkegaard, phenomenoligists such as M. Scheler, Bergson and Eliade. 8341. Philosophy of Value The distinction between value and being, the problems of value rela

189

tivism ; the role of value in the life of the human person; value and pow er ; problems of value knowledge; value and language; value and oughtness, especially moral ought ness.

8345. Philosophical Anthropology The nature of man, of his rationali ty, freedom , etc . will be investigat ed . Special consideration will be given to the body-soul problem, to the question of the "lived body, " and to the ultimate issue of mortality immorality, as it grows out of an investigation of both the psycho physical constitution of man and of his spiritual acts and rational nature.

190

8351. Philosophy of God Speculative and practical proofs of the existence of God. In-depth study of the quinque viae and the onto logical argument. The nature of God; the challenge of process philoso phy. The language about God and the relations between God and the world . 8355- Electives 8360. Courses not listed above , offered according to student interest and faculty availability. 7377. Special Studies Courses not listed above offered according ot student interest and faculty availability. 7378. Thesis Seminar

Department of Politics Chairman and Associate Professor West; Pro fessor Sasseen; Associate Professors Oe Al varez and Paynter; Visiting Professors Marini and Jeffrey; Lecturer Broyles.

The highest mission of the Depart ment of Politics is to teach students to examine politics from the compre hensive perspective of political phi losophy. Through its course of study, it also seeks to educate its students for leadership in public affairs. The graduate programs of the Politics De partment reflect these dual empha ses . It offers a Ph .D., through the Willmoore Kendall Program in Politics of the Institute of Philosophic Studies, and an M.A. in Politics.

I. The Doctoral Program with Concentration In Politics For a full description of this inter disciplinary program see the outline within the Institute of Philosophic Studies.

II. The Master of Arts In Politics The program leading to a Master of Arts in Politics is a concentrated course of study in political philosophy de signed especially for students who intend to pursue careers in law, jour nalism, business, government, or oth er non-college-teaching professions. It aims to develop and solidify the capacity of the student for truly inde pendent and rigorous thinking about political and moral questions.

The course of study allows the stu dent to study political philosophy free of many extraneous requirements. Most of the small and informal seminars characteristic of the program involve a close reading of the texts of the Great Tradition of discourse on politi cal order. The program is designed to enable the student to complete its requirements in a year of full-time study if he so desires.

Requirements for the M.A. in Politics The course of studies of all stu dents in the program will be planned in consultation with the director of the program, and must be approved by him. Thirty credit-hours are required. Six of these credit hours will consist of either a Master's thesis or two ad vanced seminars with a substantial paper in each. Up to six hours of the student's work may be taken outside the Department of Politics in courses closely related to the study of poli tics . Although most of the student's courses in politics will be graduate offerings of the department, in ex ceptional cases an upper-level un dergraduate course may be taken for graduate credit with the consent of the director of the program . In such a case the student will be assigned additional work by the course instructor. 191

A reading knowledge of foreign lan guage is required. This requirement may be met either by taking a lan guage examination administered by the department or by completing (not earlier than four years before the lan guage requirement becomes actual) the second semester of a second year level language course in an accredited college with at least a B grade . A comprehensive examination is required. The following list of courses, repre sentative of the graduate curriculum in Politics, will be offered as seminars or as directed readings (Special Stud ies) courses during the next three to five years as needed. Students should also consult the list of Politics courses in the undergraduate section of this catalogue; with the consent ot the Department Chairman, some of these may be taken for graduate credit, although graduate students may be assigned additional work by the course instructor. 7370. The Origins of Political Science/Socrates The Greek origins of political sci ence will be investigated through a reading of Aristophanes' Clouds and Plato's Apology of Socrates, erito, and Charmides. 7371. Xenophon The Memorabilia, Oeconomicus, the Hiero, and Cyropaedia. The work of Xenophon as essential for the understanding of Socrates' teaching. 7372. Plato's Republic The implications of the form in which the seminal book in Western politi cal philosophy is written will be considered; the political and philo sophic alternatives rejected by the Socratic-Platonic teaching will also be discussed . 7373. Plato's Laws The Laws will be read with a view to possible differences between Plato's "theoretical" and "practical" teachings .

192

7374. Plato's Statesman This work will be read with a view to possible differences between Plato's Socratic and non-Socratic political teaching . The dialogues pre ceding the Statesman (Theaetetus, Euthyphro, and Sophist) will also be read . 7376. Aristotle's Ethics The ethical basis of political life investigated through a study of the Nicomachean Ethics. 7377. Aristotle's Politics A study of Aristotle's Politics as an introduction to the classical un derstanding of man and society. Emphasis on the dialogical or tenta tive character of Aristotelian teach ing . 7378. Lucretius Consideration of Lucretius' opposi tion to the Socratic tradition, as well as his relation to the rise of modern science and philosophy. Text: The poem On the Nature of Things, the only complete surviv ing work of conventionalism and materialsim from antiquity read. 7379. Cicero Cicero's adaptation of Greek politi cal philosophy to the Roman polity studied through a reading of the Republic, Laws, On Duties, (de Officiis), On the Ends of Good and Bad Things (de Finibus) , and On the Nature of the Gods. 7380. Medieval Political Philosophy The confrontation of Greek Philos ophy with the revealed religions (Christianity, Judaism, and Islam) posed the need for a new expres sion of the classical teaching. Au thors: Thomas Aquinas, Avicenna, Maimonides, and Alfarabi. 7381. Machiavelli The thought of this seminal thinker of modernity investigated through a reading of the Discourses on Livy Other works, especially the Prince, are consulted to establish the broad er context of Machiavelli's political teaching.

7384. Hobbes The founding of modern political sci ence was accomplished by Hobbes. The Leviathan and On the Citizen will be read . The connection be tween modern science and politi cal science will receive attention . 7385. Spinoza The political writings of Spinoza, including the Theologico-Political Treatise and the Political Treatise. The relation of politics and religion is discussed , as well as the grounds for the first philosophic recommenda tion of free speech and democrary. 7387. Locke The political philosophy of John Locke, including the Two Treatises of Government and the Essays on the Law of Nature. Locke's criticism and reinterpretation of traditional natural law, and the importance of his teaching for understanding mod ern liberal regimes, are examined . 7388. Rousseau The first thoroughgoing modernity was made by giving a new direction to ical thought. Texts: The

critique of Rousseau, philosoph Emile, the First and Second Discourses, and The Social Contract.

7390. Kant Beginning with a consideration of Kant's metaphysical and moral teaching, the course concentrates on his political and historical writ ings. Kant's role in the develop ment of the "historical conscious ness" of 19th and 20th century philosophy stressed.

7391. Hegel Hegel's teaching on man and the state in light of the historical pro cess which culminates in man's re ligious, moral, and intellectual per fection. Primary Text: Philosophy of History; other works will be referred to according to need . 7394. Nietzsche Nietzsche's mature thought stud ied through a reading of Beyond Good and Evil and the third part of Genealogy of Morals. Nietzsche's relation to his historicist precursors and existentialist successors em phasized . 7395. Heidegger The grounds for Heidegger's deni al of the possibility of political phi losophy sought through a study of selected writings, including his Intro duction to Metaphysics. Heidegger's thought will be contrasted with that of his important 20th-century rival , Leo Strauss. 8396. Shakespeare Seminar Shakespeare's understanding of pol itics and the question of the rela tionship between poetry, philoso phy, and political thought. Does Shakespeare present a history of Western civilization from Athens to England? 7678. Thesis Seminar 7377. Special Studies Courses not listed above offered according to student interest and faculty availability.

193

194

Department of Theology

Director of Graduate Programs and Professor Nardoni; Director of Pastoral Practicums and Assistant Professor Keane; Professor Balas; Associate Professors Batto and Phan; Assis tant Professor Foubert; Adjunct Professors Bel/, Elmer, Fel/hauer, Kereszty, Luby, Morel/a, Pichard; Lecturer Seitz.

Through its graduate programs the Department of Theology fosters ad vanced theological studies, scholar ship and research, and the develop ment of pastoral and catechetical skills. The department is privileged to par ticipate in the theological formation of candidates for the priesthood, in par ticular the seminarians of Holy Trinity Seminary, and of serveral religious orders. It offers degree programs for men and women who plan careers in teaching and research. Members of the faculty and students participate regularly in ecumenical theological tasks. The department benefits from cooperative arrangements with other universities.

Requirements for Admission The following requirements specify and complete the University's require ments for graduate degrees described earlier in this catalogue. Applicants for admission should possess: 1. A Bachelor's degree. 2. A sufficiently strong liberal arts background . 3. A satisfactory preparation · in un dergraduate philosophy, including both systematic philosophy, espe cially ontology, and history of phi losophy. 4. Some introduction to theology through undergraduate courses. 5. Graduate Record Examination scores .

Applicants who are deficient in any but the first of these requirements may be admitted conditionally, and may remedy deficiencies through a program of coursework and readings undertaken in consultation with the department.

Candidacy Students are admitted to candida cy for the master's degree after com pleting satisfactorily one semester of at least 9 hours of graduate work.

I. Master Of Arts In Theology The course of studies leading to the Master of Arts in Theology is de signed to impart to qualified students a deeper understanding of and grad uate-level professional competence in theology and thus prepare them ordi narily for careers in research and teaching or for further graduate studies.

The Master Of Arts Degree Requirements The M.A. Degree requires a mini mum of 24 hours earned in academic, theological courses plus the six cred its of the Thesis Seminar and a Mas ter Thesis (or the six credits of the two advanced seminars with one schol arly research paper in each). Further, it requires a reading knowledge of a foreign language and comprehensive examination. 195

1. The required 24 credit hours in academic courses must be taken from the following areas : Systematic The ology, Scripture, Moral Theology, and History of the Christian Doctrine. No more than four courses (12 credits) can be chosen from 5000-level, and courses that are primarily pastoral and practical are not eligible for this re quirement. Since the number of re quired courses is relatively small the student with the guidance and ap proval of the competent authority de scribed below has to plan carefully the selection and scheduling of courses to be taken. Regularly Sources and Methods should be taken in the first semester and at least one course should be selected from each of the four designated areas. In each course that the student takes for the M.A. Degree he has to write a brief re search paper. The student has to main tain throughout the program a grade point average of 3.0. 2. The student can choose to take either a semester Thesis Seminar (6 credits) and write a Master Thesis or two advanced seminars (6 credits) and write a scholarly research paper in each . The Master Thesis should be a scholarly paper of substantial length (50-100 pages) and at least relative originality. The two research papers should be monographic works of a minimum length of 15 pages of text each ; they are expected to give evi dence of the characteristics of a schol arly paper. For more information the student should consult the M.A. Stu dents' Guide available at the Depart ment. Either the Master Thesis or the two scholarly papers must have re ceived final approval within two years after the completion of the course work . 3. The chosen foreign language for the M.A. Degree requirement should offer a substantial scholarly literature relevant to the thesis or the papers.

196

While the Department requires only one foreign language, it strongly urges the student to learn other languages especially Greek, Latin , French , and German . Normally the language ex amination should be passed before the student may register for the The sis Seminar or the advanced semi nars. The language requirement may be fulfilled either by taking a lan guage examination administered by the Department or by completing (not earlier than four years before the lan guage requirement becomes appli cable) the second semester of a sec ond year level language course in an accredited college with a grade of B or better. 4. The comprehensive examination, written and oral, is to be taken usual ly at the completion of the required work. Written: The student is allowed eight hours to complete the written exami nations distributed as follows: three for Systematic Theology, two for Scrip ture, two for Moral Theology, and one for History of Christian Doctrine. In Systematic Theology the student will be given four to eight questions and will be required to write three essays. In Scriptures and Moral Theology, two to four questions and he will write two essays in each. In History of Christian Doctrine, one or two questions and the student is expected to write one essay. In these essays the student is expected to examine the issues at hand fully, placing them in their prop er historical and systematic contexts, and substantiate his judgment with solid arguements. Oral: A one-hour oral examination on the topics described for the written examination, to be taken before a committee of at least four professors designated by the department chair man .

Course Of Studies Approval And Advisors

II. The Master Of Religious Education

The course of studies for each se mester as well as plans for satisfying other requirements (language, com prehensive examination, thesis or two advanced seminars' scholarly papers) should be approved by the depart ment chairman, or if the chairman delegates this authority, by the direc tor of the M.A. Program in Theology. In planning his course of studies, the student is assisted by the depart ment chairman, or by the director of the M.A. program. Further faculty ad visors to assist the students may be designated by the department chair man in consultation with the director and the student concerned .

In cooperation with the department of Education, the Department of The ology offers a program leading to the degree of Master of Religious Educa tion . This curriculum intends to pre pare the students academically for the ministry, especially in the field of religious education, by providing them with an opportunity to gain an ad vanced knowledge of theology and of the theories and techniques of teaching. The Master of Religious Ed ucation is a professional degree. Applicants for this degree should normally possess a bachelor's de gree with a strong liberal arts back ground and at least twelve hours in undergraduate theology.

Areas Of Eligible Courses For Master of Arts

M.R.E. Degree Requirements

Systematic Theology 6232 Triune God 5331 Sources and Methods of Theology 6331 Anthropology/Eschatology 6332 Apologetics 6333 Christology 6334 Ecclesiology 6335 Sacramental Theology I 6336 Sacramental Theology II

Scripture 6341 6342 6343 6344 6345 6350

Old Testament I Old Testament II New Testament I New Testament II Old Testament III New Testament III

Moral Theology 7341 Fundamental Moral 7342 Christian Virtues 7243 Sexual Ethics 7245 Bio-Ethics History of Christian Doctrine 5311 Patristic/Early Medieval 5312 Medieval/Modern

Academic electives offered in these four areas are also acceptable.

Students are required to complete 36 credit hours as follows: Four courses in Systematic Theology, one of which should be the Sources and Methods of Theology; one course each in Old and New Testament; two courses in Moral Theology; and four courses in Catechetics and Education. A report on the project completed in Internship in Secondary Education must be submitted and accepted by the faculty, and the student must pass written and oral comprehensive exami nation. For detailed information concern ing the project and the. report stu dents should consult the M.R.E. Stu dents' Guide.

Areas Of Eligible Courses For The Master of Religious Education Systematic Theology 6232 Triune God 5331 Sources and Methods 6228 Liturgy 6331 Anthropology/Eschatology 6332 Apologetics 6333 Christology

197

6334 Ecclesiology 6335 Sacramental Theology I 6336 Sacramental Theology II

Scripture 6341 6342 6343 6344 6345 6350

Old Testament I Old Testament II New Testament I New Testament II Old Testament III New Testament III

Moral Theology 7341 Fundamental Moral 7342 Christian Virtues 7243 Sexual Ethics 7245 Bio-Ethics Catechetics & Education 5171 Catechetics Practicuym I, or 5172 Catechetics Practicum II 6301 Ministry of the Word 6368 Seminar-Secondary Education, or 6369 Seminar-Secondary Education 6378 Internship in Secondary Education, or 6379 Internship in Secondary Education 7363 Pastoral Counseling

III. The Master Of Divinity Degree The Master of Divinity Degree (M.Div.) is a professional degree designed to foster an adequate theological under standing and develop initial pastoral competence on the part of candi dates for the priesthood.

Pre-Theology Student planning to enter the M.Div. program are advised to major in phi losophy on the undergraduate level, or if majoring in another discipline, to take at least 18 credit hours in philos ophy following the guidelines estab lished by the Theology Department, and they are strongly recommended to take undergraduate courses in Latin, or possibly Greek. Students who have a Bachelor's degree but no undergraduate philos ophy or theology may, with the ap proval of the Theology Department, 198

begin graduate courses in theology while remedying those deficiencies. Such students would normally need five years to complete both the un dergraduate requirements and the course of studies required for the M.Div. Degree. Detailed guidelines for these pre paratory studies, established by the theology and philosophy departments in cooperation with Holy Trinity Semi nary, are available to the students.

M.Div. Degree Requirements 1. 115 semester hours of graduate courses distributed according to the following areas: Systematic Theology (23 credits); Scripture (18 credits); Moral Theology (13 credits, including Social Justice); Related Courses (21 credits: Church History, Patristics, Medieval-Modern Theology, Liturgy, Spirituality, Canon Law); Pastoral Courses (29 credits); Academic Elec tives (6 credits); M.Div. Seminars (5 credits). The minimum grade point average the student has to maintain is 2.50. 2. A comprehensive examination de signed to test the student's compe tence in the theological and pastoral knowledge and skills .

Transfer Students A student may be allowed to trans fer a maximum of 60 credits from another graduate institution towards the M.Div. degree with the stipulation that said student spend two full years in residence in this department and that of the remaining 55 credit hours 20 credit hours must be in strictly theological courses, plus the three credit M.Div. Comprehensive Semi nar and the final comprehensive exami nation.

Simultaneous Master Degrees A student on the way to the M.Div. Degree is permitted to apply either

for the M.A. or the M.R.E. Degree following the pertinent requirements. However, credits strictly proper to each of these two degrees, like the credits earned in Education courses or in the Thesis Seminar, cannot be transferred toward the M.Div. Degree require ments.

Year II • Spring 6345 6334 6331 7342 7243 5172

Old Testament" I: Sel Themes Ecclesiology Anthropology/Eschatology Christian Virtues Sexual Ethics Catechetics Practicum II

3 3 3 3 2 1

Year III • Fall Master of Divinity Program Outline The courses of the basic program are distributed over eight semesters of full time res ident study as follows :

6350 New Testament III: Sel Themes 3 6335 Sacramental Theology I 3 7330 Social Justice 3 6226 Communications & Homiletics 2 7175 Pastoral Services Practicum V 1 X3XX Elective 1

Year I • Fall 5331 6341 5301 6311 6228 7173

Sources and Methods Old Testament I Church History I Patristic/Early Medieval Liturgy Pastoral Services Practicum III

3 3 3 3 2

Year III • Spring

6336 Scramental Theology" 3 6332 Apologetics 3 7363 Pastoral Counseling 3 7266 Homiletics Practicum I 2 7176 Pastoral Services Practicum VI1 ~ Elective

Year IV • Fall Year I • Spring

7365 Spiritual Direction

6342 Old Testament " 3 6343 New Testament I 3 3 5302 Church History II 6312 Medieval/Modern 3 6280 Integrating Seminar 2 7174 Pastoral Services Practivum Iy'!

7343 OR Spiritual Theology

7251 7253 7267 7380 7271

Canon Law I Sacramental Ministry I Homiletics Prac II Comprehensive Sem Pastoral Internship I

Year IV • Spring

Year II • Fall 6344 6333 6232 7341 6301 5171

New Testament" Christology Triune God Fundamental Moral Ministry of the Word Catechetics Practicum I

2 2 3 2

3 3 2 3 3 1

7245 Bio-Ethical Issues 7252 Canon Law II 7254 Sacramental Ministry 1\ & Liturgical Music 7370 Hispanic Culture & Ministry 7272 Pastoral Internship "

2 2 2

3 2 11

199

such as God and the world , cre ation, faith and reason , the human person, are studies with in the per spective of scholastic tradition . Spe cial consideration is given to Tho mistic thought. Offered when needed .

Graduate Courses 6228 Liturgy Beginning with an analysis of the nature of liturgy and use of symbol, the course will trace the development of Catholic liturgy concentrating on the issues of the 20th Century litur gical renewal. Special emphasis on the Liturgical Year and Liturgy of the Hours. To be taken first year. Fall.

Senior-Graduate Courses 5171- Catechetics Practicum I-II 5172. Field work in religious education with weekly seminar. Fall and Spring . 5175- Introduction to Supervised 5176 Pastoral Ministry Field work in parish youth groups with weekly seminar. Fall and Spring . 5301 Church History I From the apostolic community to the fourteenth century. To be taken in the first year. Fall. 5302 Church History II From the fourteenth century to the present. To be taken first year. Spring . 5305- Biblical Hebrew I-II. 5306 Offered when needed. 5331 Sources and Methods Introductory notion of theology. Rev elation, its transmission in Tradition and Scripture and its authentic in terpretation by the Magisterium. Na ture and method of theology as intellectus fidei. To be taken first year. Fal l. 5358 Scholastic Tradition A study in depth of philosophical issues that are crucial in the con temporary dialogue between phi losophy and theology. Questions

200

6232 Triune God The Trinity in Sacred Scripture . Ex plication of the dogma in Early Chris tian ity and the Medieval synthesis . Divine Indwelling , modern and con temporary views. The Trinity in Chris tian life. Prerequisite: Theology 6311 (Patristics) and Theology 6343 (New Test. I) 6266 Communications and Homiletics Oral interpretation: theory and prac tice . Communication : theory and practice; use of media. Elements of homiletics: exegesis, hermeneutics, construction of the homily, spirituali ty of the preacher, relationship to ritual. Different forms of preaching : evangelical, catechetical, didascalic, liturgical. Prerequisite : Theology 6301: Ministry of the Word . Fall. 6280 The Integrating Seminar The Integrating Seminar is designed to help the student in the first year of theology in achieving an integra tion of the academic courses intro ductory to the theological program . To be taken in the first year. Spring . 6301 Ministry of the Word It is designed to provide the stu dent with a solid background in the theological principles governing the preaching of the Word and religious education . To be taken in the sec ond year. Fall.

6311 Patristic and Early Medieval Theology History of Christian doctrines-dog ma and theology - from the Apos tolic times to the twelfth century, including Byzantine theology. To be taken in the first year. Fall. 6312 Medieval and Modern Theology History of Christian doctrines-dog ma and theology - from the begin nings of Scholasticism to the pres ent, including the history of Protes tant theology. To be taken in the first year. Spring. 6320 Biblical Archeology Study tour of Palestine and Jourdan with a view to understanding the Bible within its geographical and historical setting . Topology and physi cal characteristics of Palestine. Ar cheological sites and monuments which illuminate the biblical narra tives . 6326 New Testament Greek I Offered as needed . 6327 New Testament Greek II Offered as needed.

ogy: historical survey and synthe sis. Samples of Protestant christol ogies . Fall.

6334 Ecclesiology Historical survey of ecclesiology with special emphasis on the ecclesiol ogy of Vatican II . Systematic eccle siology: the Church as People of God and Body of Christ; the hier archiacal structure of the Church; the role of laymen in the Church. The ecclesial reality of non-Catholic Churches and communities. Salva tion and Church . The Church and the World. Spring . 6335 Sacramental Theology I The sacraments in general-a study of the ontic nature of the sacramen tal order, its origin in nature, its transformation in the sacred history of Israel, and its ultimate transignifi cation in the Christ event and in the life of the Church . Sacraments in the churches separated from Rome . Prerequisite : Theology 6333: Chris tology and Theology 6334: Ecclesi ology. Fall.

6331 Anthropology and Eschatology The origin of the universe and the origin of man; man's nature and supernatural vocation; original sin; survey of the development of the theology of grace; the life of grace as our participation in the life of the Trinity. The eschatological fulfillment of man's vocation. Spring.

6336 Sacramental Theology II The seven sacraments in particular considered under their "theological, historical, spiritual, pastoral , and ju ridical aspects ." (Saerosanetum Cone ilium, 16.) Prerequisite: Theol ogy 6335: Sacramental Theology I. Spring.

6332 ApologetiCS A critical and systematic investiga tion of the foundations of the hu man credibility of the Christian Catholic faith. Spring.

6341 Old Testament I Methodology in the study of the Old Testament (canon , textual criticism, historical-critical approach, form crit icism, literary criticism); the study of the Pentateuch; the historical books (Deuteronimic History, Chron icler's History, Ezra, Nehemiah). In troductory course to be taken first year. Fall.

6333 Christology and Soteriology Jesus Christ in the New Testament: the problem of the historical Jesus, the evolution of the kerygma of the Apostolic Church , the christology of Paul and John. The Old Testament as prophecy of Christ. Development of the christological dogma in the Patristic Age. Systematic formula tion of the ontological, psychologi cal, and existential aspects of the mystery of the Incarnation. Soteriol

6342 Old Testament II Methodology and issues in the study of prophetic literature, survey of the writing prophets; the study of the Psalms; Wisdom literature; Daniel and apocalyptic. Introductory course to be taken first year. Spring.

201

6343 New Testament I An introduction to the Letter of Paul, Peter, James and Jude, followed by a description of the formation of the New Testament canon and the con cept of Divine Inspiration and ended by evaluation of different methods of interpretation. To be taken in the first year. Spring . 6344 New Testament II An introduction to the Synoptic Gos pels and Johannine Literature fol lowed by reflection on canonicity, inspiration, relationship between ex egesis and Magisterium and ended by evaluation of the quest for the historical Jesus, form-criticism and redaction-criticism . To be taken in the second year. Fall. 6345 Old Testament III A study of a major biblical topic, the theme of which will rotate among the following four : (1) The Psalms and Worship in the Old Testament; (2) Myth and revelation in the Old Testament; (3) Isaiah as a canoni cal book; (4) Amos and Hosea. Pre requisites : Theology 6341: Old Tes tament I or Theology 6342: Old Testament II. Spring. 6350 New Testament III A study of a major biblical topic, the theme of which will rotate among the following four: (1) Parables; (2) Passion Narrative; (3) Exegesis of Romans; (4) Exegesis of Ephesians . Prerequisites: Theology 6343: New Testament lor Theology 6344 : New Testament II . 6355- Special Studies 6359 This course provides the student with an opportunity to examine a special topic , problem, or work within the discipline of theology. Content will be determined by the chairman of the department in con sultation with his faculty. Prerequi site: Consent of the chairman and instructor. Offered as needed . 6360- Advanced Seminar 6365 Academic seminars on particular bib lical, historical, dogmatic, or moral problems will be offered regularly;

202

topics to be announced for each semester. Participation reserved for qualified graduate students . Offered when needed. 6368- Seminar in Secondary Education 6369 (Education 6368-6369) An integrat ed and correlated treatment in depth of the history, philosophy, and teach ing principles of secondary educa tion to meet the needs of teachers or teaching interns. 6378- Internship in Secondary Education 6379 (Education 6378-6379) (Approval of director is required .) A full-time teach ing experience in an area high school under the supervision of a Universi ty of Dallas professor and the De partment of Education . 7171- Pastoral Services Practicums I-VI 7176 Supervised ministry to the mentally and physically ill , the aged , and the youthful offender. Vocation programs and tribunal procedures . 7171-7172: for Pre-Theologians; 7173-7174 : for First-Year Theologians; 7175-7176: for Third-Year Theologians . 7243 Sexual Ethics The principles of sexual morality, based on the dignity of the human person as enunciated in Gaudium ef Spes, and the pervasiveness of sexuality in human personality. The recent cultural emphasis on the role of woman, and how this causes a reconsideration of some traditional moral norms. Sexual fantasies, ho mosexuality, divorce. Sexual issues relating to physically and mentally impaired persons. Prerequisite: The ology 7341 : Fundamental Moral. Spring. 7245 Bio-Ethical Issues The study of the various issues raised in health care ethics with a critical consideration on the ethical princi ple brought to bear in the public and theological debate and an at tempt to formulate a consistent and comprehensive approach to these issues reflecting an appreciation for the Catholic moral tradition and the nature of a pluralistic society. Pre requisite: Theology 7341 : Fundamen tal Moral. Spring.

7251 Canon law I Historical and theological introduc tion. General norms. The legal or ganization of the Church communi ty. Prerequisite : Theology 6334: Ec clesiology. Fall.

7342 Christian Virtues The Christian virtues in general. The theological virtues: faith, hope, the love of God and the love of neigh bor. Prerequisite : Theology 7341: Fundamental Moral. Spring.

7252 Canon law II Church legislation on matrimonial law. Prerequisite Theology 6336: Sac ramental Theology II. Spring.

7343 Spiritual Theology The study of the Christian life intent on sanctification and transformation in Christ. The nature of ascetical and mystical theology; its biblical foundations; speculative consider ations on the "supernatural organ ism": grace, the virtues, the gifts of the Spirit; the life of meditation and contemplation ; the active and pas sive purifications; some historical movements of contemplative spiri tuality; and the discernment of spirits will be treated. Prerequisite: Theology 6331 : Anthropology and Eschatolo gy. Fall, every other year.

7253- Sacramental Ministry I-II 7254 Study of the principles and practice of the administration of the sacra ments from a pastoral point of view. Prerequisites: Theology 6335: Sac ramental Theology I and Theology 6336: Sacramental Theology II . Fall and Spring . 7266- Homiletics Practicum I-II 7267 The art and practice of preaching. Prerequisite: Theology 6266: Com munications and Homiletics. Spring and Fall. 7271- Pastoral Internship Seminar I-II 7272 Open to ordained deacons. Regu lar learning. experience in the exer cise of the diaconate, especially in worship with and preaching before varied congregations . Reflection through written reports in weekly seminars. Evaluation by delegated parish priests. Fall and Spring . 7330 Social Justice An analytical study of the primary texts of the Patristic era of the Church , reflecting the social thought of the Fathers, the classic social documents of the Church begin ning with Rerum Novarum of Pope Leo XIII and the recent encyclicals and pastoral letters as well as con temporary political theologies. Pre requisite: Theology 7341 : Fundamen tal Moral. Fall . 7341 Fundamental Moral The basic sources of Christian mo rality; moral responsibility; values, laws, and conscience; the moral act: its object, motive, and situa tion; the nature and consequences of sin; conversions. Fall.

7363 Pastoral Counseling The study of the theories and prac tices of pastoral counseling proce dures as applied by the modern priest in a contemporary parish. Spring. 7365 Spiritual Direction A pastoral study of: historical mod els of spiritual direction; contempo rary approaches to the artful minis try of direction; ways of prayer; discernment of spirits; and some major exercises and tools of the spiritual life. Theoretical; experien tial; dialogical. Fall, every other year. 7370 Hispanic Culture and Ministry Proficiency in Spanish-Mexican lan guage and culture to help minister to the Mexican-Americans and Mexi can immigrants. 7380 The Comprehensive M.Div. Seminar Designed to help the student in his fourth years of study, before taking the comprehensive examination, in interrelating the main themes of the academic courses and integrating them with the present situation of church and world . To be taken in the fourth year. Fall . 7678 Thesis Seminar Offered when needed .

203

.. ' .--J

204

--~,; ~-

-----

The Doctoral Program in The Institute of Philosophic Studies Director and Associate Professor de Alvarez

The Institute of Philosophic Studies offers a program leading to the Ph .D. degree. The Institute has as its pur pose the renewal of the tradition of philosophic discourse and the recov ery of the Christian intellectual tradi tion. The student's course of study includes a set of core courses estab lished by the Institute and an area of concentration which the student de velops in consultation with a faculty adviser. The areas of concentration presently offered are in Literature, Phi losophy, or Politics. The Ph.D. degree, under the gen eral rules and procedures of the Braniff Graduate School, requires the suc cessful completion of 72 hours in the Institute, any independent study the faculty deems advisable for a given candidate, an acceptable performance on a qualifying and comprehensive examination, reading mastery in two foreign languages, and a dissertation of substance and originality. Applicants should write to the Grad uate Coordinator, Braniff Graduate School of Liberal Arts, University of Dallas, 1845 E. Northgate Drive, Irving, Tx. 75062-4799 ([214] 721-5388).

Courses of the Institute Students take 30 to 36 hours of courses in the Institute's core curricu lum, and 36 to 42 hours in their area of concentration. Course work is nor mally completed in three years. The student who does not have adequate

preparation in the area of concentra tion may be required, after consulta tion with the faculty, to take courses in the undergraduate college. The Institute core courses are meant to provide the student with a solid foundation in the Western tradition, poetic, philosophic and theological. These courses will concentrate on careful study of the significant texts of this tradition, including such au thors, for example, as Homer and Vergil, Dante and Shakespeare; Plato and Aristotle, Rousseau and Nietzsche; Augustine and Aquinas, Luther and Pascal; and the Bible. The area of concentration allows the student to read in a discipline in which he expects to teach and write. The specific requirements for each student will be worked out by the student in consultation with the facul ty adviser and with the approval of the Executive Committee. The descrip tion of each of the three areas of concentration presently offered in the Institute is given below.

Courses·of the Institute Courses designated as "Core Courses' of the Institute will be listed in the particular semester schedule with the prefix IPS (Institute of Philosophic Studies). Those of the area of concentration will carry the appropriate departmental designation. The courses will be similar to those described under the departmental listings of the Grad uate Liberal Arts section of the bulletin .

205

Standard Course Designations 8377. Special Studies

9389. Directed Readings

9697. Dissertation Research I

9698. Dissertation Research II

9V99. Dissertation Reading

Registration for this course certifies that

the student is involved full time in the

research and writing necessary for com

pletion of the dissertation . May be repeat

ed four times.

Areas of Concentration Literature. The philosophic character of liter ary study within the Institute is reflected in a concentration upon major au thors whose work can claim philo sophical scope and penetration. The approach to these works is also philo sophic. Students inquire into the is sues treated by great writers consid ering the literary treatment as one voice in a conversation within which philosophers, theologians, and politi cal thinkers also participate. The un derstanding is that the poet seeks to supplant opinion with knowledge by means of constructing a coherent vi sion of reality just as philosophers seek the same end through dialectic. The aim of study therefore is to share in the poet's wisdom concerning a reality already constituted before his imaginative activity but imperfectly known until illuminated and ordered by his art. Courses focus upon litera ture as a distinct way of knowing irreducible to other modes of knowl edge but best understood and as sessed when studied in company with other modes of discourse directed to common subjects. Institute students join teachers dedicated to grasping I~ what manner poetic art can pro Vide knowledge of reality and to dis cerning what that knowledge may be. Students learn to apprehend the

206

form of literary art by attending to the qualities of poetic speech and by ~tudyi.ng the kinds of poetry. They investigate such constants of the arts ~s myth, symbol, analogy and figure, Image, prosody, and style. In the pro cess they come to appreciate the notable congruence of particularity with generality that characterizes the poetic mode of being and that has led thinkers to define a poem as a "concrete universal." The kinds of poetry - the perennial gen res - need not be taken as prescriptions arbi trarily imposed, for they can be un derstood as the natural shapes litera ture displays when it envisions different human actions. Neither the constants of poetic speech nor the continuities of genre sufficiently specify the particular pur chase upon human issues offered by any great poem . To bring this mean ing into sharper resolution requires ~he final act of literary understanding, Interpretation of individual poems, an undertaking in which the comparison of poem with poem has its instructive part. Critical interpretation entails the most careful and sustained attentive ness to elucidating meaning and cul minates in critical judgment of the contribution of that meaning to one's grasp of the truth . The interpretive dimension of the program is reflected in courses that find their formal object sometimes in g~nre (Epic, Tragedy/Comedy, Me nlppean Satire), sometimes in a liter ary movement (Romantic/Victorian, A.ugustan Literature, Twentieth-Century Literature), most frequently in major authors (Dante, Chaucer, Spenser/ Milton, Shakespeare, Dostoevsky, Faulkner, Hawthorne/Melville/James, Goethe/Nietzsche/HQlderlin/Rilke). The student confronts the claims of clas sical, Christian, and modern poets . He thereby enters into the issues that cause the Western tradition to be a tradition of controversies.

Philosophy The aim of philosophy at the Uni versity of Dallas is to recover the possibility of a wisdom which deals with those "first things" grounded and located in human experience within the whole of being. Philosophy is im pelled by reference to the totality that is distinctive of human existence. It analyzes the frameworks within which other human endeavors occur and recommends ways in which they might be situated so as to throw light on the character of the totality. Such illumi nation, in turn, affects those other human endeavors by giving them per spective. By reason of its location in a Catholic institution, the department of philosophy is particularly interest ed in the ways revelation has led to development within a properly philo sophic wisdom available to believers and unbelievers alike. The major tool of philosophic re search lies in the careful study of classical texts from Plato and Aristot le to Heidegger and Wittgenstein. The CUltivation of competence in logic and facility in at least one classical and one modern language are viewed as indispensable auxiliaries in the proj ect. The underlying conviction is that texts which have continually drawn the readership of reflective minds throughout the centuries contain pro found insights into the fundamental issues of being and thought and that we neglect such insights at our own peril, especially since they have been instrumental in the formation of our own mental horizon. Hence polemical reaction takes second place to sym pathetic dialogue. Not "Where do they go wrong?" but "What did they see?" governs the approach. Such an ap proach does not aim at the indifferent cataloguing of historical positions. It rather aims at understanding "the things themselves" through dialogue with the masters. The aim is to see the same things in different ways and

thereby learn to assess the value and limitations of the differing ways with a view toward an ever-developing wis dom of the whole . The curriculum is divided between "historical" and "systematic" courses, the former dealing with an epoch or an individual thinker, the latter with an area or an issue. But both types of courses are, in different ways, histori cal and systematic. Though the sys tematic courses are ordered toward a given area or issue (ethics or meta physics or immortality or potentiality), they draw from the entire textual tra dition of discourse about the issues in question. Although the historical courses are situated in a given time frame, their intent is to engage the issues through the thinker or thinkers studied.

Politics The study of politics at the Univer sity of Dallas comprises all human things. If the polis is the association whose purpose is the complete hu man life, then politics includes all the activities whose end is the complete human life. In reflecting upon these activities, politics becomes philosoph ic. Indeed, it is only political philoso phy, whose founder was Socrates, that takes seriously the possibility of the best regime as the standard whereby every other polity is to be judged. Political philosophy, according to Aristotle, is an inquiry into the soul. For it is ultimately the proper order of the human soul which determines the proper order of constitutions. , The modern difficulty is that we no longer think of politics as concerned with all human things. The state has replaced the polis, and that means that we now understand politics as concerned only with the external con ditions for human life. The Institute politics program attempts to show the student that the great texts of political philosophy are not meant to be sys

207

tematic treatises with propositions to be memorized as true statements, but are instead ind ications, suggestions, openings, into existence. It is only in conversation - in the exchange be tween the texts, the student, and the teacher (who is a more experienced student) - that the texts come alive . These works do not so much state what the nature of things is as lead the soul on a journey towards seeing or intellecting both the principles and ends of existence . Thus a different kind of reading and scholarship is required, one which is able to repro duce this journey of the soul. The program also means to restore the importance of the rhetorical tradi tion . We wish to restore the under standing that the word has a power over the soul . The tendency in politi cal thought today is to interpret hu man actions as caused by some im personal force, whether of the mode of production, the market place, sex ual or biological forces, or the myste rious dispensations of History. Politi cal thought in this view becomes an epiphenomenon, a mere reflection or deceptive rationalization of hidden true causes. Thus not rhetoric but a sci ence of economics, of behavior, or of the history of being is said to be of primary importance. Courses in contemporary politics are an integral part of the program. Just

208

as Aristotle's Politics contains careful political analyses of the ancient Greek cities, so today the philosophic study of politics must provide an account of contemporary political life. In any pro gram focusing on great texts there is always a danger of self-forgetting im mersion in the past. The study of the present reminds us that political phi losophy is intended not merely to un derstand political life but also to guide it-in light of its ultimate goal, the good society. Through the program in politics, the Institute hopes to help form stu dents who will be able to bring to the sempiternal political questions, as well as to the contemporary world, an un derstanding shaped by the centuries of discourse on such questions. Stu dents are asked to read the works of the tradition with a seriousness which, in the past two centuries, has too often been lacking. Such seriousness requires not only native intelligence and good character, but also a great capacity for work and a willingness to acquire all the tools necessary for such a task. One of these tools is a knowledge of the languages in which these works are originally written. The student is required to obtain a work ing knowledge of at least two of the languages of the philosophic tradi tion, one ancient and one modern .

The Center for Contemplative Studies

Director: Emery; Advisory Group: Balas, DiLorenzo, Maddux, Sommerfeldt, Swietek.

The Center for Contemplative Studies The purpose of the Center for Con templative Studies is to make the rich spiritual tradition of the West more . widely known, and to integrate the wisdom of this tradition with the usual intellectual concerns of the university. The Center seeks to accomplish this purpose by encouraging the scholar ly study and teaching of significant texts and historical movements. On a regular basis the Center spon sors courses, taught by members of its affiliated faculty, in the undergrad uate and graduate programs of the University of Dallas. In cooperation with the graduate program of Theolo gy, the Center sponsors a series of courses in the History of Spirituality (Early Christian-Patristic, Medieval, Ear ly Modern, Contemporary). Through this cooperation the Center expresses its conviction that an authentic spiri tuality must be founded on a faith that seeks understanding. Further, in cooperation with the faculties of the Institute of Philosophic Studies, the Center offers a series of special top ics courses concerning Contempla tion, the Liberal Arts and Sciences.

These courses pursue topics such as Rhetoric and Theology in St. Augustine, Contemplative Systems of the Liberal Arts and Science, The Monastic Tra dition of Learning, Poetry, Myth, and Theology in the Twelfth Century. Each year the Center sponsors a series of lectures by visiting profes sors and members of the University faculty. These lectures are intended to illumine the authors and texts of the spiritual tradition through the dif ferent perspectives of the historian, literary critic, philosopher, and theolo gian . Indeed, the Center wishes to be an interdisciplinary forum for all those who study the history of spirituality. Through its semi-annual newsletter, Notes & Commentary, the Center re ports activities at the University, an nounces those occurring elsewhere, and offers reflective essays and book reviews. The Center for Contemplative Stud ies benefits from the Catholic, liberal arts tradition of the University of Dallas, the interdisciplinary ideal of its grad uate program, and its many faculty experts in the history of spirituality. Through these institutional means the Center wishes to make a modest con tribution to the sapientia christianorum. 209

210

II. The Graduate School of Management

Dean and Professor Gellerman

Faculty and Major Staff The Graduate School of Management Faculty and Senior Staff: Associate Dean Hughes; As sistant Dean for Administration Hum; Associ ate Professors Evans, Gordon, Lynch, Rodgers; Assistant Professors Cunningham, Goldstein, Hopkins, Kusewitt; Visiting Professor Covington; Visiting Associate Professor Ramasubramanian; Visiting Assistant Professors Ames, Dunikoski, Gregg, Marsh, Shoemaker, Stephenson.

Purposes of Management Education at GSM The Graduate School of Manage ment is a professional school whose primary purpose is to prepare its stu dents to become competent, respon sible practitioners in the profession of management. Unlike traditional busi ness schools, G8M is not primarily concerned with teaching its students about management; rather its main purpose is to teach students how to manage. While scholarly writings on managerial topics are carefully ex amined, the principal emphasis is on how to manage wisely and effectively. GSM is deeply concerned with the process of managerial decision mak ing . The premise is that all decisions worthy of being made by managers, rather than by their subordinates, are by definition dilemmas. That is, man agers are typically required to re solve problems that have no obvious or easy answers: some kind of penal ty or cost is attached to all of the

alternatives a manager might choose. Those costs can be economic, politi cal, psychological , or moral. In the act of deciding, a manager commits his or her organization to incur (or at least to risk) some or all of these costs: they are the unavoidable price of whatever the manager hopes to gain. Managerial decisions, also by defi nition, ramify. Their effects spread to other people and departments, even to other organizations and to people in remote places. Whole families, com munities and even nations can be affected by high-level managerial de cisions while decisions taken at lower levels can influence the welfare of individual human beings and their fami lies. In this sense, all managerial de cisions are potentially momentous. This does not mean that managers should hesitate to make decisions; but they do need methods which permit deci sions to be timely, balanced and far-sighted.

211

This is why GSM seeks to teach its students to approach managerial de cision-making with a full awareness of the positive and negative features of each alternative, and how the ef fects of each decision might ramify. The faculty does not seek to incul cate an ideology, or a preferred choice among competing alternatives; but it does urge students to examine all aspects of all alternatives. Students are encouraged to be aware of how their own values can affect their deci sions, and of the need for a balanced appreciation of other people's values especially those of people who could be affected by their decisions. The faculty's ultimate objective is that all managerial risks shall be knowingly taken and that all costs shall be consciously incurred. That is the best way, in the long run, to en sure that most decisions lead to fa vorable outcomes. This is also why all students are required to master a wide range of business disciplines, in addition to the specialized courses in their cho sen areas of concentration. Most man agerial decisions that are subsequently considered failures did not involve illogical deductions from the facts that were considered. Instead, they were the result of facts that were not con sidered: because they were unknown or thought to be unimportant. Thus, GSM students are required to master a core body of knowledge that in cludes such subjects as: manage ment theory, marketing, economics, information systems, accounting, fi nance, law, operations, analytical meth odology and human resources-in ad dition to the courses in their specialized fields of concentration . (See the course requirements of each program for details.) Given this view of management ed ucation, the curriculum at GSM pro vides students with a core body of knowledge in the areas of marketing, economics, systems, finance, quanti 212

tative methods, and human resource management, as well as specialized body of knowledge in the various fields of concentration. The Graduate School of Manage ment first opened its doors in Sep tember of 1966 with 16 students. Es sentially, but not exclusively, an evening school, GSM developed as an alter native to various daytime graduate programs in the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex . GSM now enrolls approximately 1300 students. Over 3000 students have received degrees since 1966. The undergraduate educational back ground of GSM's student body is di verse: 25 percent of the students hold engineering degrees, 41 percent hold degrees in business or economics, 18 percent were science majors, four percent were liberal arts graduates, and the remaining 12 percent come from various backgrounds. Nine per cent of GSM's students hold gradu ate degrees in other disciplines. While the majority of GSM's students are Texas residents, 43 states are repre sented at the Graduate School of Man agement, as are 34 foreign countries. GSM offers several programs lead ing to the Master of Business Admini stration. Business Management Engineering Management Management Information Systems International Management Industrial Management Health Services Management Acquisition and Government Con tract Management The prog rams are appropriate for young students just starting their ca reers as well as for mature individu als desiring an early or mid-career change in professional direction. The content of each program provides a solid theoretical base, a rigorous cov erage of the applicable body of knowl edge; and a pragmatic approach, which encourages applied practice. With the exception of the broad

MBA in Business Management, these programs prepare the student in-depth in an area of professional specializa tion. The Business Management MBA prepares the student to be a man agement generalist able to interact with others to coordinate their activi ties. The program also provides an opportunity to interface directly with real-world projects through the use of a student consulting team methodol ogy. Since its inception, over 800 con sulting projects have been performed for local, national and international businesses, health organizations, aca demic institutions, and other organi zations. For complete details on admission and other aspects of the MBA pro grams please consult the GSM cata log or write to: Director of Admis sions, Graduate School of Manage ment, University of Dallas, Irving, TX 75061.

Through Plan The Through Plan provides a means by which a student can complete both the baccalaureate and the MBA in approximately a 5-year period. By mak ing wise use of electives, undergrad uate students in their senior year can have up to 12 hours credit accepted by the Graduate School of Manage ment, thus enabling them to com plete the usual 2-year program in three or four semesters. Consult the listing under Through Plan in the undergraduate section of the catalog for further information.

MBA Business Management Change and increasing complexity mark the modern business environ ment. There is a great need for pro fessional managers who are able to cope effectively with change and to coordinate skillfully the efforts of the

firm's specialists in such areas as accounting, finance, marketing, and production. The MBA program is de signed to educate well-rounded indi viduals who can direct the myriad of special functions toward the accom plishment of the goals and objectives of the enterprise. The program consists of a curricu lum of 48 semester hours plus one (1) one-hour Graduate School of Man agement Seminar (Mgt. 5199). Semester I 5199. Management Seminar 5384. Legal Environment 5362. Managerial Economics 5371. Statistics 5368. Financial Accounting Semester II 6367. Marketing Management 6374. Management Theory & Practice 6329. Computers for Managers 6370. Managerial Accounting Semester III 6375. Systems AnalysiS & Design 6386. Organizational Analysis 7373. Operations Management 7379. Marketing Research Semester IV 7371. Financial Management 7390. Business Management Environment 6377. Monetary & Fiscal Policy Required Elective

MBA International Management Department of Commerce figures put U.S. corporate assets overseas at well over $100 billion. Corporations with extensive foreign holdings turn to colleges and universities for man agement personnel trained to handle the special problems of multinational operations. Few individuals, however, are available with the qualifications and understanding of foreign opera tions so important to these firms. The Master of Business administra tion degree in International Manage 213

ment is designed to educate profes sional managers for multinational busi ness . Although it is not a prerequisite for this program the ability to speak a foreign language is a definite ad vantage. The program consists of a curricu lum of 48 semester hours plus one (1) one-hour Graduate School of Man agement Seminar (Mgt. 5199). The curriculum is designed to at tract both American and international students. It should prepare Ameri cans for work abroad or in U.S. head quarters of multinational firms and also prepare the international student as a candidate for employment with a U.S. corporation in his home country. Semester I 5199. Management Seminar 5362. Managerial Economics 5368. Financial Accounting 5371. Statistics 6363. International Management Practice Semester II 6329. Computers of Managers 6370. Managerial Accounting 63n. Monetary & Fiscal Policy 6386. Organizational Analysis Semester III 6367. Marketing Management 6375. Systems Analysis & Design 7371. Financial Management 7381. International Economics Semester IV 6361. International 7380. International Management 7385. International 7391. International Environment

Legal Environment Marketing Finance Business

MBA Engineering Management Due to the technical complexity of today's modern business environment, there is a great need for engineering and technical managers. This need is found in almost every industry and in 214

small as well as large enterprises. The MBA in Engineering Manage ment is a program for individuals who have demonstrated records of pro fessional performance as well as academic achievement. It is designed for those individuals who wish to pur sue an intensive program of graduate study while continuing to meet their professional responsibilities. This course of study builds upon the stu dent's professional background in such a manner as to maximize the use of prior education, experience, and ex pertise. Further, the curriculum is or ganized to present a rigorous, indepth theoretical as well as pragmatic pro gram to assist the engineer/scientist in preparing for a career in technical and/or general management. The program stresses the develop ment of competence in all the major areas of management including: prob lem identification and formulation; the development of relevant information based on appropriate analytical mod els; implementation of proved proce dures for dealing with techniques and control methodology; understanding of human behavior in individuals, in groups, and between groups and ad vanced management techniques, es pecially as they apply to engineering and allied functions. In addition to meeting the general requirements of the Graduate School of Management, applicants for ad mission to this program must hold an undergraduate engineering degree or its equivalent, or a degree in one of the physical sciences, or a degree in another field and a minimum of one (1) year of professional experience. The program consists of curricu lum of 48 semester hours plus one (1) one-hour GSM Seminar (Mgt. 5199). Electives available in this area of concentration are: Mgt. 6350, Engi neering Economy; Mgt. 6372, Quality Systems Analysis; and Mgt. 6324, Risk Management.

Semester I 5199. Management Seminar 5362. Managerial Economics 5368. Financial Accounting 5371. Statistics 6374. Management Theory & Practice. Semester II 6329. Computers for Managers 6368. Legal Issues & Technical Management 6370. Managerial Accounting 6386. Organizational Analysis Semester III 6364. Operations Research . 6367. Marketing Management 6375. Systems Analysis & Design 6389. Management of the Technical Function Semester IV 6350. Economics of Technological Change 7371 Financial Management 7395. Technical Management Environment Required Elective

tions, store data, and assist in deci sion-making. Yet, today, most functional line man agers and general managers do not have an adequate knowledge and un derstanding of computers and infor mation systems concepts. Likewise, most managers of computer systems and information processing operations do not have an adequate knowledge of skill in business and management. It is to serve such developing needs that the MBA in Information Systems has been developed. To satisfy both needs, needs which are expressly different in perspective, two separate and distinct "tracks" - or areas of emphasis-are required. Track I is designed for those individuals whose career interest is in other functional areas of management, while Track II is designed for those whose career interest is in the field of systems and information processing management.

Special Requirements MBA Management

Information Systems

The continuing explosion of com puter technology and of application of management information systems has created a continuing need for managers who understand informa tion systems and computer technolo gy, and also a need for system ana lysts and information processing managers who understand business and management. Even with the per vasive growth observed to date, most experienced practitioners agree that the "computer revolution" is barely out of its infancy. Thus, these needs will continue to increase. Further, with ever increasing frequency, managers in functional areas such as market ing, production, engineering, finance, and general management are required to use computers to process transac

Track I assumes a basic knowl edge of computers and algorithms. Such knowledge could have been ac quired through prior course work at the undergraduate level or through work experience. Lacking such knowl edge, the student must take Mgt. 5329, Computer Concepts & Programming as a prerequisite course. Track II assumes a knowledge of systems design and programming pro ficiency equivalent to Mgt. 6331, Com puter Systems & Programming I, and Mgt. 6375, Systems Analysis & De sign . Such knowledge must be sub stantiated by the successful comple tion of equivalent courses at an ac credited undergraduate or graduate institution, or through work experience. Lacking such knowledge, the student will be required to take both Mgt. 6331 and Mgt. 6375 as prerequisites for Track II. 215

Track I Semester I 5199. Management Seminar 6362. Managerial Economics 5371. Statistics 5384. Legal Environment 6331. Computer Systems & Programming I Semester II 5368. Financial Accounting 6332. Computer Systems & Programming II 6374. Management Theory & Practice 6375. Systems Analysis & Design Semester III 6343. Decision Support Systems 6370. Managerial Accounting 6386. Organizational Analysis 7378. Advanced Systems Analysis & Design Semester IV 6367. Marketing Management 6373. Computerized Simulation Techniques 7371. Financial Management 7397. Information Systems Environment Track II Semester I 5199. Management Seminar 5362. Managerial Economics 5371. Statistics 6341. File & Communication Systems 6374. Management Theory and Practice Semester II 5368. Financial Accounting 5384. Legal Environment 6342. MIS Software Concepts 6386. Organizational Analysis Semester III 6343. Decision Support Systems 6370. Managerial Accounting 6371. Data Base Systems 7378. Advanced Systems Analysis & Design Semester IV 6367. Marketing Management 7371. Financial Management 7397. Information Systems Environment

Required Elective

216

MBA Acquisition & Government Contract Management The modern business environment has recently seen the rapid growth of a new specialized profession - ac quisition and contract management. Increasingly, business and government are relying on such specialists to con duct much of their business . Con tracts are used to acquire materials, to lease or purchase facilities and equipment, and to obtain specialized services. All levels of federal , state, and local government and other pub lic bodies use contracts to carry out many of their most interesting and difficult functions, including such di verse missions as national defense, energy, health, education, and research programs. This program is designed to equip students with the specialized knowl edge needed to become acquisition managers in industry or in a federal, state, or local government entity where materials or services are procured by contracts or purchase orders. The courses are also designed to fulfill the educational requirements of the National Contract Management Asso ciation's Certified Professional Con tracts Manager (CPCM) program as well as the requirements of the Na tional Association of Purchasing Man agement's certification program for Certified Purchasing Manager (CPM). This program and the specialized courses have been discussed with the Federal Acquisition Institute, Of fice of Management and Budget, and Executive Office of the President, and are designed to fulfill the educational needs of persons in federal, state, or local governments who desire train ing in acquisition and contract man agement. This program will be of particular benefit to persons engaged (or plan ning a career) in contract administra

tion, contract negotiation, purchasing, contract audit, property administra tion, marketing or sales, and grant administration. The program consists of a curricu lum of 48 semester hours plus one (1) one-hour Graduate School of Man agement Seminar (Mgt. 5199). Semester I 5199. Management Seminar 5362. Managerial Economics 5368. Financial Accounting 5371. Statistics 6329. Computers for Managers Semester II 6367. Marketing Management 6380. Acquisition and Contract Management 6374. Management Theory & Practice 6375. Systems Analysis & Design Semester III 6380. Managerial Accounting 6381. Procurement Law 6382. Contract Administration 6386. Organizational Analysis Semester IV 6384. Purchasing Management 7371. Financial Management 7396. Acquisition & Contract Management Environment Required Elective

MBA Health Services Management Advancing technology, spiraling costs, and the need to effectively co ordinate medical services and finan cial activities call for professional man agement in the health services field. The program in Health Services Man agement is designed to give added breadth and depth to those profes sionals already serving in administra tive capacities in hospitals, nursing homes, clinics, and other related health services institutions. Case studies and projects with ac tual institutions are used extensively to prepare the students to apply man agement concepts and techniques to the unique problems of health services.

The Oallas/Ft. Worth metroplex area provides one of the nation's leading medical and health care complexes. Working agreements with many local hospitals and medical teaching facili ties provide real-world experiences for students and teachers in the classroom. The program consists of a curricu lum of 48 semester hours plus one (1) one-hour Graduate School of Man agement Seminar (Mgt. 5199). Semester I 5199. Management Seminar 5368. Financial Accounting 5371. Statistics 6374. Management Theory & Practice 6390. Health Economics & Policy Analysis Semester II 6329. Computers for Managers 6365. Health Services System 6370. Managerial Accounting 6386. Organizational Analysis Semester III 6366. Legal Issues & Health Administration 6367. Marketing Management 6375. Systems Analysis & Design 7371. Financial Management Semester IV 7374. Health Operations Management & Planning 7375. Financial Management for Health Services 7392. Health Services Environment Required Elective

MBA Industrial Management Change has become a way of life in the modern industrial organization . Individuals charged with decisions on what products to make and how to make them, are discovering that the traditional methods of planning and executing decisions, as well as the day-to-day organizing and operating procedures to the enterprise, are not designed to function effectively in such a changing climate . 217

Today's industrial environment is fur ther complicated by the numerous technical advances made during the past two decades, such as: comput er applications to production, ad vanced mechanization, automation in cluding robot technology, and a well educated work force with high ex pectations. Thus, one of the primary functions of the contemporary industrial man ager is to be capable of understand ing the various elements of the total industrial system, as well as to pos sess those management skills neces sary to assemble these elements into a viable base capable of performing at an ever-increasing level of produc tivity. Therefore, the purpose of this program is to equip the student to cope successfully with the manage ment challenges of today's ever changing industrial environment. The program consists of a curricu lum of 48 semester hours plus one (1) one-hour Graduate School of Man agement Seminar (Mgt. 5199). Electives available in this area of

concentration are: Mgt. 6324, Risk Management; Mgt. 6380, Acquisition and Contract Management; and Mgt. 6384, Purchasing Management. Semester I 5199. Management Seminar 5362. Managerial Economics 5368. Financial Accounting 5371. Statistics 6374. Management Theory & Practice Semester II 6329. Computers for Managers 6364. Operations Research 6370. Managerial Accounting 6386. Organizational Analysis Semester III 6367. Marketing Management 6368. Legal Issues & Technical Management 6375. Systems Analysis & Design 6378. Material Management Semester IV 6372. Quality Systems Analysis 7373. Operations Management 7398. Industrial Management Environment

Required Elective

Graduate School of Management Calendar Fall 1985 Semester Classes Begin (Tuesday) September 3, 1985

December 14, 1985

Classes End (Saturday) Conferral of Degrees (Thursday) December 19, 1985

Classes will not be held Thursday, November 28, 1985 (Thanksgiving Day).

Spring 1986 Semester Classes Begin (Monday) Classes End (Saturday) Commencement (Friday)

January 13, 1986 April 26, 1986 May 16, 1986

Summer 1986 Semester Classes Begin (Monday) Classes End (Saturday) Conferral of Deg rees (Friday)

May 5, 1986 August 16, 1986 August 22, 1986

Classes will not be held Monday, May 26, 1986 (Memorial Day) or July 4, 1986 (Independence Day).

218

The University Calendar/1985Âˇ86

Constantin College of Liberal Arts and all graduate programs except the Graduate School of Management.

First Semester August 27, Tuesday Faculty Day; Opening of academic year for faculty. August 28, Wednesday Residence halls open, 10:00 a.m.; Food Service begins at lunch; President's Reception for all new students, 8:00-10:00 p.m. August 28-September 1, Wednesday through Sunday Orientation and Registration . September 1, Sunday Mass of the Holy Spirit, 9:30 a.m., Chapel of the Incarnation September 2, Monday Classes begin. September 3, Tuesday Fall Convocation, 9 a.m., Maher Athletic Center. 8:00 a.m . classes dismiss at 8:45; 9:30 classes begin at 10:00 or immediately following Convocation. September 6, Friday Final registration day. September 9, Monday Last day course may be added; last day course may be dropped without record . September 30, Monday Grades for removal of incompletes from Spring Semester and Summer Semesters due in Registrar's Office. October 1, Tuesday Deadline for filing application for degrees by candidates for graduation who will complete work at close of Fall Semester. September 29-0ctober 5 Charity Week. October 12, Saturday Graduate Record Examination, Aptitude and Advanced: Forms available in RegisÂ trar's Office. October 18, Friday Fall Reading Day. October 21-25, Monday through Friday Midsemester period begins; grade reports due in Registrar's Office Monday, October 28. October 28 is last day for receiving grade of W. October 18-20, Friday evening through Sunday noon Annual Fall Retreat. October 26, Saturday Octoberfest. November 1, Friday Information for Spring Schedule due. Also suggestions for Interterm offerings. November 27, Wednesday Last day to withdraw from classes with grade of WP or WF. Thanksgiving recess begins at close of classes. No food service after dinner on Wednesday. December 2, Monday Classes Resume, 8:00 a.m. Food service resumes with breakfast.

219

December 2, Monday Counseling and registration for Spring Semester; actual registration, December 4, 5,6. December 12, Thumday Last day of instruction. December 13, Friday General Review Day; no classes, no examinations. December 14, Saturday Examinations begin. December 19, Thursday Examinations end; official close of the semester; Christmas recess begins at close of last examination period; residence halls closed; food service ends with dinner. December 20, Friday Annual Christmas Party. December 30, Monday Grades due in Registrar's Office.

Interterm Classes meet three hours a day. January 2, Thursday Registration; classes begin. Classes also meet Saturday January 4 and 11 . January 17, Friday Last day of classes; examinations .

Second Semester January 19, Sunday Dormitories open after 10:00 a.m. Business Office open 1-6 p.m. January 20, Monday Counseling and registration; first meal on dorm contract is lunch. January 21, Tuesday Classes begin. January 28, Tuesday Last day courses may be added , last day course may be dropped without record; final registration day. February 3, Monday Catalog corrections due in Associate Dean's Office. February 18, Tuesday Grades for removal of incompletes from Fall Semester due in Registrar's Office. February 21, Friday King/Haggar Faculty Award Ceremony. March 3-7, Monday-Friday Midsemester period begins; reports due in Registrar's Office, Monday March 10; Last day for receiving W, March 7th. . March 7, Friday Information for Fall Schedule and Summer School due in Registrar's Office . March 9-16 Spring Break begins Friday, the 7th at close of classes. Food service ends with dinner. Classes resume at 8 a.m., Monday the 17th Breakfast served . March 28-31 Easter break begins Thursday, March 27, at close of classes. Food service ends with dinner. Classes resume at 8 a.m., Tuesday, April 1. Breakfast served. March 30, Sunday Easter.

220

April 18-20 Parent's Weekend. April 24, Thursday Last day to withdraw from classes with grade of WP or WF. April 28-May 2 Counseling and registration for Fall Semester; actual registration, May 1, 2. May 8, Thursday Convocation honoring seniors, 3:30 p.m., Lynch Auditorium : May 8, Thursday Last day of Classes . May 9, Friday General Review Day. May 10, Saturday Examinations begin. May 15, Thursday Examinations end; Grades needed for May graduates; official close of semester, dormitories close for everyone but graduates. May 16, Friday evening Graduate School of Management Commencement Ceremony. May 17, Saturday evening Baccalaureate and President's Reception. May 18, Sunday Commencement; dormitories close for graduates . May 20, Tuesday All grades due in Registrar's Office.

Summer 1986 May Term May 20-June 7 Regular Summer Session I Registration: June 6 Classes: June 9-July 11 Regular Summer Session II Registration : July 11 Classes: July 14-August 15 During the 1985-86 Academic Year University offices will be closed on October 18, November 28 and 29 , December 23 through 27 , January 1, March 28, May 26 and July 4. March 31 , Easter Monday, is an academic holiday. The University will be open but Constantin College and Braniff Liberal Arts classes will not meet.

1986Âˇ87 University Basic Calendar (This calendar is tentative . The student is responsible for knowing the pertinent dates and checking on changes in the same .) August 26 , Tuesday Faculty Day. August 27-31, Wednesday through Sunday Orientation and registration, dorms open August 27 . September 1, Monday Fall Semester classes begin. December 11 , Thursday Classes end . December 18, Thursday Final examinations end . December 19, Friday Graduate School of Management Conferral of Degrees . Interterm December 30-January 11 January 20, Tuesday Spring semester classes begin. April 19, Sunday

Easter.

May 7, Thursday

Classes end . May 14, Thursday Final examinations end . May 17, Sunday Commencement . May 19, Tuesday May Term begins Regular Summer Session I June 8-July 10 Regular Summer Session II July 13-August 14

222

Index

Absences...................... .................... .. ........................ ........ 57

Academic Policies ... ....... .. ... ............ ......... 55

Accreditation .. ..... .... ............. . .... 10

Administration ........................ ............... .........21

Admissions, Undergraduate.. ....... 37

Admissions, Graduate .............. ......................... .... 170

Advanced Placement ...... .. ....................... .40

......... 3

Aims ............................... Allied Health Services ...................... ..... ....... 36

Architecture ............. ............. 34, 71

Art Education.... ..................... ............. 71. 96

Art Graduate Programs. .... ....................... 73, 175

Art History ............................................................. ........... ........ ..70

Art Undergraduate .............................. ..................... ....... 65

Athletics ..... .............. .... ...... ............................. 16

Auditing ................. ............................... ................ .41

Awarding of Degrees.. .............. ........ .............. 61

Biochemistry ..... ................. ........................................ 76

Biology......... ..75

Blakley library . .. .... 11

Board on Campus ... .. ............ 42

Board of Trustees .. ... ... ... ................. ........ 20

Braniff Graduate School.. .. .. 167

Buckley Amendment ........57

Business Management ..... .. .......................... .... .......211

Calendar ........................... .. .................................219

Campus ................ .... .................. .................... 11

Campus life ..... ............... ..... ......... ........ 15

Center for Contemplative Studies ... 209

Ceramics .. .................. ........................ .. ... .. .. 69

Chemistry ....................... .... 79

Classics Program ..................... ......... ............ .. .. 115

Classification of Students ....... ... 55

College Level Examination Program .. ... ..40

Commercial Design ............................ .. .....65

Constantin College of liberal Arts .. ....... ... .. ... ...33

Constantin Scholars Program ....................... ... ......85

Core Curriculum ... ............................. ................ 33

Counseling ........... .... ................. ............. 18

Course Numbers .............................................. 55

Dean's Lis!........... .................... ..... ................ ...........57

Degree Requirements ........ .. .................... .. .......... .. .. ........... 117

Departments of Instruction . ................... ..............65

Deposit, General .... ................... .. ................ ...... ................ .42

Design ..................... ............ ............. 70

Discipline, Academic ....... ........................ ... 18, 56. 168

Discipline, Non-academic.. . ..... ................. ............. 18

Dismissal ...... ..... .......... 56

Dissertation ............................. ...169

Dissertation Expense ............. ...... 169

Doctor's Degree ................... ..172

Drama .......... .............,""',.. .. .,... ,... ....,. ". ,., ...... ,.,....... ,., .. ,.,.87

Early Decision ................................ .. .. .. ...... ,37

Economics ........................... , ........................ ,.. ,.. ............ 91

Education. Department of. ....... .. ............ .. ........95

Education. Graduate Programs .. , ........... ............. .. ........ 179

Educational Opportunity Grant ... . , ....46

Elementary Education .......... .. ...... ,96

Engineering , .......... 35

English. Dept, of ............ ........... ,................. 107

............ ,181

English, Graduate Program ..... Examinations. .. .. 57, 171

Expenses ...... , ......... 42

Extracurricular Life... .. ...... .............. ,.................... ,15

Faculty ........................... ... .................. .. ....... 23

Fees, Undergraduate ... . ....................... .. .... ........42-43

Fees. Graduate ........................ , ...... ............... .. ........ 169

Financial Aid, Undergraduate .......... .45

Financial Aid, Graduate ....................................... ,168

Foreign Languages .................................. .... .. ............ 115

Foreign Languages Requirement ............. .. .............. 115

Foreign Students .................. ... , .... ,39, 170

Foreign Study Program ........ ............... .................................... ,63

French .. ..... ,124

Gallery ................. ................... ........................ , ...... 129

General Studies .. . ................. .............. .......... ............ ..... 129

German ... ................................ .... .......... .... ................... ...125

Gorman Lecture Center ................ .. .... ,................ 12

Grade-Point Average ...... .. .......... ,56

Grades ............................. , ......... ....................... .. .. 55. 57

Graduate Degree Requirements ,... .. ..... .. 171

Graduate Record Exam ................... .. ......... ........... 54

Graduate School of Management... ........................................211

Graduate Tuition .................................. , ........................ .. 169

Graduation Requirements ....... .. ............... 53

Greek ..........................., .... 119

Guaranteed Loan Program. ..... .. ......... 50

Haggar University Center ..... ...... ' ...... 12

Haggerty Art Center . .................. .... .. .. 11

Health Service........... .............. .. ..... ,19

Health Service Management ............................... .. .. 217

Historical Notes.................. .. ................ .. ..... .. ........... 9

History, Department of ....... .. .. . .. .. 131

Honor Roll, ............... ....... ...... ..57

Housing.. .......... .. ..... 17

Hospitalization Insurance, ............ 19

Humanities .......... ..................... .. ... 185

Immunization Requirements .... , ........... 38

Industrial Management... ................. ........... ... .. .....217

Institute of Philosophic Studies ........ .. ...205

International Management . ......... ,.. ... ........ ............................. 213

International Students . .., ........................ .. ...... ...39, 170

Interterm..... .. .. ,220

Italian.. .. .. 128

Job Placement ......... 18

K of C Loans, .... ....51

Latin ..... .. 120

library ....................................... ....... 11

Literature, Graduate Program ....... 181

Loan Programs ............ ............... ........... ............ . ....... 46

Maher Athletic Center .. .. ........... .............. 13

.. .... ..................... 171

Masters Degrees ........... Master of Fine Arts ....... .. ................................. 175

Mathematics, Department of ....... 137

Music ....................................... .. ... .. 143

National Direct Loan ............. .. ........51

Numbering of Courses ,.. . .. .. 55

O'Hara Science Institute ............... ' ...... , .......80

~~~ - ,.

... ,.".,-,~

PhD....... .......... ...... ........... ............ ....... ... ....... ............ ,172

Philosophy, Department of ..... .. ....... .. ........... ..... .. ,145

Philosophy, Graduate Program ...... 187

Philosophy Requiremenl ..... ......... .. 146

Physics, Department of.... .. ....... 149

Politics. Department of ....... ... ,153

Politics, Graduale Program .... .. ................. .. ......... 191

Pre-Architecture.......... .. .. ..............................34, 71

Pre-Dentistry .. ,., ....... ,., ." ... ,... ,.35

Pre-Law , ....35

Pre-Medicine.. .......................... ........35

Printmaking ..................... ' .................... ' ........ 69

Psychology, Department of ............................. 157

Quality Points .......... . .......... ............. .. ... 61

Refund Policy , ................ .. 43

Religious Services ........ . ........ .. .............. 15

Requirements for Graduation... .. ... 53

Rome Program ........ .............. ..................... .. ......63

Rooms....... .......... ......................... .. .....42

ROTC ....................... ................................. .. ...... ... 129

Scholarships ....... ,.........,... ,., .. ..... ,., ..... , .. " ..... ,... "., ... ,.... ... " ... .".,.46

Science, Basic Ideas.................. .. .................. .......... 79

School of Management.... ................................ .. ....211

Sculpture .......... ... ............. .. ..... ........................69

Secondary Education ......96

.. 195

Seminary Spanish .. ,.................... ..,126

Student Government . ........................ ..15

Student life .......... .. ... 15

Summer Sessions .. ,....................... .......... .. .....221

.....36

Teacher Education .. .. ............. Texas Opportunity Plan.. ..... .. .... ............... .. ...51

Texas Scholars Program.. .... .. .................... ..46

Theology, Department of................ ..... .. ......................... 161

Theology, Graduate Programs... ,.... 195

Theology Requirement .... . ..... .... .. ...................... 161

Thesis....... .......................... .. ................ 169

Through-Plan Program ...................... .. .. .......... ' 165

Time Limit ...................... .. .. .............. ... .. .. 172, 173

.. ............. ,58

Transcript Policies ..... .. Transfer Students .. ......... .. ........,38

Tuition .................................. .. ............................ .41, 169

.. ......50

Tuition Equilization Grant . University Parish ... ............ ,......... ......... .. .. 15

University Theater ......... ..... .................. .. ........... 12, 87

Veterans .... ,.,... ,.... .... " ... ,., ...............,....... ,.. .. ...... ,.. .40

Withdrawal....... ............... ..... .. ......43, 56, 174

.. .... ,51

Work Opportunity ................ .....................

223

THE UNIVERSITY OF DALLAS

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

Carpenter Hall Lynch Auditorium Haggar University Center Braniff Memorial Tower Patrick E. Haggerty Science Center Gorman Lecture Center Blakley Library Braniff Graduate Building

10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16.

Cistercian Abbey & Preparatory School

17.

Chapel of the Incarnation Maher Athletic Center Haggerty Art Center Margaret Jonsson Theater Drama Building Dominican Priory Holy Trinity Seminary GSM Administration Building

Residence Facilities 18. Madonna Hall 19. Theresa Hall 20. O'Connell Hall 21. Catherine Hall 22. Augustine Hall 23. Anselm Hall 24. Jerome Hall 25. Gregory Hall 26. UD Student Apartments

LBJ 1·635

1·635 I

>«

r-~

a: o z

....J ....J

!: x

Cl. UJ

183

cia a:<D zC'l

Irving

o(j) 4.

....J

224

C/)

~--_DA_L-L-AS--F-O-R-T~W~O~RT-H-T-U-R-NP-I-KE-------6--_t,S--------~--~-

____

1-30

Use this card to request information, or write us a letter if you prefer. Even if you've already inquired, let us know if you need anything else. Last Name - -_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _First __________ Middle Initial_ StreetAddress ___________________________________ City --:-__________________State _______ Zip Code _ _ _ __ Telephone (

_____year of H.S. Graduation _ _ area code

High School _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _City

use D only I347 I 0 I office 38 I.....--'-I-.-.I__.---....I~

(if transfer student please indicate college)

Ir--'----'-1-'11

Probable Major ______________________

5~1~--~~~~~--~~

Verbal ____ Math ______ ACT Composite _____

SAT (or PSAT):

Rank in Class: Top 0 10% 0 20% 0 30% 0 40% 0 50% 68

Grade Point Average _ _ __

I have 0 have not 0 already inquired. In any case, I wish to receive:

application for admission 0 information on visiting the UD campus application for aid 0 information on the Rome Program catalog 0 other _______________________ major field information

o o o o

Use this card to request information, or write us a letter if you prefer. Even if you've already inquired, let us know if you need anything else. Last Name ________________First _ _ _ _~----- Middle Initial _ StreetAddress _____________________________________ City __________________~State ______ Zip Code _ _ _ __ Telephone (

_ _ _ _year ofH.S. Graduation _ _ area code

I 7 10 I 34

office use only

D 38

High School _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _C i t y l

_1-.-.1_1_.---_--"

10.-

(if transfer student please indicate college)

Probable

~ajor

_____________________

.-4_5_.,__--,..-. r--"-r--..--,

~I~I~II

i - -_ _ _

SAT (or PSAT):

Verbal _ _ _ Math _ _ _ ACT Composite _ __

Rank in Class: Top 0 10% 0 20% 0 30% 0 40% 0 50% 68

Grade Point Average _ _ __

I have 0 have not 0 already inquired. In any case, I wish to receive:

application for admission 0 information on visiting the UD campus application for aid 0 information on the Rome Program catalog 0 other - ___________________ major field information

o o o o

IIIIII

NO POSTAGE

NECESSARY

IF MAILED

IN THE UNITED STATES

BUSINESS REPLY MAIL FIRST CLASS

PERMIT NO. 89

IRVING, TEXAS 75061

Postage will be paid by

UNIVERSITY

OF DALLAS Irving, Texas 75061 Undergraduate Admissions NO POSTAGE

NECESSARY

IF MAILED

IN THE

UNITED STATES

BUSINESS REPLY MAIL FIRST CLASS

PERMIT NO. 89

IRVING, TEXAS 75061

Postage will be paid by

UNIVERSITY

OF DALLAS Irving, Texas 75061 Undergraduate Admissions